Archive of Our Own ^beta

Chapter Text

The reporter on the news droned on, his voice grating as Jungkook tried to focus on the files in front of him.  He didn’t have to look at the television to know that every dark lock was styled flawlessly in place, his black-rimmed glasses perfectly suited to his fucking face, his clothing stylish without being garish.  The man was constantly on the air, and it was annoying as fuck.

“Turn this asshole off, Jimin,” Jungkook demanded without looking away from the document in his hands.  Mumbling more to himself than anyone else as he made a note in the margin of the paper, he continued, “He’s so fucking annoying with his self-righteous attitude.  What the fuck does he know anyway.  Had a silver spoon shoved in his mouth his whole damn life.”

With a scoff, Jimin only turned the volume higher from where he curled in a black leather chair across the dimly lit room.  “But he’s doing an expose on the gangs of Busan.  He’s even live in the port district,” Jimin said, far too enthusiastic about a damn news report.

“Well, he’s a fucking idiot with a death wish if he thought it was a good idea to be in the port district.  The Shin’s are constantly down there picking fights,” Jungkook said as he shuffled the papers in his hands.  “Bet he’s as bad as his dad, probably just as corrupt.”

Jimin hummed thoughtfully and then said, “Maybe.  But Kim Taehyung is pretty cute.  Sure makes it bearable to watch the news.”  Jimin made no move to turn off the television and Jungkook sighed heavily.  He didn’t give a fuck how attractive the man was, it was his lack of integrity and a spine that made him ugly and damn insufferable.  Or at least that was true for his appa and the apple likely didn’t fall from the tree.

“Oh, is he now?” Yoongi asked as he ambled into the room, dressed in solid black as most of Jungkook’s men were.  His long hair was half pulled back, two small silver hoops in each earlobe the only accessories he wore besides the expensive silver watch on his wrist and the black shoulder harness with his handgun secured.

Jimin’s gaze traveled over Yoongi appreciatively and then a slow smile spread across both of their faces.  Their eyes were intense as they held each other’s stare and Jungkook stifled a groan at what was coming.  “He’s nothing compared to you, babe,” Jimin said in a sultry voice and then bit his lower lip. 

Their flirting with each other was constant, no matter how many years had gone by since they’d first met.  “Would you guys stop already?” Jungkook asked coolly, turning back to the documents he was reviewing and then remembered he’d finished.  So much for the distraction.

Yoongi sat on the other end of the black leather couch from Jungkook, and Jimin immediately moved to sit on his lap.  Twirling Yoongi’s shoulder-length hair between his fingers, Jimin nuzzled against his husband’s neck as Yoongi ran his hand up Jimin’s bare thigh to the hem of the shorts he wore.  They were quite sickly sweet together.  It was a good thing he loved them.

“Ah, but your time is finally here!  I can’t wait,” Jimin said, practically bouncing on Yoongi’s lap, a visual Jungkook could have lived without. 

“You don’t know that.  Maybe my bonded is younger than me.  Or dead.”  Jungkook deadpanned as he kept his eyes on the documents, although he was no longer reading them.  While it was the eve of his 25^th birthday he’d tried his best to ignore the obvious milestone as it approached.  Jimin and Yoongi may be the exception, he’d seen firsthand how the bond could destroy people and he had no desire to fall into that trap.

Jimin gasped as he stilled in Yoongi’s lap, clearly horrorstricken.  “Don’t say that they’re dead, that’s an awful fate.  Just look at Namjoon,” he whispered, his hands pressed to his cheeks and eyes wide beneath his messy blond hair.

“Angel, he’s right, though, they could be younger.  I had to wait over 2 years to meet you,” Yoongi said, nibbling up Jimin’s neck.  “He may not meet his bonded tomorrow.”

“Ugh, you guys.  Seriously, I’m sitting right here,” Jungkook groaned.  “Can you devour each other elsewhere, like out of my presence?”

Jimin squealed when Yoongi sucked a kiss beneath his ear and then said with a grin, “And this is exactly why I can’t wait.  Mister tough man, head of a gang, going all soft and sweet for his bonded.” 

And that was exactly the problem.  He had responsibilities, things he had to take care of, businesses to run.  He did not have time to deal with complications like romance.  As it was, he barely had the time to sleep or eat or fuck, he certainly did not have time for the mess a bonded would bring.  Not in his world, it would only become an Achille’s heel and that was something he couldn’t afford.

“Yeah, isn’t happening,” Jungkook said in a tone that for nearly anyone else would have ended the conversation.  But Jimin held a special place in his heart and he damn well knew it, constantly pushing where others would never dare.

“I bet with your poor attitude, you’re gold bonded and you’ll both be glowing for each other,” Jimin laughed, clapping his hands in delight.  “Imagine, mister baby face boss man all hot and bothered by his glowing bonded.”

Jungkook rubbed his eyes, but the scowl remained as he dropped his hands.  Just the thought of someone having that kind of power over him made him uneasy, the bond was too tight, too interwoven.  His best hope was that they were already dead, and he could just continue his life as he had up to that moment.  “Doubtful, that’s so rare,” Jungkook said with an exasperated sigh.  “And it’s the last thing I need.”

“I think it’s exactly what you need,” Jimin said, his voice softer as he rested his head against Yoongi’s shoulder again.  “You live your life in isolation, you deserve to have someone to come home to every night.”

But he liked his empty room and his empty bed.  Those could be trusted, no secrets there.  Standing, Jungkook said, “It’s how my life is intended to be.  It’s for the best and how I like it.”  Turning his gaze to his underboss, he added, “Yoongi, let me know if anything comes up.  I’m headed to bed.”

Leaping off Yoongi’s lap, Jimin threw his arms around Jungkook’s neck and smacked a kiss on his cheek.  Jungkook returned his embrace, his hugs the rare softness in his life.  Jimin was one of the few people he permitted to get close in any capacity, and it was pretty hard not to love Jimin.  “You’re a big tough guy on the outside, but I know you,” Jimin said quietly, the earnestness loud in his voice.  “On the inside, you’re all gooey and warm and I can’t wait for you to meet your bonded.”

“Yeah, yeah.  Pretty sure I’m the same inside as the outside,” Jungkook muttered.

Jimin stepped back, Yoongi’s arms coming around Jimin’s waist to pull him against his chest.  “I don’t know, boss.  I think Jimin’s right, you’re pretty soft inside,” Yoongi said with a fond smile.  “It was why your appa wanted something other than all this for you.”

“Well, life has a funny way of changing plans,” Jungkook said as his grip on the envelope in his hands tightened at the sharp pain of the memory of his appa.  “Besides, I have you to make sure that any softness I may have never sees the light of day.”

With a nod of farewell, Jungkook turned and strode out of the room to the stairs.  It had been a rough day, made worse by a resurgence of grief for both of his parents.  They should have been here still and the reminder that his appa wanted something different for him hung heavy in his chest.  But there had been no way he’d let everything his appa had built fall into his hands.

This was what life was, a series of disappointments and hard battles.  Tossing the envelope with the documents he’d need to have a runner take to Hoseok in the morning onto a table near the window, Jungkook flipped on a lone light.  Collapsing into a large black leather chair, Jungkook rubbed his face harshly before reaching for the sharpening stone and his favorite knife that he kept strapped to his thigh most of his waking hours.  The steady scrape of the blade against the stone soothed the unease in his stomach, calmed the grief in his chest until his knife was razor sharp and a wave of fatigue hit him.

Dressing in a pair of silk black pajama pants, Jungkook crawled into his giant bed draped in luxurious black linens.  All of Jimin’s talk had caused a resurgence of concern over the impact his bonded would bring to his life and the conviction grew that it was just not meant for him.  The hope swelled that his bonded was dead and he could continue his mission to avenge his appa’s murder without further complications.  As the weight of the day, of his life, hung heavy on his eyelids, he was certain it was for the best.

The moon outside the window was hidden by clouds and cast the room in deep shadows when his eyes snapped open and darted around the dark bedroom.  Jungkook was uncertain how long he’d been asleep or what had happened to cause him to wake with such a jolt, his heart racing and unable to catch his breath.  A deep ache traveled through his body, centered in his stomach and chest radiating out, his left leg throbbing.  But worse of all was the absolute terror that pumped in his veins.

Aches and pains were not unusual for the head of the largest gang in Busan.  It came with the job.  But terror was completely new, not something Jungkook was familiar with, and he couldn’t shake it.

When it didn’t subside and only increased, Jungkook threw off the covers and rose from his bed.  In the dark, Jungkook pulled on a shirt and strapped his knife to his thigh.  While it typically made him calmer to have a knife within easy reach, it did nothing to soothe the growing agony in his body.

Maybe he just needed some water, maybe it was a nightmare he had forgotten before waking.  Whatever it was, Jungkook needed to get a hold of himself and so he headed downstairs.  But as he made his way through the house and into the kitchen, the terror did not leave, the pain did not subside.  Instead, they only increased with each step.  Hands braced on the cool marble kitchen counter, Jungkook closed his eyes as his head hung low, focused on calming his racing heart.

“Well, if it isn’t the birthday boy,” Yoongi said as he stepped into the room, still fully dressed in his black suit.  “Happy 25^th birthday, kid.”  Yoongi turned as though he were going to leave and then paused, turning back to Jungkook.  “Hey, everything alright?”

Beads of sweat broke out along his hairline as the fear grew stronger, the ache in his chest making it difficult to breathe.  Eyes on the counter he braced himself against, Jungkook mumbled, “Yeah, I’m sure it’s nothing.”

Yoongi’s shoes appeared next to him, dark and sleek just like the man.  “It’s your bonded, isn’t it?”

Lifting his head, Jungkook met Yoongi’s eyes.  “It’s probably just a bad dream,” Jungkook said even as the truth planted in his chest.

“Is it an ache?  Your heart racing for no reason?  A feeling that you can’t shake that doesn’t make sense?” Yoongi asked, his brow knitted and arms folded across his chest.

Jungkook stared at his underboss, the person he trusted with his life.  Since he was a small boy, he’d looked up to Yoongi, could let his guard down around him.  He was probably the only person still alive that he could share his fears and mistakes with and trust that they remained between them, that he wouldn’t be looked upon as weak or incapable.

Quietly, Jungkook said after he lowered his head again, “Terror.  And it’s getting worse.  My left leg aches but the pain in my stomach and chest is making it hard to breathe.”

“Shit.  How long?” Yoongi asked, his voice laced with concern.  It was some semblance of a balm to the growing crisis inside to have Yoongi to lean on.

“I don’t know.  Maybe 10 minutes?”  His right side suddenly burned, and Jungkook hissed as he doubled over more.  He’d had plenty of injuries, had been shot and stabbed, and never had he experienced the amount of fear that currently pumped in his blood and twisted his stomach.

“It’s 10 minutes past midnight.  It’s your bonded.”  Hesitating a moment, Yoongi added, “It was like that for me with Jimin.  As soon as midnight hit on his 25^th birthday…I was overwhelmed with fear.  And I’m never scared.  But you know where I found him…”

Lifting his head, Jungkook met Yoongi’s sad and stricken eyes, clearly remembering when he’d met Jimin.  Softly, Jungkook said, “I know.”  Jungkook leaned back over and put his forehead on the counter, cooling his heated skin as a dull ache traveled through his back.  “Maybe that’s not what this is, maybe I’m getting sick or something.”

“You never get sick, boss.  And I can tell by your eyes that’s not it.  But you’ll cross paths in the next 24 hours, so you’ll know soon enough.”  Yoongi paused and then added for good measure, “Jimin is going to be so excited when he hears.”

Jungkook groaned, partially due to the discomfort in his body, partially due to Jimin being far too excited about meeting his bonded.  Yoongi placed a glass of water in front of him and Jungkook drank slowly, an ache now in his left arm.  Whatever was happening to his bonded, it was not good.

Yoongi’s phone rang, and after excusing himself, he stepped outside the kitchen to take it.  Jungkook forced himself to stand upright, stretching his neck.  Maybe he’d go down to the gym in the basement and try hitting the heavy bag for a while, maybe a distraction would help take his mind off the growing pain and fear inside.

Jungkook turned to lean back against the counter when Yoongi returned.  “The men waiting for the Lee shipment were ambushed.  They were able to hold the warehouse but there were casualties.  A few of our men followed one who escaped the fight, and they just got word that they’re in the middle of trying to overtake Shin’s hideout.”

His brows rose at the news although his mind was still fixated on every new ache of pain.  “Shit, we’ve been trying to find that hideout for half a year.  Call the men on patrol near the canning district.  I’ll go get changed.”

Yoongi assessed him, then said, “Look, I know it’s not my place to question your orders, but I got this if you want to sit tonight out.  I know how bad the bond rebound can feel.”

“Bond rebound?”  Jungkook said distractedly as he shut his eyes, a deep ache spreading across his shoulders.

“Did you pay attention at all in school?” Yoongi asked, both concern and amusement laced in his voice.

Shaking his head, Jungkook said through gritted teeth, “Thought all this bonded shit was fucking stupid so never paid attention.”

Yoongi sighed.  “The sensations you’re feeling.  It’s almost certainly coming from your bonded experiencing some form of pain if it’s coming across this strongly.”

Jungkook opened his eyes, forcing the deep ache away.  He had no desire to be distracted by whatever was happening with his bonded.  “No, I need to be there.  We’ve been trying to push Shin out of our territory for far too long.

Yoongi bowed his head, but it was clear he did not approve.  And it shouldn’t matter, he was in charge, he called the shots.  But Yoongi was as close to a big brother as he was ever going to have, by his side for as long as he could remember and it never sat right in him to make decisions that Yoongi didn’t agree with.

Jungkook strode out of the room purposefully and back upstairs, peeling off his clothes as soon as he was inside his lavish bedroom.  Black silk and velvet was predominate in the room, every luxury a man could ask for.  But a glance at the big, empty bed reminded him that no matter who his bonded was, he’d never be able to trust them, to be close to them.  That would only put them—and him—at risk.

As he dressed in a slim-fitted black suit with a black button-down shirt, Jungkook focused on putting on the uniform that had served him well since he’d stepped into his appa’s shoes.  But the ache in his body kept causing his thoughts to wander to what was happening to his bonded, who they were, where they’d meet.  How he would need to explain that, for their own protection, he wasn’t going to be able to give them a life together, he wasn’t going to be able to be with them fully.  He’d hoped that his bonded was at least younger than him so he’d have more time, but as it became very apparent that this was bond rebound, he was going to have to come up with a way to explain quickly.  He had less than 24 hours until he met them.

Large knife strapped to his thigh again and a sheath strapped to his forearm beneath his suit jacket, he slipped a lapel knife under the collar of his jacket and a straight blade in the holster on his belt at the base of his back.  Although he far preferred blades over guns, Jungkook holstered a glock that he retrieved from his personal gun collection in the safe in his closet.  Yoongi would likely hover all night if he wasn’t carrying at least one gun and that got old real fast.

Once he was fully armed, Jungkook made his way back downstairs and slipped into his boots.  He tucked in a boot knife then entered the large underground garage to climb into the back of the black SUV, Yoongi beside him, two of his best men in the front.

The ache still traversed his body and there were times Jungkook had to focus to breathe through a particularly intense stab of pain.  Yoongi kept sneaking glances at him but otherwise was quiet.  Jungkook was thankful for that, he didn’t want his men in the front of the vehicle to know anything was off.

Once they entered the city proper, the streets whizzed by under the neon lights before they entered the port district, largely abandoned and vacant this time of night.  Huge, looming warehouses with graffiti bordered the street, windows knocked out in some, abandoned and broken down cars along the cracked sidewalks.  The breeze of the unseasonably chilly night air sent paper and trash tumbling down the empty streets, eerie movements deep in dark alleys the only indication of life.

They parked near one of their own buildings, large and non-descript from the outside, but fully furnished and operational inside.  Yoongi exited the car and strode to the side entrance to speak with the man on duty before he returned with a half dozen men that had been assigned as patrol.  Jungkook got out to meet them, nodding to each of his men in acknowledgement.

“Our men have beaten back Shin’s men, but they suspect the empty warehouse at the end of Chingu Street is Shin’s hideout.  They were waiting for us before going in,” Yoongi said quietly. 

Jungkook nodded.  He had good men, well trained and loyal.  He trusted that they were pointing him and Yoongi in the right direction.  They walked down an alley littered with garbage, gunshots and yelling steadily growing louder, although muffled.  Double checking his weapons, the sense of excitement and energy that always filled him before he went into a fight surged through his blood, momentarily overtaking the ache that had settled across most of his body.

Two men followed behind him, Yoongi and the six men in front checked that it was clear before they entered what appeared to be just another abandoned warehouse.  Most of the windows were broken and it was cold inside, no insulation against the elements from the steel walls, the ceiling several stories high.

His men spread out silently and checked that it was clear quickly before heading up the open, steel stairs where the voices and other sounds of a fight were louder.  Backs to the wall at the top of the stairs, his men cleared each room like the well-trained militia that they were.

At the end of the hall, there was a closed door that only muffled the loud voices from within.  On Yoongi’s signal, his men rushed the door, kicking it opened and surprising the occupants.  He knew better than to go in, Yoongi always lectured him that he had men to do the dirty work and he needed to let them do it.  The only time Yoongi didn’t say a word was when they needed his help, which, by the sounds of it, was not right then.

Sighing, Jungkook grew impatient and when the fighting died down just a bit, he entered.  The room was large and in complete disarray, random pieces of furniture scattered around.  But it was warmer than it was in the hall or downstairs and must have been where Shin’s men spent most of their time, maps and blueprints pinned to the drywall over a crude drawing of a scorpion.  There were several bodies on the ground and after glancing at them and noting the similar scorpion tattoo on the neck of one, determined none of them were his own men.

There were harsh voices in a corner where a few of his men were and Jungkook strode over, assuming it was one of Shin’s men.  Hopefully, they’d be able to get some information on what Shin was planning, it had been months of dead ends.  Jungkook was quite tired of dealing with him and his ridiculous belief that he could overtake Jungkook’s territory.

As though sensing their boss was approaching, the men stepped aside and Jungkook halted in his tracks.  There, tied to a chair, was none other than Kim fucking Taehyung, the stupid ass reporter Jimin was constantly going on about.  He looked like hell, face already swelling and blood and sweat soaked clothing clinging to his body and plastering his dark hair to his forehead, his glasses nowhere in sight.

“Fucking hell…” Jungkook said quietly.

Taehyung looked up at that moment, his face transforming into a scowl.  “You have got to be fucking kidding me.”

At his side, Yoongi said low, “Everything all right?”

Without looking away from Taehyung, Jungkook whispered, “No.  He’s glowing fucking gold.”

Chapter Text

Head spinning, Taehyung tried to focus on what was happening around him, of maintaining consciousness.  Beyond the criminals that surrounded him, he’d seen a faint golden shimmer and assumed he was hallucinating.  But no, he wasn’t that lucky.  Because there in front of him stood Jeon fucking Jungkook, the boss of the largest gang in Busan and everything Taehyung stood against, fucking glowing.

This was just a cruel twist of fate.  Taehyung had dreamt for years about meeting his bonded, of living a quiet, peaceful life filled with love and security.  That is, once he helped his appa, the police chief, bring down the gangs in Busan.  Taehyung had grown antsy over the years waiting and had thrown himself into his work, finally convincing his boss at the news station of doing an expose on the gangs of Busan.  What his boss didn’t know was that he was also looking for evidence to bring to his appa to take them down once and for all.

Taehyung could not believe he was gold bonded to this man.  And even though the warmth that cascaded through his body was pleasant, being near his bonded bringing a sense of peace and safety he wasn’t used to and had always longed for, Taehyung’s blood boiled.  This was not going to work.  At all.

“Can you fucking stop staring and untie me?  Unless you’re going to take me hostage, too?”  Taehyung could not keep the sarcastic edge out of his voice.

The man next to Jungkook, also dressed in all black and shorter in stature with half of his black shoulder length hair tied back, made a quick motion with his hand.  Two of the men around him came forward and cut the rough rope from his wrists and ankles.  Pain radiated as the blood rushed through his numb limbs and Taehyung caught the slight wince on Jungkook’s face.  Interesting, Taehyung thought.  So, it was true, gold bonded do feel their bonded’s pain more intensely than steel bonded.  Good.

“Why did Shin’s men take you hostage?” Jungkook asked, his arms folded across his broad chest, likely assuming it made him appear intimidating.

Glaring at him, Taehyung spit out, “Uh, because they’re criminals, like you.  Isn’t that what you people do?”

Jungkook scowled.  “Not without reason.”

Taehyung began to shrug before pain sliced through him and took his breath away for a moment.  Jungkook sucked in a breath, but it didn’t appear that anyone else noticed.

“I was standing in a public space doing a report on the criminal activity that has overtaken this city, and I overheard some men talking.  I recorded some of their conversation until they found me and had the audacity to put their hands on me and drag me here,” Taehyung said through clenched teeth, anger at the situation still pumping through his body along with the pain.  “But I refused to be a party to their illegal activities and wouldn’t tell them anything.  And voila, this is what they did.”

Jungkook and the man next to him shared a look before Jungkook turned back to him.  The man next to him made a motion and the others left the room although they didn’t go far based on the murmurs just outside the door.

The man next to Jungkook said, “You recorded Shin’s men talking?  What were they discussing?  Was it about shipments?”

Eyes narrowing, Taehyung said, “Who the fuck are you?”

Not fazed at all, the man said, “Min Yoongi, the Jeon underboss.”

“Hmm.  So, another criminal which means I’m not telling you, either.”  Taehyung crossed his arms as best he could, the knife wound in his side throbbing and blood steadily seeping out and trickling down his side.

Jungkook rubbed his face harshly before dropping his hands.  “Look, I got it.  We’re all criminals and you and your appa are going to right the wrongs of the city.  But you need to listen.  Shin…he will not take it too kindly that you recorded any of his men, especially when they were in my territory.”

Raising an eyebrow, Taehyung said, “Your territory?  Last I checked, the sidewalk I was standing on was public property paid for by tax paying citizens, which you are undoubtedly not.”

Jungkook’s jaw dropped, apparently incredulous.  “Oh, my fucking God, would you just listen?  You don’t know who you’re messing with—"

Interrupting, Taehyung said, “Oh, is mister important boss man threatening me?”

“I was talking about Shin.  I am far more forgiving than that asshole,” Jungkook hissed.

“Boss, we have another problem,” Yoongi said, interrupting their bickering even though they both continued to glare at one another.

“What?  What could possibly happen now?” Jungkook asked, exasperation coloring his voice.

“Well, I hate to point this out, but you’re gold bonded.  Some gold bonded are connected through death…” Yoongi said.

“Fuck!”  Jungkook strode to the other side of the room, picked up a wooden chair and threw it against the wall. 

Even if he abhorred the violent display, the warmth that left his body reminded him harshly of his injuries and Taehyung momentarily wished the gang boss would come back.  Which was an absolutely ridiculous desire and quickly dismissed it.  The further he was from this man, and the quicker that happened, the better it would be.

“What bee got in his bonnet?” Taehyung said, glaring between the two.

Patiently, Yoongi said.  “You are gold bonded which means if one of you dies, the other may as well.  It’s rare, but possible.  Which means you’re in danger of Shin using you to get to Jungkook.”

Laughing despite the pain in his bruised ribs, Taehyung said, “First, I’m not a fucking moron, I know what gold bonded means.  And please, I am not in danger, and no one is going to use me to get to anyone…although, if my death meant one less gang boss, well then maybe it was worth it.”

“You are insufferable, you know that?” Jungkook said from across the room.  His dark, wavy hair was disheveled, falling across an eye before he roughly pushed it off his face.

“Yeah, well, you’re still here.”  Taehyung stood, teetering a bit before he steadied himself.  Warm liquid ran down his side, he needed to get out of there quickly.  “The fact you are my bonded makes me absolutely livid.”  The venom in his voice was fading as fast as he was.

“Finally, something we can agree on!” Jungkook yelled.

“Mr. Kim, I am very sorry that you got caught in all this, but it is important that you listen.  Shin is, quite frankly, a complete piece of shit.  He will not think twice about killing you after torturing you and that’s before he learns that you’re gold bonded with his rival.  You need to come with us,” Yoongi said calmly.

“There is no fucking way I am going anywhere with you.  I am—”  A wave of dizziness rolled over Taehyung, and he had to stop talking for a moment.

Jungkook was suddenly right beside him.  “Just fucking listen for a minute.  I have a doctor, he can get you patched up in a secure location where you will be safe.  We cannot stay here, Shin has likely already been notified, and he will use you to get to me.”  Pausing, Jungkook sighed and then added, “No one will know you are at my compound.”

The warm liquid on his side was flowing more and when he tried to press down on it with his crossed arms, sharp, shooting pain radiating out.  Taehyung considered how far the police station and his appa were and whether he could make it.  He had no phone as those other horrible men had taken it after they’d grabbed him.  At least he’d been able to hide his recording device before they came, he needed to preserve what he had recorded.  It was going to be his big break for his exposé.

But first, Taehyung needed to get the bleeding to stop and Yoongi’s words about Shin capturing him to hurt Jungkook were not completely ignored.  “Fine.  I’ll go with you.  But no one knows I’m there, no one sees me go in or out.”

Jungkook sighed, as though relieved that he didn’t have to argue about it anymore.  He stepped closer and wrapped his arm around his waist to support his weight and they both gasped.  There was no way to describe the…almost euphoric, orgasmic sensations that flowed through his body.  He’d read that the touch between gold bonded was electric, had daydreamed about it in his many fantasies of what it would be like when he finally met his bonded, but Taehyung was not prepared for the accompanying emotions – desire, longing, craving.

Looking up into Jungkook’s wide eyes, it was apparent that he wasn’t immune, either.  Clearing his throat, Jungkook said in a much softer voice, “We have to get out of here quickly.”

Taehyung had no more fight in him and really just wanted to close his eyes and absorb the heat that was surrounding him.  “Fine, whatever.”

“Jungkook, I called for the car, it should be here as soon as we get downstairs.  Doyun said that some of Shin’s men were spotted a few blocks away, we need to get you both out of here.”  Yoongi’s voice was distant, and Taehyung focused on putting one foot in front of the other as they walked out of the room, through the hall, and down the stairs.

Jungkook was half dragging him at this point as his legs didn’t seem to want to cooperate, the cold night air hitting him as they walked outside.  Taehyung shivered and shifted closer to Jungkook, the warmth radiating from him intoxicating.  A man dressed in black held the back door to a vehicle open, shutting it as soon as he and Jungkook were inside.

A cold sweat broke out along his forehead and Taehyung leaned his head against the headrest, eyes closed.  He missed the sensations he had when Jungkook touched him, how it had dulled the pain, comforting warmth cascading through his body.

Sighing, Taehyung peeked over at Jungkook.  He was looking down at his phone, obviously texting someone.  From this angle and without the scowl, Jungkook appeared quite young.  It must be his 25^th birthday as Taehyung had suddenly started feeling off only in the last hour or so.  Almost like he suddenly was connected to someone else.  It must have been the bond beginning to cement.

“Yoongi, I’m not getting a reply from Namjoon.  Have you been able to?” Jungkook asked without looking up from his phone.

From the front passenger’s seat, Yoongi said, “No, I tried calling before we left the building, it went straight to voicemail.”

Jungkook sighed and looked up from the phone, tapping the phone several times against his thigh.  Against his quite thick, muscular thigh.  Taehyung shut his eyes quickly and pushed the visual away.

He'd awoken that morning excited, beyond motivated that the day may lead to a break in his story.  A break in getting the information he needed to help his appa clean the streets of Busan.  A break in possibly making his appa proud.  And somehow, Taehyung had ended up caught by one gang, rescued by another.  And bonded.

Of all the possibilities he’d dreamt of over the years, of all the daydreams and fantasies, Taehyung had never once considered being bonded to a criminal.  His chest ached as all his dreams of what his life would be were dashed.  Because now Taehyung would have to accept that he’d either end up in a marriage like his parents, not bonded and miserable, or alone.

Taehyung stared out the window as the car left the city limits and continued on a road with evergreens on either side before a large house beyond a tall fence appeared.  After stopping at the gate for a moment, the car drove down a long driveway before pulling into an underground garage that was massive, dozens of vehicles parked.  The door beside him opened and a hand helped him out.  Taehyung knew without looking that it was Jungkook, the warm, euphoric sensation flowing through him, dulling the pain and making it easier to breathe.

Guiding Taehyung through a door into the house, they entered a wide hallway, dark wood floors and art work on the creamy walls.  Even with all the black and dim lighting, it was far homier than Taehyung would have expected for a gang boss to live.  Jungkook guided him up a flight of stairs, and they entered a living space, plush dark leather couches and wool rugs grouped together.

Jungkook said, “The doctor isn’t answering but he’s expected before dawn.  Sometimes he covers shifts at the hospital to keep his license.”

Skeptically, Taehyung said, “You employ an actual doctor?”

“Well, yes.  He’s very good at what he does.  It’s not like my men can just go to the emergency room,” Jungkook explained.

Taehyung only hummed disapprovingly in response.  While of course the men that worked for Jungkook couldn’t go to the hospital, Taehyung just assumed they patched themselves up as best they could, not that an actual doctor tended to their wounds.  Well, to be fair, he’d actually never given it any consideration whether they received any medical care or just died miserable deaths at the end of their violent, miserable lives.

Well-appointed rooms were a blur as they passed, full of dark, rich wood and luxurious fabrics.  Jungkook was supporting nearly all of Taehyung’s weight as they went up another flight of stairs, and then down a long hallway to a door at the end.  Swinging it open, Taehyung took in the spacious room swathed in black before Jungkook led him to an attached bathroom.

Large and pristine, the marble throughout was so light it was mostly white with slivers of pale gray running through the stone.  Jungkook let go of him and the pain slammed into Taehyung fully as he braced himself against the counter, doubling over with a choked cry.  There were cupboards shutting and rustling before Jungkook set what he’d gathered on the counter and stood next to him.

“I need to see how bad the injuries are—” Jungkook began.

“No, you do not.  We’ll just wait until this doctor person of yours comes.  You can go to bed, I’ll be just fine,” Taehyung said, far less malice in his voice than he wanted.  He just didn’t have the energy, all of his focus was on remaining conscious.

Jungkook sighed heavily.  “Believe me, I want nothing more than to go to sleep.  But unfortunately, your wounds are keeping me up.”

Taehyung blinked a few times.  His mind was muddled, and he was struggling to stay on his feet.  He really just wanted to lay down himself and doing what Jungkook wanted seemed to be the easiest way towards that goal.

“Fine.  But don’t get any ideas.”

Jungkook laughed softly, and it was harmonic, soothing.  He didn’t know what was happening to him, it was as if his body craved the very essence of this man.

“I need to take your shirt off so I can see…” Jungkook said so softly that Taehyung lifted his head to peer into his eyes.  The scowl was gone but there was a pained expression lining his face.  Maybe Jungkook really was suffering because of Taehyung’s wounds.

Pushing off the counter, Taehyung faced Jungkook, wobbling slightly.  As soon as Jungkook touched him as he unbuttoned the first button, Taehyung sighed as the pain dissipated and warmth flooded through him.

“Oh, fuck, why didn’t you say you were fucking bleeding?”

Jungkook moved faster, peeling off his shirt and pressing a cloth against his side.  Hissing, Taehyung’s knees buckled and Jungkook caught him against his chest.  His very broad, firm chest.

Without thought, Taehyung rested his forehead against his shoulder.  Jungkook sucked in a breath at the contact, which he assumed was from the same cascades of pleasure he got.  The cloth against his side was taken away and Jungkook wiped away the blood with a warm, wet washcloth.

“Can I ask you something?” Jungkook said as he continued to tend to his wounds.

“Hmm?” was all Taehyung could muster, his brain slow and sluggish from the pain.

“When I touch you…does it make the pain less?  Because it feels so odd.  My body is aching, but when I touch you, it becomes more distant and…”

Taehyung lifted his head to look at Jungkook who kept his eyes on the wound on his side.  “And euphoric?”

Jungkook’s eyes found Taehyung’s and then he nodded.  “Yes.  That’s what it is.”  Standing straight, Jungkook reached for a bandage and put it on the knife wound that had slowed its bleeding.  Meeting Taehyung’s eyes, Jungkook said, “Are you going to bite my head off if I suggest we lay together on my bed?  And before you say anything, I was only suggesting it so I could touch you and hopefully it would ease the pain enough that we can both get some sleep.”

Sleep was all Taehyung wanted at that moment.  It had to be near dawn which meant it had been almost 24 hours since he last slept.  Still, it seemed a little too self-sacrificing of a gang boss.  “Why are you being so nice to me?” Taehyung said, his skepticism obvious in his voice.

“Fucking hell, I am seriously beginning to regret it.”  The scowl was back on Jungkook’s face.  Clearly, this was a typical expression for him which was ironic given how soft and baby-like it was otherwise. 

He really didn’t have the energy for this.  “Fine, I just want to sleep.”

Arm around his waist, Jungkook walked him back into his room and left him for a moment to grab them each something to sleep in.  Hand against the wall, pain sliced through Taehyung again and he was warring with himself in his head.  On one hand, he wanted to be as far away from this man as possible.  On the other hand, the deep craving for his touch was unlike anything he had ever experienced.  Maybe it was just because he was injured and his bruised body was seeking an escape from the pain.  Gods help him if it was always like this.

“Here…do you want help?”

Snatching the clothes Jungkook offered, Taehyung said, “No, I am quite capable of dressing myself, thank you very much.”

“Fucking hell, you never quit, do you?  Fine, do it yourself,” Jungkook snapped and then he moved out of Taehyung’s line of sight.

Pulling on the soft shirt was arduous but Taehyung finally got it on.  The pants were a different story.  Because of the injury to his side and the bandage, Taehyung had a difficult time bending over to push his pants down.  Finally, Taehyung managed to get them off and left them in a pile on the floor.

After trying for what seemed like an eternity to bend over so he could put his foot in the pant leg, Jungkook reappeared.  He silently took the pants from Taehyung and knelt in front of him, holding the pants out so he could step into them.  Pulling them up his legs, Jungkook’s fingers grazed over his skin and Taehyung stifled a sigh as the pain decreased.

Taehyung was so caught up in the sensations cascading through his body that he only noticed that the pants were on when Jungkook moved away, and the pain returned.  Without a word, Jungkook walked to the bed before climbing in.  Although he desperately needed to lay down, Taehyung followed much slower and then gingerly reclined on the other side.

The bed was massive and Jungkook scooted closer once Taehyung settled, reaching a hand out to touch his arm.  Warm waves of pleasure rolled through him, the pain diminishing and almost immediately, Taehyung passed out.

**

Jungkook braced his hands against the marble wall of the shower, the hot water waking him but doing little to soothe the dull ache in his body.  While Taehyung had passed out nearly as soon as his head hit the pillow, his night had been spent with racing thoughts and deep frustration.  The stars had to hate him to put him in this situation.

He could not believe the sharp left his life had turned in a split second.  After his mother’s death and his appa’s inability to climb out of the depths of the deep grief losing her caused him to plummet into, Jungkook had refused to acknowledge that he would ever be connected to someone like that.  Would someday have someone that mattered that much to him, that he’d be unable to function if he lost them.

The fact it was the fucking police chief’s son made his blood run cold and his hands fist against the wall as his head dropped, the water running down his back.  And although the first time he’d actually met Taehyung was the night before, he’d been right to despise Taehyung and everything he stood for.  He’d been as self-righteous and full of himself as he’d assumed.  And yet…there was this deep seated need to be near him.  To care for him…to protect him.  And the hatred for that part of himself grew with every beat of his heart.

Sighing, Jungkook turned off the shower and got out, drying himself off before wrapping the towel around his waist.  A pained groan caught Jungkook’s attention, and he texted Namjoon as he forced himself to walk out of the bathroom calmly, tossing the towel he’d been using to dry his hair aside.  Jungkook had been up for a few hours, Namjoon calming him that Taehyung wasn’t in imminent danger of dying and to text him when he was awake.

His dark hair fanned out against the black sheets, the gentle golden glow around him highlighting his smooth skin.  With his brows knitted, in either pain or confusion, his eyes blinked open and darted around the room.  They were wide, almost innocent, until his gaze landed on Jungkook, and his eyes narrowed.

“The doctor is on his way,” Jungkook said as he walked into his closet to get dressed.  Taehyung’s eyes traveling over his bare chest had not gone unnoticed, but he shoved away his own body’s response to his perusal.

The sheets rustled and Taehyung groaned again.  “Good, then I can get out of this hellhole.”

Jungkook slipped on a pair of fitted black slacks and then exited the closet as he pulled on a black button-down shirt.  “Hellhole, huh?  I’m sorry that my home does not live up to your expectations.  I wasn’t aware you were accustomed to fine living.”

Taehyung’s eyes snapped up from Jungkook’s chest to glare at him.  “I meant more that I’m actually in hell, sweetheart.”

Barking out a cold laugh, Jungkook finished buttoning his shirt and tucked it into his pants before grabbing a black belt.  “Well, don’t let the door hit you on the way out, sunshine,” Jungkook said as he crossed his arms over his chest and returned his glare.

The door opened with a knock, and Namjoon entered.  “Well, I’d rather a door not hit anyone, especially one of my patients.” 

Namjoon nodded to Jungkook, who returned it before Namjoon dragged a chair over to the side of the bed to sit, and then set the bag he carried on the nightstand.  Jungkook’s chest burned when Taehyung’s scowl fell away, and his eyes widened as he assessed Namjoon.  Sure, Namjoon with his slicked back blonde hair, dark glasses, and fitted suit over a well-muscled body was fine to look at, but Jungkook still did not take kindly to people ogling his employees.  That was definitely the reason his hands fisted, and he strode over to stand at the end of the bed.

“How are you feeling?” Namjoon asked, his voice soothing.  What the actual fuck…what was with the voice.  He could not possibly be hitting on Taehyung right there in his presence.

Taehyung’s full lips parted with a soft gasp.  He blinked a few times and Jungkook’s eyes narrowed.  “Sore and my side aches but I feel much better than I did last night,” Taehyung said quietly.  The man was never fucking quiet, why in the fuck was he acting all docile when he was anything but.

Humming in acknowledgement, Namjoon said, “Well, that’s good.  Is it alright if I take a look?”

All wide eyes and blushing cheeks, Taehyung nodded.  When Namjoon reached over to lift his shirt, Jungkook cracked his neck, every muscle in his body tense.  What the fuck was happening to him?  He wanted to claw Namjoon’s eyes out for even looking at Taehyung and it was taking all his self-control to not throw Namjoon out of the room for touching him.

Feeling around his abdomen, Namjoon pushed his shirt up higher and pressed his fingertips around his ribs.  Jungkook had seen this a hundred times when his men were checked out after a fight but never had he wanted to punch Namjoon in his stupid fucking face like he did in that moment.

Taehyung sucked in a pained breath and Jungkook’s eyes shot to his face.  Namjoon asked a few hushed questions about the pain and then peeled back the bandage over the knife wound.  Gaze dropping from Taehyung’s face, Jungkook’s breath caught.  It wasn’t even close to as bad as it had been the night before, no longer bleeding and the torn flesh already mending into a pink scar.

“Well, this doesn’t look too bad,” Namjoon said as he cleaned and redressed the wound. 

Jungkook let out a breath when Namjoon lowered his shirt and rose with a few instructions to Taehyung about caring for the wound and what to watch out for.  He patted Taehyung’s shoulder and Jungkook forced himself to not yank his hand away all while Taehyung stared up at the doctor with big, wide eyes.  With a smile and nod to both, Namjoon left, shutting the door behind him quietly.

A little smile played at the corners of Taehyung’s mouth and Jungkook snapped, “He’s single if you want to go traipsing after him.”

His eyes widened and then the scowl was back in place.  “What are you even talking about?  I don’t care if he’s single.  Although, he seemed like a decent person, unlike others present.”

“I’m glad we can both agree that you are not a decent person,” Jungkook said, his voice rising.

Taehyung huffed and angerly threw off the covers and pushed out of bed, the ache in his own side deepening.  As soon as his weight was on his feet, Taehyung groaned, and his knees buckled.  Before he could even process what was happening, Jungkook rounded the bed to pull Taehyung to his chest, arms wrapped around him tight.

Sighing, Taehyung rested his forehead against his shoulder, his hands gripping his biceps.  Jungkook would never be able to explain the glorious warmth, the absolute exquisite sensations that flowed through his body when they touched.  It nearly numbed the throbbing in his own body from Taehyung’s injuries, but there was such bliss, such inner peace that it left Jungkook’s head spinning.  It was just right, and he wasn’t sure how to come to terms with that.  Or if it were even possible to do so.

The door opened with a knock and there was a gasp before a giggle.  Jungkook sighed, his shoulders slumping as he released Taehyung except for the hand he placed on his wrist so they remained connected before turning to Jimin.

Grinning broadly, Jimin would have been jumping up and down if it weren’t for the tray he carried.  “I was just bringing our patient some food.”

He practically pranced over to the table near the window and set down the tray of food as well as coffee cups, place settings…and a bouquet of flowers?

“Jimin, what the fuck are you doing?” Jungkook said through gritted teeth.  Because he knew exactly what Jimin was doing.

“He’s obviously bringing me a meal, something you didn’t bother to offer,” Taehyung snapped as he yanked away from Jungkook and limped over to the table.  The cold settled over his body and the ache throughout increased.  “Thank you, I’m starving.  My name is Taehyung.”

Why was he thanking Jimin?  It was his damn food, made in his damn kitchen.  Jungkook crossed his arms over his chest and glared between the two as Jimin looked on sympathetically and helped Taehyung to sit, introducing himself in the process.  Unreal.

Jimin glanced over from where he set the plates on the table and then burst out laughing.  “Oh, Jungkookie, look at your possessive little scowl.  Don’t worry, baby, I already have my bonded, I won’t steal yours.”

Jaw dropping, Jungkook could not believe his audacity.  “I am not possessive.  Especially over him,” Jungkook said haughtily. 

But Jimin only clapped his hands in merriment.  “God, I have waited for this day and it’s even better than I thought it would be.”  He turned to Taehyung and said in a non-whisper behind his hand, “Don’t worry, love, he’s all bark and no bite.  Our Jungkookie is as gooey as a marshmallow underneath all that dark and brooding exterior.”

“Jimin.  Out,” Jungkook snapped, not in any sort of mood for Jimin’s playfulness.  And not liking how Taehyung had warmed so quickly to Jimin when he was constantly a hissing snake, ready to bite, with him.  Which should not fucking matter one damn bit…but it still got under his skin.

Although his smile was still on his face, Jimin thankfully kept his mouth shut as he left the room with a wink at him as he passed.  Jungkook rubbed his face roughly and then strode over to the table and sank into the chair opposite Taehyung.

“He seems nice, too,” Taehyung said casually, his eyes on the food in front of him.  “Perplexing how you have all these nice people around you when you’re barely more than scum.”  He took a bite of rice, his face completely innocent.

“Interesting coming from you,” Jungkook said, sitting forward and grabbing his cup of coffee.  “You’re bred from the worst kind of scum and yet, here you are passing judgement like some self-righteous asshole.  Oh, wait – you are a self-righteous asshole.”

Sputtering for a moment, Taehyung said, “I’ll have you know that my appa is the most self-sacrificing, upstanding citizen this city could have ever asked for as a police chief.  Unlike your criminal appa.”

Jungkook threw back his head in laughter.  Dabbing his eyes with the heel of his hand, he said, “God, that’s good.”  He took a sip of coffee, before setting the coffee cup down and then added, “Oh, wait, you actually believe that bullshit.”

Setting down his own coffee cup, Taehyung snarled, “It’s because of my appa that this city has one less criminal creating havoc and terror.”

“I’m glad to see that you admit your appa is a murderer.  My appa at least had solid reasons before he killed someone,” Jungkook snapped, his heart racing with the rage circling his chest.

The room was silent for a heartbeat as they both glared at the other.  Finally, Taehyung said through gritted teeth, “You’re delusional if you actually think there wasn’t a solid reason for my appa to shoot yours.”

Jungkook leaned forward, his voice cold and dark, “He was unarmed when he was shot down.  After your appa framed him for something he didn’t do.” 

“Something he didn’t do?  Please,” Taehyung said with his stupid ass smug expression on his face, one perfectly sculpted brow arched.  “He pulled a weapon on a police officer in a public setting, it is standard protocol—“

Jungkook stood, chair tipping backwards to fall to the floor as he braced his hands on the table and leaned over.  “It was a fucking ambush!” Jungkook bellowed, unable to keep the anger inside any longer.  “Your appa set him up and when he was bringing evidence exonerating himself, your appa shot him down.  Watch the fucking tapes, not the damn doctored ones that you broadcasted all over the fucking news!”

Standing much slower Taehyung grimaced and Jungkook’s leg and side ached.  Through his clenched jaw, Taehyung said coldly, “I’m done here.  Do me a favor and pretend you don’t know me if we cross paths.”

Slamming his fist on the table and causing the dishes to clatter, Jungkook said, “You should have thought of that before you got yourself wrapped up with Shin.  He’s going to come after you and he won’t be nearly as generous as I am.”

Taehyung looked him up and down and then smirked.  “I think I’ll take my chances.  Besides, I’ll be far safer with my family than with a criminal like you.”

Hobbling as quickly as he could, Taehyung made his way to the door and flung it open. Yoongi was on the other side, hand raised to knock.  His eyes darted between the two before he cleared his throat and lowered his hand, adjusting the black suit jacket he wore.

“Uh, hello,” Yoongi said awkwardly.  “I was just coming to see how you were—“

“I will be much better when you drive me back to my home,” Taehyung snapped.  He glanced over and his eyes were full of rage and hatred.  “Away from him.”

Yoongi cleared his throat and said carefully, “Well, I’m not sure that’s wise.  The reports I’m getting are that the Shin’s are actively looking for you—"

“Good, it’ll mean they’ll come out of hiding and be easier to arrest them,” Taehyung said, taking a step to try to push past Yoongi.

The news was not unexpected but that part deep inside that clawed to protect was difficult to wrangle into place.  Righting his chair, Jungkook sat back with his legs sprawled.  “Look here, sunshine, that is not what is going to happen.”

Taehyung’s head snapped over, his eyes narrowed.  “Thanks for the warning, sweetheart, but I’ll take my chances.”

Discomfort obvious in his face, Yoongi glanced between the two.  While he was nearly a head shorter than Taehyung, Yoongi wouldn’t let him pass unless Jungkook gave the order, something that gave Jungkook unreasonable satisfaction.  After a moment, Jungkook took pity on his second in command, and gave the signal to let Taehyung leave.

The room was silent, colder than it ever had been and Jungkook stood and began pacing.  Despite Taehyung’s ridiculous notion that his appa would protect him, it was only a matter of time before Shin got to him.  As soon as Shin learned that they were gold bonded, he’d try to use that to his advantage and gain control of Busan.  Something that Jungkook would not allow as long as he was alive.

Yoongi reappeared in the doorway and Jungkook peered over, although he continued his pacing.  Yoongi entered the room and sat at the table before he began eating Taehyung’s nearly untouched food.

Around a bite of chicken, Yoongi said, “Doyun is driving Taehyung back into the city.”

“Fine,” Jungkook said flippantly, even if his chest tightened that he was now truly in danger without protection.  Surely it was only because they were bonded and Taehyung’s death meant the possibility of his own that he gave it a second thought.

“Shin isn’t going to just allow him to go about his life.”  Yoongi sat back in his chair and crossed his ankle over his knee.

“I know,” Jungkook snapped back.  He ran his hands through his hair and tugged on the dark strands before turning to Yoongi fully, folding his arms across his chest.

Yoongi held his stare and then sighed, standing up before walking to Jungkook.  Gripping his biceps, Yoongi said, “Look, you don’t need to keep up the façade in front of me.  I know this must be tearing you up inside.  I know how I feel about Jimin—“

Jungkook shrugged off his hands and began pacing again.  “This is nothing like what you have with Jimin.  You can actually stand to be in the same room together…”

The silence stretched on and Jungkook stopped his pacing to find Yoongi leaning against the wall by the door.  Yoongi raised an eyebrow and said, “That’s exactly my point.  You hate him, he’s in danger, and your gold bond with him means not only that his injuries or death may affect you, but that you need to protect him.  The drive to defend and ensure his safety is not easy to ignore for a steel bond and I have to imagine it’s exponentially worse for a gold bond.”  When Jungkook remained silent, Yoongi asked softly, “Do you want my advice?”

Jungkook sighed and covered his face with his hands as he took a slow breath.  He could not believe this was his life.  “Fine, yeah, what’s your advice?” he said, his voice muffled through his hands before they dropped.

“I think we assign someone to watch Taehyung.  Doyun, maybe?  He’s taking Taehyung to wherever it was he wanted to go,” Yoongi said calmly and Jungkook latched onto his confidence.  “That way we’ll know if something happens.  Although, I’m guessing your body will tell us if something is wrong.”

Groaning, Jungkook sighed and then nodded.  “Assign Doyun.  Tell him to report anything unusual and…” Jungkook held Yoongi’s gaze a moment before adding, “and tell him he is to defend Taehyung as though he’s defending one of us.”

Bowing his head, Yoongi said, “Done.  Let’s head over to Verve, Hoseok asked that we review the final security candidates, and I could use a drink.  Plus, Jimin has been asking to dance, so it’s a win-win.”  Walking over and putting an arm around Jungkook’s shoulders, Yoongi added, “And I think you could use a distraction, boss.”

Chapter Text

No matter how hard Taehyung tried to go about his life as though it hadn’t been completely flipped upside down, his mind refused to let him.  Instead, he was consumed with thoughts of Jungkook, his inner drive crying out for him to find his bonded.  Every twinge and ache in his body reminded him they were connected and as much as he hated it, Taehyung had to admit, at least to himself, that as the days rolled into weeks and autumn took its hold, he wasn’t going to be able to forget.

He did his best to occupy himself, working longer and longer hours much to the enthusiasm of his supervisor, but he still hadn’t been able to bring himself to go back to the port district.  Taehyung needed to get the recording that he’d hidden in the side of the crumbling brick building, but he couldn’t dismiss Jungkook’s warnings outright.  He’d experienced firsthand what Shin’s men would do if he were caught again and it made his skin prickle that Jungkook was right about anything.

Sitting on the balcony of his little apartment that overlooked the city lights, Taehyung was lost in his ongoing internal conflict for the countless time when the sliding door opened.  Sighing, Taehyung glanced over as he took a sip of strawberry soju, silent as his older brother stepped onto the balcony and took a seat in the chair next to him.  He’d known he’d only be able to buy a little time by ignoring his brother’s texts and messages and so Taehyung settled back, his eyes returning to the skyline to wait. 

“So…” Seokjin started, his elbows on his thighs and fingers steepled.  “Care to tell me why you’re avoiding me?”

Through his entire life, the one person Taehyung looked up to besides his appa was Seokjin.  And while he never seemed to get his appa’s approval, Seokjin had always given it unconditionally, which meant it was difficult to keep anything from him.  But this was too big, too complicated…too real.  But maybe that was precisely why he needed his brother.

The silence stretched as he considered how to share what had changed and caused him to withdraw.  Taehyung’s eyes dropped to the glass in his hands before he said quietly, “I met my bonded.”

The gasp from Seokjin was loud in the resulting silence until his brother turned his chair to face him fully.  “Why didn’t you tell me?” Seokjin asked in a hushed voice.

Taehyung lifted his gaze to meet Seokjin’s kind, albeit sad, grief-stricken eyes.  That look was why he hadn’t, at least partially.  Avoiding that for the time being, Taehyung said, “It couldn’t possibly be a worse person…”

Tilting his head to the side, Seokjin frowned.  “Who?  Do I know them?”

Shifting his eyes back to the lights of the city beyond, Taehyung paused for a long moment.  There was no easy way to say that the mortal enemy of their appa was his bonded.  Finally, he whispered, “Jeon Jungkook.”

Seokjin barked out a laugh and then quieted when Taehyung gave no response.  “Oh, shit, you’re serious…” Seokjin said, clearly stunned.

His heart pounded, his mouth running dry and so Taehyung took another sip of his soju.  Saying it aloud somehow made it truer than it already had been.  Closing his eyes, Taehyung said softly, “And…we’re gold bonded.”

The silence stretched and then Seokjin slipped his hand in his and squeezed comfortingly.  “That…is really unexpected.”  Another moment passed and Seokjin added, “Is that why you’re avoiding everyone?  You missed the family dinner.”

Throwing back the rest of the soju in his glass, Taehyung wished he’d brought the whole bottle out with him.  He could really go for forgetting for a while, for his brain to be quiet, for the ache of wanting his bonded near to be soothed.  The absolute yearning for Jungkook was bound to crush him.

“How am I supposed to tell appa?”  Taehyung turned to Seokjin, genuinely wanting his advice on what the hell he was supposed to do. 

“You don’t,” Seokjin said softly, giving his hand a gentle squeeze.  “He’ll ruin it—”

Taehyung stood, putting his glass down on the table next to the chair and dropping Seokjin’s hand.  “No, what ruined it is being gold bonded to a fucking criminal.”

Since he had first understood what bonded meant as a small boy and learned that his parents weren’t, Taehyung had dreamt of the day when he would meet his.  His parents’ marriage had been cold, distant, loveless and he longed for warmth in his life, to feel safe and secure in his bonded’s embrace.  Every hope he’d had of what his future was to be crumbled that night all those weeks before, the dark future growing dimmer as the days passed.

“Taehyung…”  Seokjin rose and stood next to him by the railing of the balcony, facing Taehyung instead of out to the bustling city.  “You met him?  Tell me about him.”

Peeking over at his brother’s earnest face, his dark hair perfectly combed off his forehead, Taehyung sighed.  “He’s handsome and strong and confident.  But also arrogant and cocky and did I mention he’s a criminal?”

“And when you’re near him?” Seokjin asked, the wistfulness in his voice not lost on Taehyung.

Gripping the railing, Taehyung bowed his head, shutting his eyes.  He really didn’t want to think about it, had spent so much energy trying to forget.  But it didn’t seem to matter, the memory was seared into his soul.

“Warm, like a comforting blanket in the dead of winter,” Taehyung whispered, a shiver running through his body.  “And when we touch…it’s pure ecstasy, just waves of bliss.”

With a soft, sad smile, Seokjin said, “I can almost imagine.  It sounds wonderful.”

Taehyung sighed.  “I suppose.  It helped to take away the pain from my injuries—”

“Your injuries?” Seokjin asked.

Shit.  Taehyung cleared his throat and opened his eyes.  He could lie, could make up some random reason…but he hated lying, it was against everything that he held dear.  It was why he’d gone into investigative journalism, he wanted to uncover the truth, to not let lies hide. 

“Uh, yeah,” Taehyung said, his eyes off in the distance that he had estimated weeks before was the direction of Jungkook’s compound.  “That’s how we met.  The Shin’s had taken me hostage because I overheard them talking and Jungkook showed up with his men.”

Peeking over when the pause grew into a longer silence, Taehyung found Seokjin slack jawed and blinking rapidly.  It really didn’t sound so great when stated that way and he waited for his brother to collect his thoughts. 

With forced calm, Seokjin said, “And how exactly did Shin’s men get you?”

Bracing internally, Taehyung said, “Well…after I did a report in the port district, I told the crew to go back to the station without me because I wanted to see what I could find.”

“Taehyung!”  Seokjin nearly yelled and Taehyung grimaced in response.  His brother rarely yelled, unlike their appa, and even if it was clearly reasonable, he still hated his brother being upset with him.  “That was incredibly stupid.  I know that district well and it’s dangerous.”

“Yeah, well, I think I got information that with help appa bring down Shin.”  Taehyung sighed heavily and then added, “But he won’t believe me without the evidence…”

“What are you talking about?” Seokjin asked, the crease between his brows deep and his dark hair rustling in the night breeze.  “What evidence?”

Biting his lower lip, Taehyung paused.  Seokjin was not going to like his answer.  “I heard some of Shin’s men talking about a shipment and—”

“Shit, Taehyung,” Seokjin said under his breath.  He ran his hands through his dark hair and then leaned his forearms on the railing.  “Why are you even getting involved in all of this?”  There was a pause and then Seokjin said softly, “Oh, Taehyung…it’s not going to do what you think it’ll do…”

Pressure built behind his eyes, his throat tightening.  He’d set this plan in motion so long ago, it had to work.  “But if I can give him that information, if I can help him bring them down, then maybe he’ll stop with his obsession—”

“Taehyung, listen to me,” Seokjin said turning to him and gripping his shoulders, his gaze searching his face.  “His drive to take down the gangs of Busan goes back way further than either of us.  He’s never going to stop…and he’s never going to be an actual appa to either of us.  He’s incapable of being who we need him to be.”

Pushing away from the railing and his brother, Taehyung paced in the narrow space.  “You don’t know that.  He’s a good man, he’s just driven to serve the public and doesn’t have the capacity to also be an appa.”

Seokjin’s sigh was heavy, weary.  “I’m telling you, the sooner you accept that this is just who he is, the better your life will be.”

But Taehyung couldn’t.  As much as he had longed for his bonded, he’d longed to be enough for his appa for even longer.  To find pride in his eyes instead of disappointment, for him to speak of his accomplishments with enthusiasm instead of disdain.  He’d tried countless times over his life to find what would appease his appa, from becoming a star athlete to graduating at the top of his class to going into a profession that would support his appa on his quest.  Taehyung had to believe that one day, it would be enough.

After several minutes of silence with both of them lost in their thoughts, Seokjin finally broke the quiet and asked softly, “When Jungkook found you…how was he with you?”

Taehyung glanced over but continued to pace, only paying half a mind to Seokjin.  “Oh, he was fine.  Nicer than I expected a criminal to be, actually.  His compound or whatever it is was nice—“

“You went to his home?” Seokjin asked, his surprise evident.

“Yeah, it’s this big place just past the old trestle bridge along the Nakdong River.  He has a doctor that works for him, can you believe that?  Although the doctor wasn’t available until the next day.  So, Jungkook cleaned the knife wound and gave me something to wear—“

Taehyung stopped when he caught Seokjin’s wide-eyed expression.  He kept to himself that he still sometimes wore Jungkook’s pajamas, inhaling deeply the dark honeysuckle scent that clung to the fabric.  Taehyung would never have guessed that a crime lord would wear a floral fragrance even if it was dark and sultry, but it somehow suited Jungkook.  It was like walking under a pergola at dusk, and Taehyung had spent far more time than he would ever admit picking out the layered scents that surrounded him in the dead of night as he curled around the pajamas.  As much as he loathed Jungkook, there was a deep need to be connected, and his body barely accepted this substitute.

“You had a knife wound?”  Seokjin’s brows knitted further as he crossed his arms.  “And your bonded took care of you?”

“Only because he had to,” Taehyung said sharply and sank back down into the chair he’d vacated previously.  Covering his face and taking several deep breaths, Taehyung let his hands drop before adding in a calmer voice, “He was in pain because I was, he didn’t really have another choice if he wanted to get any sleep.”

“I see…”  Seokjin stared at Taehyung hard, and he struggled to maintain eye contact.  “Taehyung, I’m going to give you some advice that you’re likely not going to want to hear.”

He braced himself but there was no one in his life that would give him better advice, who would put his well-being above everything else.  “Fine, what is it.”

“Every week, I sit with others like me that lost their bonded before we could meet,” Seokjin said quietly.  “Every week, year after year, I hear the same thing that I already experience.  The deep ache, almost like losing a limb, from losing their bonded, from being unbonded.  And while some are able to move on, find someone else, it never replaces what was lost.”  Seokjin sucked in a breath and then blew it out harshly.  “I can’t believe I’m saying this, but I think you need to try.  With Jungkook.”

“What?” Taehyung asked in a hushed whisper, stunned, searching his brother’s face for any signs he wasn’t totally sure about the advice he’d just given.  He’d expected Seokjin to tell him what he already knew, that he needed to work through this connection with Jungkook and move on. 

Seokjin sat down next to Taehyung and held his head in his hands.  When he lifted his face, the mask had fallen away, and it was only deep sorrow that reflected in his eyes.  “Taehyung…I would never wish this on someone.  Having a bonded and not being with them is…excruciating.  I can’t imagine what it’s like to be gold bonded and not be with them.”

“He’s a criminal,” Taehyung whispered, his heart hammering hard.  “He’s everything that we are against—"

“No, Taehyung,” Seokjin said gently.  “He’s everything appa is against, and it’s consumed him in a life of resentment and vengeance.  I don’t believe that people are all good or all bad.  I suggest you try to find the good in Jeon Jungkook, try to find common ground.”  Seokjin stood and put his hand on Taehyung’s shoulder as he sat in silence, trying to wrap his brain around what Seokjin had said.  “I expect you at appa’s on Sunday, don’t make me go through another family dinner alone.”

Taehyung nodded absentmindedly and Seokjin squeezed his shoulder before heading to the door.  Even though his mind rebelled at what Seokjin suggested, his chest ached, longed, yearned to the point it was hard to breathe.  And as the days went by, it was clear that it only grew worse.

From the door, Seokjin paused and said, “I also recommend you say nothing to appa, he doesn’t need to know who your bonded is or that you’ve met him.  It’ll only create drama and the likelihood that he’ll use you.  Figure things out with Jungkook first.”

When Taehyung lifted his head and turned to meet his eyes, Seokjin shook his head even before he spoke.  “Do you think appa would do that?”

“Taehyung, I think appa’s hatred for the gangs of Busan runs deeper than just professional drive.  And he’ll take down anyone in his way, including his own son.  Don’t get mixed up…and forget the evidence you said you have against Shin.  It’ll only drag you into the middle of a war you don’t understand and put you in even more danger than you’re already in.”

With that, Seokjin bowed his head and left, leaving Taehyung to try to sift through his warring emotions, both the long-seeded ones with his appa, and his newer, more complicated ones for Jungkook.

**

Straightening his suit jacket and finger combing his hair, Taehyung took a slow breath and entered his appa’s home.  He could do this.  He could act like nothing was different, that he’d only been busy and not recovering from injuries he’d sustained from a group of criminals his appa had spent his career trying to take down.  Simple.  No problem.

He paused in the hall as he took a deep breath, his gaze wandering across the various framed photographs that had been there for as long as he could remember.  They were mostly of him and Seokjin with trophies or awards throughout their childhood, nothing else warranted a spot in the hall.  Hell, nothing else warranted a photograph, according to his appa.  It struck him, not for the first time, how odd it was that there were no pictures of his parents together, no photographs of his mother at all. 

The only photo of his appa was from when he was in his early 20s and had graduated from the police academy.  On his arm was a pretty woman with long black hair, her dark eyes big and smile wide, a distinguishable beauty mark at the corner of her left eye only enhancing how lovely her face was.  Even after all these years, neither he nor Seokjin knew who she was other than she was someone that their appa had known long ago.  She also seemed to be the only person that had ever made his appa smile, the photograph the only evidence he’d ever seen that he even could make any expression besides a scowl.  For a man that didn’t seem to value sentiment, he had always found it odd that the framed photo was even on the wall.  But it had long been the goal he carried in his heart, that he’d one day make his appa smile the way he did in that one, lone photograph.

Finally forcing himself to enter the dining room, Taehyung found his appa and Seokjin already seated around the circular table that had been there since his childhood.  That was at least typical, they were always early while Taehyung was perpetually late, no matter what he did.  Seokjin stood, his dark hair carefully swept back off his face and dressed in a maroon sweater and navy slacks, and walked over to give him a hug.

“Save me,” Seokjin whispered in his ear as he hugged Taehyung.  “He’s on a roll already.  Be prepared.”

Swallowing hard, Taehyung nodded slightly.  Trying to ignore the tension that rose inside, Taehyung made sure he stood straight so as not to give his appa something to chastise him about.  Everything was the same, this was fine.

His appa approached, tall and imposing as ever, his dark hair liberally sprinkled with silver and shorn close to his scalp.  Over the years, his face had fallen into a perpetual grimace, an eternal reminder that he’d never known a smile in his life.  Well, at least as long as Taehyung had been alive.  But his eyes remained the same – pointed, harsh, demanding.  He was an interrogator at heart, after all.

“Taehyung,” his appa said in his gruff voice, the displeasure clear.  “It’s nice of you to find time in your busy life to visit your appa.”

Bowing his head, Taehyung said, “I apologize, appa.  I had a few assignments at work with tough deadlines that I needed to work.  And then I caught a cold and didn’t want to get you sick.”

His appa only hummed in disapproval, either from not making time for him or for being human and getting ill.  Likely both.

Seokjin brought in bowls and platters and Taehyung quickly joined him to bring the food in before taking his place to his appa’s right at the square table.  They were silent as they served themselves, although the tension was palpable.  As though his appa was coiling to strike.

“So, Taehyung,” his appa began, his gaze on the rice he served himself but his attention on Taehyung.  “You said you were working.  Are you still covering the gang problem in the city?”

Swallowing his sip of soju quickly, Taehyung set down his glass as he glanced over to Seokjin who gave him an encouraging nod.  “I am.  It’ll be a long exposé that I hope my supervisor—”

“You know that if you find any information that can help bring them down and don’t turn it into the authorities, it’s a crime.”  Although he didn’t lift his eyes from his plate, the weight of his appa’s stare was heavy and Taehyung nodded obediently.

“Yes, of course.  If I were to find anything, I’d inform you,” Taehyung said quietly, his heart pounding.  Lying had always been so difficult for him and so he avoided doing so at all costs, but Seokjin’s words—and the bond with Jungkook—kept the secret inside where it needed to stay for now.

Continuing as though Taehyung hadn’t spoken, his appa went on in between bites.  “They are the bane of this city, worse than any of the other criminals I deal with.  Especially that Jeon, nothing but a murderer, drug dealer, and racketeer.”

Taehyung swallowed hard.  This was no different than what his appa had pontificated on for years, and yet it somehow struck differently.  His stomach tightened as his entire body tensed.  Seokjin kicked him under the table, and he glanced up to meet his brother’s eyes and the reminder to breathe.

“Yes, appa,” Taehyung said as calmly as he could even as his heart raced.  This had to be the bond, he’d never physically reacted this way before.  “And the Shin’s are just as—”

“Oh, no they aren’t,” his appa interrupted sternly.  “The Shin’s are still fairly new, they don’t have their tentacles into everything like Jeon does.”  His appa took a sip of soju and then set his glass down before picking his chopsticks back up.  “Thank goodness I was able to take down the older Jeon.  It’s just a matter of time before I can get rid of the son, too.”

He’d heard something similar for years, had always just nodded in agreement because that was exactly what his appa was going to do.  But this time…this time, his words made it difficult to breathe, a cold sweat breaking out on his body, and a nearly feral rage inside to take down his appa before harm could come to his bonded.  It was so visceral, so real, that his hands fisted in the effort to keep inside that he’d never let anyone hurt Jungkook, the swirl of emotions blocking out any rational thought.

Seokjin spoke before Taehyung could find words, to calm his internal struggle.  “I’m sure that those that have done wrong will face what’s coming to them.” 

“That’s right,” his appa said, sitting back in his chair with a smugness about him that did not reach his cold eyes.  “Jeon Youngho absolutely got what he had coming to him.”

Jungkook’s words came to him, a version of the story that Taehyung had never heard before, different from the one that had been blasted on the news for a month.  And while at the time, he’d refused to even consider it a possibility, over the resulting weeks, curled up around Jungkook’s clothing late at night, Taehyung had contemplated what he’d said.  Contemplated that given his appa’s hatred that ran much deeper than purely professional, there was a sliver of possibility.  And that sliver of possibility meant that his appa was not as honorable as he had always believed.

“I’ve always wondered,” Taehyung said as casually as he could muster, pointedly ignoring his brother’s kick, the need to know the truth stronger, the deeper need to know if his bonded was truthful becoming urgent.  “Why was Youngho outside the police station and dozens of officers to begin with?”

Out of the corner of his eye, Taehyung caught how his appa’s nostrils flared.  He never questioned his appa, indirectly or not.  He’d been raised to believe that his appa had no faults, always was righteous, and should be obeyed.  Even the subtle insinuation that what his appa had said happened may be questionable was enough to make him want to flee but Taehyung forced himself to stay rooted in his chair.

“How am I supposed to understand the workings of a criminal’s mind?” His appa said, voice harsh.  He really should back off, rationally he knew he should.  But that rationality was smothered by the need to protect, and he needed the truth to do so.

“I’m sure that it was just part of his regular routine and appa caught on,” Seokjin said calmly although he glared pointedly at Taehyung to stop talking.

But an internal drive wouldn’t let him.  “I think the autopsy stated Youngho was shot in the back, right?” Taehyung asked, forcing curiosity into his voice to soften the question.  “Did he draw a weapon?”

Taehyung moved his leg out of the way of Seokjin’s kick just as his appa’s fist came down on the table, the dishes clattering as his appa bellowed, “He was a damn criminal!  Who had been terrorizing this city for decades!”

His heart hammered and Taehyung slowly raised his eyes to meet his appa’s enraged ones.  It was unsettling, throwing him off kilter that his appa did not answer the question, did not outright deny it.  “But isn’t shooting someone in the back who is unarmed just as criminal?  Isn’t it stooping to their level?”

“That’s enough!” His appa bellowed and both Taehyung and Seokjin jumped in their seats.  “Youngho got what he deserved and so will that criminal son of his if it’s the last thing I do.  End of discussion!”

His appa stood and stormed out of the room, slamming a door upstairs before a heavy silence fell.  He had never, not once, ever questioned what his appa had said about anything.  Had always eaten up anything he said as though it was nothing but fact, because the possibility that it wasn’t was incomprehensible.  As Taehyung took slow breaths with his head bowed, he struggled with openly questioning his appa for the first time and the possibility that he may have committed a crime that he had then covered up.

“Well,” Seokjin said, glass in hand as he sat back.  “I’m very glad you joined us this evening.  That was…rousing.”

Taehyung lifted his head, his hands fisted on the table as he met his brother’s gaze.  “I’m sorry, I don’t know—“

“No, you misunderstand,” Seokjin said with a small smile, his eyes sparkling as he held his glass of soju.  “I applaud you, that is the first time I have ever seen you even remotely question what he says.  And while it probably would have been better if that wasn’t the topic you chose, I am relieved to see you thinking for yourself for the first time.”

Blinking a few times as his brother’s words circled his mind, Taehyung finally shook his head.  “What?  I don’t understand, I thought you wanted me to stop.  You kicked me!”

Seokjin’s smile grew before he threw back the rest of his soju.  “Well, I changed my mind.  I much rather you learned how to make your own conclusions instead of believing everything he says.”  He stood and said, “Let’s get out of here before he comes barreling downstairs again and I lose my appetite completely.”

His mind a whirl, Taehyung stood slowly and followed his brother out of the room and then out of the house.  Seokjin picked up the conversation as they walked the few blocks to his brother’s apartment, but Taehyung struggled to keep up.  Because whirling inside was not only the questioning of his appa but the way the deep ache that had grown since meeting Jungkook calmed just a bit.  No longer trying to claw its way out, the ache was warm in his chest and it occurred to him as they entered the elevator to Seokjin’s apartment that it was because the bond had been protected.

**

Flanked by Yoongi and three other men, Jimin under Yoongi’s arm, Jungkook entered Verve.  It was where he’d been spending nearly every evening over the resulting weeks since meeting Taehyung, trying to drown himself in business.  It had yet to work.

It was a constant, the nagging, the longing and it grew stronger each day.  Jimin had pouted when he found out that Taehyung had left and even more so that Jungkook wasn’t going after him.  In between the lectures of how romantic it would be for Jungkook to show up and sweep Taehyung off his feet—something Jungkook was absolutely certain Taehyung would not find in any way romantic—Yoongi had calmly reminded him it wasn’t so easy to walk away from his bonded.  Something Jungkook was learning to be true.

He would never admit it, even under the threat of torture, but he slept each night holding the pillow that Taehyung had slept on, inhaling deeply the spicy, creamy sandalwood scent that clung to it.  And even after all these weeks and the smell dissipating, Jungkook still clung to it each night.  His body refused to sleep, as though being near Taehyung for just that one night had been enough to kick off an eternal need to be near him.  It only grew worse with each passing day.

The club was already crowded, several dancers on small, suspended stages while the main performer, one of the club’s best strippers, danced on the main stage.  Nearly everything was black except for the purple lighting and the dim lights behind the serpentine bar where Jackson waved and then said something to one of the wait staff.  Jungkook gave Jackson a nod as he strode past, people parting for him to make his way to the far wall.  In the corner of the room, near the back exit and with a view of the entire club, was Jungkook’s reserved table, and Yoongi, Jimin, and Jungkook slid into the booth as his other men on duty stood nearby, on guard.

The pretty blond waiter that Jackson had spoken to when they arrived appeared almost immediately, placing their usual drinks in front of them.  In short shorts and little else, he smiled lazily as he bent over the table, careful not to touch Jungkook.

“Don’t suppose I can interest you in a lap dance?” the waiter asked, looking Jungkook up and down slowly, his smooth, tan skin glittering in the lights.  “Or maybe a private room.  I won’t charge you a cent, boss, it would be my pleasure.”

Jungkook handed over a large tip and smiled.  “Tempting.  But alas, I have my own policy to never mix business with pleasure.  You’ll have to find someone else to spend your time with.”

An exaggerated pout formed only to disappear a moment later as he took the money.  “Can’t blame me for trying.  I’ll be back with a second round when you need it.”  He winked and then turned to strut away through the crowd.

Leaning back, Jungkook took a long sip of ice cold soju and surveyed the crowd.  There were patrons of all ages, nearly all men.  Some were just there for the entertainment, some of the best dancers in Busan competed for the opportunity to take the stage at Verve, while others used the club as a meeting ground for other more nefarious business.

Jimin slammed back his drink and then said, “Okay, I need to dance.”

Kissing Yoongi hard, Jimin then shoved Jungkook’s shoulder to get him to move.  He really shouldn’t allow Jimin to treat him like that, at least in public, but Jungkook had a soft spot for the man that had come barreling into his life through his bond with Yoongi.

He’d never seen Yoongi as distraught as he had been when they’d searched for Jimin in that dilapidated house, his underboss certain that it was where his bonded was spending his 25^th birthday.  It had been Jungkook who had found him first, curled in a corner and nearly starved, bruises littering his body and his face battered.  Jungkook had cautiously approached him, hands outstretched to show he wasn’t a threat like nearly every other person in his life had obviously been.

“You’re safe now,” Jungkook had crooned.  “We’re going to get you out of here, okay?”

Jimin’s eyes had been so big, so void of emotion, so haunted that the wall Jungkook kept carefully intact inside to keep others at a distance had crumbled a bit.  His legs had given out as soon as Jimin had tried to stand and Jungkook had caught him, Jimin crying out in pain.  As carefully as he could, Jungkook lifted him, his throat tight at how little he weighed, and then ran out of the room in search of Yoongi to see if this man who was barely still alive was his bonded.

Eyes blazing, Yoongi had come out of another room and then halted in the doorway, several of their men assisting others out of the room.  When Yoongi had choked back a sob, Jungkook had closed the distance and passed Jimin to Yoongi as gently as he could and then turned to one of his men as he passed, a young woman with a blanket draped across her nude body in his arms.

“As soon as they’ve all been taken to the compound, burn it.”

Yoongi lifted his gaze at that, so much pain and turmoil in their depths.  After a heartbeat, Yoongi nodded once before he turned and slowly made his way down the stairs, head bent as he whispered to Jimin.

Nearly 2 years later, Jimin was strong and lived his life with a vibrance that made him shine so brightly, it was like orbiting the sun at times.  Jungkook got out of the booth so Jimin could go do what he loved most…well, besides Yoongi.

Jimin patted Jungkook on the cheek softly with a fond smile and then meandered through the crowd with his head held high, his black shorts short and his cropped shirt netted and sheer.  He stopped to hug a few of the waiters and one of the dancers, all of whom had been in the brothel when they’d rescued Jimin, all now wearing smiles and bright eyes, all at healthy weights with stable meals and control over their lives.  He wove his way through the crowd to one of the cages that were raised above the floor and climbed in, almost immediately finding the groove of the music and lost himself in the sultry movements.

Sitting back down, Jungkook chuckled at the near asinine face Yoongi wore, somewhere between a puppy that had just spotted its owner and a schoolboy that was in the presence of his crush.  He was surprised that Yoongi had sent one of his men to stand near the cage Jimin danced in instead of going himself.

“It’s been almost 2 years, I would think you would have grown just a little bored,” Jungkook said as he lounged back with his drink in hand.

Yoongi’s eyes never strayed from Jimin, whose hips swayed with an innate grace.  “Every moment I have with him is better than the last.  I will never tire of seeing his face.”

Jungkook only hummed in response.  Over the weeks since he’d last seen Taehyung, he’d warred with himself.  He absolutely hated everything Taehyung represented…yet, it hadn’t stopped him from calling Doyun for updates.  He told himself it was just to ensure that Shin hadn’t gotten to him, and to an extent, that was true.  But Jungkook also just wanted more information on who Taehyung was.

Through Doyun’s reports, Jungkook learned that Taehyung left his apartment at 730 every morning except Sunday, stopping for a hot chocolate on his way to the news station.  If he did leave for lunch, it was to a café down the block, but most often he didn’t leave until late in the evening.  It didn’t sit right with him that Taehyung appeared to barely eat and Jungkook had to stop himself numerous times from sending a meal to the news station so he ate something.

Acting as though he only was concerned about Shin or one of his men showing up, Jungkook had directed Doyun to call him if anything was suspicious.  Jungkook calling him several times a week was what was suspicious, and he’d finally had to stop and rely on Yoongi’s updates.  Thankfully, Yoongi seemed to understand Jungkook’s desperate drive to know what was happening with Taehyung, even if it was that he veered from his routine to pick up his dry cleaning or arrived at his appa’s house only to leave shortly with his brother.

Finally tearing his gaze from Jimin, Yoongi glanced over.  “I’m honestly surprised you’ve held out this long.  I can’t imagine what a gold bond feels like.  I get antsy if I’m away from Jimin for too long.  It’s been what, 5 weeks?”

Keeping his eyes on the room without seeing anything, Jungkook grumbled, “5 weeks and 3 days.”  Closing his eyes, Jungkook rested his head against the back of the high booth, trying to calm his pounding heart.  “I don’t understand why Shin’s let him live this long.”

Just the words made his skin crawl and his stomach dropped, the sudden urge to leap out of the booth, out of the club and tear the city apart to ensure Taehyung was protected skyrocketing.  Jungkook had known Shin for years.  When he’d worked for the Jeon’s, he’d concealed the cruel, ruthless streak enough to not cause undo attention onto him.  Once his appa had been murdered, all of the subterfuge had fallen away when he’d openly challenged Jungkook to lead the syndicate that the Jeon’s had meticulously built for decades.  Something that had caused Jungkook to return to the life, unable to watch his appa’s legacy crumble under that man’s obsession with power through cruelty.

“It is odd,” Yoongi said carefully.  “But maybe he doesn’t know—“

Opening his eyes with a sigh, Jungkook met Yoongi’s gaze.  “Oh, he knows.  I just don’t understand what game he’s playing at…yet.”

The booth cushion dipped as Hoseok sat next to him and Jungkook turned to him.  He groaned internally when Hoseok set a stack of papers on the table.

“We need to talk about the accounts, boss,” Hoseok said, rifling through the papers.  “And I have two surveillance reports to discuss.”

Hoseok didn’t actually need his input, he was a whizz when it came to managing the gang’s legal holdings and conducting surveillances.  But he’d learned quickly when he’d returned that Hoseok really just needed someone to bounce ideas off of and to be reassured that he was doing exactly as Jungkook expected of him.  Which was easy because besides Yoongi, Hoseok was who he’d trust his life with.

“Do we, though?” Jungkook said.  When Hoseok raised an eyebrow, Jungkook sighed and said, “Fine, but not here, I can’t concentrate.”

Jimin sauntered up to the table and slid in next to Yoongi, who kissed his neck and gathered him close.  “Don’t worry boss, I’m done dancing now, should help your concentration.”

Yoongi pinched his side and Jimin yelped with a giggle.  Jungkook only rolled his eyes and turned back to Hoseok, who had scooted out of the booth and waited for him.  As he stood, Jungkook narrowed his eyes into the crowd, disbelief rising into the beginnings of panic when Doyun strolled up to the table, glass of amber liquid in his hand.

“Hey, boss,” Doyun began to sit, the sudden grip Jungkook had on the lapels of his jacket stopping him.

“What the fuck are you doing here?” Jungkook said through clenched teeth, his entire body tense.

Doyun scowled for a split second before his face relaxed, so quick that Jungkook would have missed it if he hadn’t been staring at him so hard.  “Don’t worry, boss.  Taehyung returned to his apartment a little over an hour ago and he never leaves once he’s home.  It’s fine.”

Yoongi stepped next to them and extricated Jungkook’s grip from Doyun’s clothing to replace with his own hand.  “Doyun, you weren’t assigned to watch when you deemed it appropriate.  You were assigned to watch him.  Your relief isn’t scheduled to be there for another few hours,” Yoongi said coolly before letting him go with a small shove.

Smoothing his jacket, Doyun said with a bit of exasperation.  “I’m telling you, it’s fine.  Besides, I’ve been watching him for weeks and nothing happens.  You’re wasting me on making me be his babysitter”

Seething anger flowed through his veins, circling the desperate need to find Taehyung, to ensure his safety.  Jungkook was thankful Yoongi was there, his calming influence helping him gather his rational thoughts instead of the need to tear into the man he had assigned to watch over his bonded. 

Taking a slow breath through his nose, Jungkook let it out slowly, although his eyes remained narrowed on Doyun.  He’d have to let Yoongi take care of his insubordination and disobedience, Jungkook was strung far too tight to not do something he would later regret.  No, it was much better for Yoongi and his cool, collected demeanor to dish out what Doyun had coming to him.  Jungkook could not allow one of his men to go against his orders.

Jungkook opened his mouth to say as much when his body flooded with such intense terror, it took his breath away.  Gasping, Jungkook was only able to blink in response before the deep ache across his waist transformed into an explosion of pain that rocked his body.  His left cheek ached, and his head throbbed as a slicing pain pierced his thigh.

Jungkook stumbled back, Hoseok’s arm coming around him and prevented him from falling as his knees gave out.  A cold sweat broke out across his body, his stomach churning.  He was going to be sick.

Helping him to sit, Hoseok whispered in his ear, “Boss, what’s wrong?”

His hands trembled with his fear, mingling with Taehyung’s that cascaded over him.  Everything dimmed, all of his focus turned inward as the club thrummed with the beat of the music as though his entire life wasn’t crashing, completely out of his control. 

“Shin has him.”

Chapter Text

The cool night air was harsh against his face and Taehyung huddled into the collar of his down jacket as he strode down the street on his way to grab the laundry detergent he’d forgotten on his way home.  Maybe the cool, fresh air would help clear his head, his thoughts constantly wandering back—

Suddenly, a sack was pulled over his head, fabric yanked tight against his face as a fist slammed into his stomach.  Disoriented and unable to breathe, Taehyung stumbled back as fear spiked in his chest before falling to the concrete sidewalk and scraping his palms.  Almost immediately, booted feet collided with the side of his head, pain rocketing through him before something sharp pierced his thigh hard, the burning pain radiating.  When he opened his mouth to scream, nothing came as the fabric was sucked into his mouth, cutting off his oxygen even more as the sack was tightened around his throat.

Focused on taking slow breaths, Taehyung curled into a ball on his side before hands dragged him to his wobbly feet.  His arms were yanked behind him, rough rope looped around and tightened against his wrists before he was shoved into the back of what seemed to be a van.

The cold metal he laid on seeped through his clothing and chilled his bones, but it was nothing compared to the chill in his veins.  From the little snippets he could pick up from the two voices in the front of the van, Jungkook had been right.  Shin had come after him and he had only been under an illusion of safety all this time.

Tears pricked his eyes and Taehyung swallowed hard through the tightness in his throat.  Taking a slow breath, he tried to calm his racing heart and the rising fear.  He needed to take in as much information as possible so he could come up with a plan.  Having something to focus on besides the excruciating pain in his body and not being able to get enough oxygen calmed some of the panic.  With a few slow, shallow breaths, Taehyung was finally able to catch more than a few words here and there.

The vehicle stopped suddenly and caused Taehyung to groan as he slid across the floor of the van.  The yelling, angry voices were muffled from beyond the van and then the cool night breeze hit him as Taehyung was yanked out.  The van doors slammed shut behind him as numerous voices barked out orders all at once and made it difficult to determine how many men there were and their locations.  The air was salty, and beyond the voices was the gentle sound of waves.

Oh, God…were they going to throw him into the water?  Taehyung tugged roughly at the restraints at his wrists as he struggled against the bruising grip on both of his arms.  His head was knocked back as a fist collided with the underside of his jaw just before his shoulders were grabbed and a knee drove into his stomach.  The wind was knocked out of him and his eyes teared as Taehyung gasped for a breath.

Barely on his feet, he was dragged up a long steel gangway, a voice to his left announcing to someone, “We have Kim.  Tell Shin we’re putting him in the hold.”

There was a pause and then he was pulled along until he was dragged down steep stairs.  Taehyung was unable to keep up, the decline so steep that the toes of his shoes clattered against each step.  He lost count of the number of flights, until he was thrown into a room, the metal beneath him cool and abrasive.

Fingers wrapped around his arms again, this time hauling him into a chair that Taehyung collapsed against.  As he panted, the fabric of the bag around his head sucked into his mouth with each struggling breath.  He was growing lightheaded from the lack of oxygen and had to fight to remain conscious.

The fabric over his head was ripped away and Taehyung gulped in the air he’d been deprived, blinking rapidly from the burning, bright overhead light.  Finally, Taehyung was able to focus, and his fear skyrocketed as he took in the two hulking men that loomed, both outweighing him by at least 50 pounds and several inches.  Taehyung couldn’t tell them apart, both dressed in black cargo pants and vests, numerous weapons strapped to their bodies.

One of them wielded a knife in his hand while the other with a giant scorpion tattooed on his throat lounged to the side against the wall.  The man with the knife had a long scar that ran across his face, his missing eye only adding to the menacing look as he narrowed his remaining eye when he approached.

“We hear you overheard some information you shouldn’t have.”  The man with the scar was also missing several teeth, his lips curled back in a snarl as he pointed the knife at the base of Taehyung’s throat.

Taehyung was only about to say a weak, “No…” before the point of the knife pierced his skin and the fear spiked in his body, rendering him speechless.

“Liars don’t last long here, Kim,” the man with the scar said.  “Best tell us the truth.”

His heart raced and Taehyung tried to gather his thoughts enough to consider his options.  They obviously knew he’d overheard something they were worried about.  But if he told them, would that keep him alive or make them realize they got everything they needed from him.

His eyes darted between the two men for a heartbeat and then Taehyung said, “I overheard something about a shipment.”  Taehyung hoped that would be enough.

“Is that so?”  The man leaning against the wall stalked over, stopping next to the scarred man and crossed his arms over his massive chest.  “And this is what you recorded?  What did you do with it?”

This one seemed to have a brain in his head, stating it as though Taehyung had already confirmed he’d recorded them.  “I don’t have a recording.”  The knife slid across his neck, the warm trickle of blood traveling down to his chest.  “Anymore.  I don’t have a recording anymore,” Taehyung added quickly.  Even if it was a ruse, they held all of the advantage.

Taehyung relaxed for a moment after the knife against his throat was pulled away, only for his head to jerk hard to the right as he was backhanded, a ring cutting his cheek.  He fell against the metal floor hard, unable to catch himself, his head slamming down brutally.  A booted foot struck his stomach and Taehyung curled into a ball as best as he could.  Minutes, hours, an eternity passed and his vision dimmed as he fought to not black out as kick after kick assaulted his already broken body.

A ringing phone penetrated through the pained haze and Taehyung collapsed against the cool floor as one of them answered.  Try as he did, Taehyung could not focus on the words, couldn’t follow the conversation.

Arms dragged him across the floor, Taehyung unable to get his feet under him.  One of the men said, “Boss wants to see you, Kim.”  There was laughter from both as they ascended stairs.  “That never ends well.”

His brain was processing everything slowly, voices garbled and lights streaking across his vision.  A door opened and Taehyung was dragged into a noticeably warmer room, this one smelling faintly of patchouli and smoke.  Even though Taehyung couldn’t raise his head, the voice that spoke sent a cold chill down his spine.

“Well, if it isn’t my lovely Jeon’s bonded, here in the flesh.”  His voice was icy, an edge of cruelty that was apparent to even Taehyung.  He tried to swallow, his mouth dry and throat tight.  Taehyung didn’t want to die, but it may be the better of the options he currently had.  “Leave us.”

The hands gripping his arms let him go with a little shove, and Taehyung hit the ground hard, groaning as he curled on his side.  The door slammed and the eerie silence was loud as the panic steadily rose in his body.

Strong hands gripped his hair and hauled him to his knees, Taehyung crying out as the sharp pain sliced through his bruised body.  His face was swollen, and Taehyung tried to open his eyes, trying to find a way out.

A man with a gold front tooth and a scorpion tattooed down the side of his neck came into view inches from his face.  He appeared to be at least a decade, if not more, older than him, his hard lifestyle making it hard to determine.  His breath fanned across his face and Taehyung retched, the stench of cigarettes and gin pungent.

“Aww, poor boy,” Shin Manshik, the leader of the second most powerful gang in Busan, drawled.  It was comical really, the syrupy voice conflicting with the cruel face.  “Such a pretty boy, look what you made them do.  Tsk tsk, you should have just cooperated.”

“I-I did,” Taehyung whispered, his voice hoarse and barely more than a whisper.  His breathing was labored as the sharp pain in his chest made it difficult to draw a full breath.

His eyes hardened even as his finger traced down his cheek to grip his chin with his thumb and forefinger, digging in painfully to the bruised skin.  “Really?  I think you know more than you’re telling, don’t you?  Did you run off and tell that appa of yours?  Should I expect a swarm of police any minute?”

His grip on his face relaxed, although his finger continued to meander down his neck.  “I don’t have the recording anymore.  It fell in the drain grate…”  It was partially true, even if it wasn’t the exact truth.  “A-and I didn’t tell anyone, I swear.”

Shin hummed.  “Well, isn’t that unfortunate…” his finger traveled back up his neck to raise his chin.  “For you, isn’t it?  But I hear that you also possess a connection to my dear Jeon, don’t you?”

Before Taehyung could draw breath, Shin threw him on his back on the bed, his body crying out from the impact.  Shin moved swiftly to hover over him, his mouth spreading into a sneer.  The weight of his body on his restrained arms caused pain to shoot through his shoulders and the fear heightened so high he couldn’t breathe, couldn’t think.  Just froze.

Taehyung…

He was losing it, Taehyung had to be to hear Jungkook’s voice through the middle of the nightmare he was in.  Shin braced the weight of his upper body on his forearms as he brushed the hair out of Taehyung’s face almost tenderly.  The bile rose high when Shin’s lower body adjusted to rest heavily between his legs.

Taehyung…can you hear me?  Where are you?

He was certain it was Jungkook’s voice, stronger that time.  Pushing the disbelief away, Taehyung focused on his response and not Shin.

I-I don’t know.  Tied up in one of Shin’s hideouts.

Shin’s face transformed into a cruel smile, gold tooth glinting in the lamplight.  “Jeon took everything that should have belonged to me.  I hear you’re gold bonded…I wonder how he’ll feel if I take what’s his…”

Where are your hands tied?

Tears streamed down his face, unable to keep them in when Shin rocked into him.  His heart pounded loudly and yet his limbs were frozen in place.

Behind my back.  With rope…

Shin licked up the side of his neck, one of his hands roaming down his body.

Try turning the knot so it’s towards your palm.  Try to loosen it.

Taehyung struggled to get his muscles to cooperate and finally his fingers budged.  But the weight on his hands and arms made it impossible.

I-I can’t…

Where is Shin?

He’s…he’s on top of me.

There was a spike of rage that didn’t belong to Taehyung that flared through his body, cutting through the pain and fear.  It was enough to give Taehyung the strength to lift his upper body to twist the rope that burned against his wrists so his fingers could curl around the knot.  Forcing Shin out of his mind, Taehyung squeezed his eyes shut as he worked the knot loose.

Jungkook…I got the knot loose…

There was a beat of silence and then Jungkook’s voice, calming Taehyung even though his heart raced with newfound adrenaline.

Drive your fingers into his eyes as hard as you can.

Taehyung’s stomach burned at the directions but cast aside his distaste, swallowing hard.  Taking a slow breath through his nose, Taehyung inched his arms to his sides as slowly as he could given that Shin’s hands had found their way under his shirt.

Drawing a deep breath, Taehyung brought his arms from behind his back.  When Shin lifted his head, Taehyung drove his fingers into his eye sockets as hard as he could.  Shin screamed and covered his face.  Afraid that his cry would bring others running, Taehyung wrapped the rope that was still tied to one of his wrists around Shin’s neck and gripped the end with his free hand and pulled with everything he had in him.

Shin fought him hard, clawing at his face, but this was his one shot and adrenaline and a strength he didn’t know he possessed beat in time with his heart.  After what seemed like an eternity, Shin's body went limp, and Taehyung pushed him off the bed with a shudder.

Eyes darting around the room, Taehyung found a door that led out to a small deck overlooking the dark water.  It was a moonless night, and Taehyung couldn’t tell how high up he was or the depth of the water.  But when there was a yell behind him, Taehyung climbed over the railing.

Sucking in a deep breath, Taehyung jumped.

**

Panting, Jungkook took the white hand towel Jimin offered him and wiped the sweat from his face and neck before tossing it aside and staring once again at the black heavy bag in front of him.  Jungkook paused as he lifted his bare, taped hands again and focused.  The fear still radiated inside, tangling with his own rage.

“Jungkook, you need to stop.  You’ve been at this for hours, you’re going to hurt yourself,” Jimin said from his perch on the weight bench a few feet away, his knees pulled to his chest and arms folded on top.

“I’m fine,” Jungkook said through gritted teeth just before he began a series of jabs and crosses, striking the bag with his wrapped fists hard and fast.

“Taehyung will be, too,” Jimin said quietly.  “You still feel him?”

His arms dropped and shoulders sagged at the sound of his bonded’s name.  Jungkook leaned his forehead against the bag for a moment before taking a deep breath through his nose.  Lifting his head with a sigh, Jungkook unwrapped his hands and tossed them in a nearby bin before he began stacking weights on the bar. 

“Yeah, I still feel him,” Jungkook finally said.

“They’ll find him, it’ll be okay—“

“It’s not fucking okay!”  Jungkook slammed the weight onto the bar and Jimin stood from where he sat on the weight bench.  “I fucking hate him but I cannot stop wanting to tear this city apart until I find him.”

The room was silent after his outburst for a long moment, hanging heavy in the air.  Then Jimin’s hands on his shoulders gently turned him, his eyes warm despite the sad smile he wore.

“I think you hate the idea of him, of what he represents.  But I don’t think you actually hate Taehyung himself,” Jimin said softly. 

Jungkook held his gaze for a heartbeat and then shrugged his hands from his shoulders before he slumped onto the weight bench.  “He’s a self-righteous ass with a corrupt appa who murdered mine.  There’s plenty to hate,” Jungkook said.  But his voice lacked the sharpness that had always accompanied any conversation about Taehyung and it wasn’t lost on him that somewhere along the way, his feelings towards his bonded had become muddied.

For days, his body had ached, bruised and stabbing pains that kept him up at night.  But as much as he’d tried, he hadn’t been able to reach Taehyung in his mind, as if his voice bounced off a wall that was impenetrable.  It’d been like that when he’d first tried but then he’d focused on their bond and he’d been able to slip in and connect with Taehyung…and what a horrible, helpless moment.

He’s…he’s on top of me.

His scared, far away voice repeated the sentence over and over in his mind until he was sure he was going mad.  The rage unlike anything he’d ever felt had filled him and Yoongi and Hoseok had to keep him from running out of the club and…he wasn’t sure where he was going to go but definitely would have ended with blood on the blade of his knife before the night was through.  Instead, they’d convinced him that an attack on Taehyung was an attack on him and he had to retreat back to the compound.

Retreat…it was the exact opposite of what he wanted to do, what he needed to do.  No, what he needed to do was tear the fucking city apart and find his bonded before stabbing the blade on his thigh into Shin’s neck.  How fucking dare Shin touch what was his…

His…for better or for worse, Taehyung was his.  Bonded at the beginning of time, written in the stars, Taehyung was his and the emptiness inside alongside the need to find him, to care for him, to protect him grew with each heartbeat.  It was more than clear that he’d been a fool to think he’d ever be able to just ignore his bond with Taehyung and go about his life.

Closing his eyes, Jungkook focused on that bond, the gossamer thin strand that connected them through time and space.  Losing himself in the connection, in the warmth it brought him, Jungkook gasped softly.  The pain in his body that had been thrumming for days was increasing incrementally and his eyes snapped open as Jungkook stood.

Jimin stared at him hard, his brow creasing.  “Taehyung?”

“I…think so,” Jungkook said, not bothering to grab his shirt and rushed out of the room, taking the stairs two at a time to enter the kitchen.  Striding down the hall, Jungkook burst into the room Yoongi used to manage operations and found him on the phone, pacing.

“If there’s an identified intruder, then you have my permission to—”

“No!” Jungkook yelled and Yoongi whirled around, his brows high.  Closing the distance between them, Jungkook gripped the lapels of the black jacket he wore and demanded, “Where?  The intruder, where?”

His eyes wandered over his face a moment and then Yoongi said into the phone, “Hold your fire,” before lowering the phone to his side.  “The woods along the river, one of the lookouts caught sight of someone walking this way.”

“From the north or south?” Jungkook said, letting go of his underboss and turning to rush out of the room.

Behind him, Yoongi called out, “South!” and Jungkook began to run, throwing open the door to the veranda.

The pouring rain was icy against his shoulders, plastering his hair to his head within moments.  He should have grabbed a coat, should have grabbed a weapon, but the connection with Taehyung sent alarm through his body, the pain increasing as a distant weakness permeated.  That could only mean…

“No…” Jungkook whispered, sprinting into the waterlogged lawn, the hard rain nearly drowning out the squelch of his footsteps as he ran towards the river.  There were half a dozen guards posted, some on the ground, some on hidden perches but they were difficult to make out…until a sudden streak of lightning cast one in shadows and Jungkook could follow the direction their gun was pointed.

With a hoarse yell, Jungkook cried, “Stand down!” but with the thunder rolling in after the lightning, there was no way to know if any of them had heard.

Sprinting faster across the lawn, there was a faint movement that his heart, his bond recognized before Taehyung stepped out of the woods.  His limp was pronounced and body bent over as though he were about to collapse and Jungkook rushed to him.  When he was within a few feet away, the sky lit with lightning and Taehyung lifted his eyes to meet his and something broke inside.

His face was barely his own, swollen and blood caked on his skin despite the rain that drenched him.  His shirt was gone and the bruising across his chest and neck were nearly black, covering most of his bare skin.  Barefoot, his waterlogged pants clung to his narrow hips, tattered and torn and covered in mud.  It was both the best and worst thing he’d ever seen in his life.

Pulling up short, Jungkook hesitated a moment, not wanting to hurt him further by grabbing him like every cell in his body insisted.  “Taehyung…”

Eyes welling with tears, Taehyung whispered hoarsely, “I didn’t know where else to go…” just before his knees buckled beneath him.

Jungkook caught him against his chest and then swung him up into his arms.  In his ear, Jungkook pledged, “You come to me…always come to me…” before turning and running back to the house.

Some of the pain in his body dissipated with his bonded in his arms, but Taehyung’s body went limp within a few steps and the gossamer strand connecting them thrummed.  Pressure built behind his eyes, the helplessness of the moment making him want to scream, the clawing in his chest to demand revenge tore through him.  But with a glance down at his battered face, Jungkook focused on running faster as he tightened his grip on his bonded.

“Oh, shit!” Jimin cried when Jungkook came barreling through the door, not stopping as he headed towards the rooms Namjoon used to treat injuries.  “I’ll get Namjoon.”

All Jungkook could muster as a response was a garbled sob as he took the stairs three at a time and then rushed down the hall.  One of his men was standing guard at the end of the hall, his eyes flying wide at his boss drenched, muddy, and carrying an unconscious man and rushed to open the door to the infirmary.  As carefully as he could, Jungkook laid Taehyung down on the hospital bed and then stood, keeping his hand in his bonded’s.

His mouth ran dry at what they’d done to Taehyung, the harsh lights of the room bringing into focus all the bruising and blood on his body.  Behind him, people rushed in, Namjoon quickly pulling on a pair of surgical gloves across the bed from Jungkook while Jimin came up beside him to assist.  After checking his vital signs, Namjoon instructed Jimin to clean Taehyung’s arm before methodically inserting a catheter and securing it with tape.  He’d watched Namjoon do the same hundreds of times and never once had he had to bite his tongue to not scream at him to move faster.

After grabbing a syringe from a locked drawer that only Namjoon had access to, he carefully administered the medication.  “This will help with the pain he’s in,” Namjoon said softly, not taking his eyes off of what he was doing.  When the syringe was discarded and Namjoon had connected iv fluids to the catheter, he finally raised his gaze to meet Jungkook’s eyes.  “Let me examine him while you go get cleaned up, boss.  It won’t take long and I’ll come to your room when I have information.”

Everything inside screamed that he was going nowhere, but as his gaze darted between Namjoon, Jimin, and Yoongi, it was clear from their furrowed brows and concerned eyes that he needed to pull himself together.  He was never upset in front of any of his men except for possibly Yoongi.  And that is who put his arm around his shoulders and gently pulled him away.  As soon as his hand slipped from Taehyung’s, the pain in his body intensified and with a last glance at his bonded, Jungkook was hurried out the door.

A few of their men were outside and Yoongi dropped his arm, giving them orders that Jungkook only half heard.  He wasn’t sure what to do with the mounting rage in his body and so he continued down the hall and up the next flight of stairs to go to his room.  Yoongi caught up to him, striding down the hall in step and only stopping when they reached his door.

“Jungkook…” Yoongi said softly.  It wasn’t something Yoongi called him very often, preferring boss in front of others and occasionally kid when they were alone.  It made Jungkook take notice and turn to his underboss.  “Namjoon is a damn fine doctor and he’ll make sure he’s okay.”

All he could do was nod, the rush of emotions caught in his chest.  Even when his own parents had been killed, he hadn’t had such a strong reaction and he didn’t even like Taehyung.

“I’ll have one of the men guard your door until we’ve had a chance to get more information from Taehyung,” Yoongi said, some of the softness leaving his eyes.  “An attack on him is an attack on you and we’re not going to take any chances, you hear?”

Jungkook gave a nod.  It was for him to call the shots and not Yoongi, but he understood what was unspoken.  Don’t do anything impulsive or stupid that will give Shin what he wants.  And while his bedroom was built like a safe room and once he was inside and the door was locked, there was no need for anyone to stand outside his door, the extra protection wasn’t just for him, it was also to protect him from himself.

With a squeeze to his shoulder, Yoongi turned down the hall, saying something into his phone that likely was direction to send one of their men to his room.  His shoulders were heavy as he entered his room and locked the door before going to the bathroom, not bothering to turn on the lights beyond the heat lamp.  The amber glow it cast in the room was enough for him to undress and then climb into the shower, the hot water doing little to soothe the ache in his body.  Did nothing to temper the rage that continued to swirl inside like a gathering storm.

He dressed without considering his next move and it wasn’t until he’d strapped his knife to his thigh after sheathing his other blades and holstering two guns that Jungkook realized he was going to ignore Yoongi’s sage advice.  He’d just shrugged on his black leather riding jacket when there was a knock on the door.

Hurrying over, Jungkook unlocked the door, the relief at finding Namjoon on the other side dissipating by the look on his face.  Wordlessly, Jungkook stepped back into the room to let Namjoon in.  He’d known Namjoon since they were barely teens when he’d started working as a runner for his appa.  An orphan without a home, Namjoon had been quiet and efficient in his work.  But his appa had always been gifted in spotting what each person’s gift was and it was clear there was a different path intended for him.

It was because they’d known each other for more than a dozen years that Namjoon didn’t cower in his presence, no matter how much he glowered or scowled.  Silently, Jungkook followed Namjoon to the two chairs in front of the large fireplace on the opposite side of the room of his bed.

Leaning forward with his elbows on his knees, Namjoon rubbed his face harshly.  With each ticking second was the rising anxiety, a sensation that was foreign in his body.  But Jungkook forced himself to bite his tongue, holding his body still so he didn’t reach across the distance that separated them and shake Namjoon until he spoke.

Finally, Namjoon lifted his gaze and said quietly, “He has a few broken bones and a severely sprained ankle.  He lost a molar and his body is covered in bruising and contusions, including a deep puncture wound in his thigh that’s infected.  The swelling in his face makes it difficult to be sure, but I’m fairly confident he has a broken nose and possibly his jaw.  What I can’t tell is the extent of his internal bleeding and whether any organs were impacted.  But I’m most concerned about his brain, he suffered severe head trauma and I just don’t have the equipment here to evaluate him fully.  We’re prepared for gunshot and knife wounds, not the type of surgeries he likely needs.”

With each injury Namjoon mentioned, a vision materialized in his mind of Shin and his men inflicting the blow that caused it.  It only added gasoline to the fire in his chest, the blazing need to make it clear that going after those that were his would only result in severe retribution.

There was a pause and Namjoon said softly, “There’s severe bruising on his inner thighs indicative of—”  Jungkook held up his hand, not needing Namjoon to describe what he already knew. 

He’s…he’s on top of me.

“I know,” Jungkook replied quietly, his eyes drifting to the cold fireplace. 

Out of the corner of his eye, Namjoon nodded and then cleared his throat.  “I know you’re not going to like this, but I have to take him to the hospital.”

His head snapped towards Namjoon, the fear curling in the pit of his stomach while the rage crested higher.  “No fucking way.  He won’t be safe there.”

“Jungkook—”

“Hospital security is a joke, they’ll just let anyone in,” Jungkook continued.  “And my men can’t be there to make sure—”

“He’s going to die if he doesn’t go to a hospital soon,” Namjoon said bluntly and Jungkook stopped mid-sentence.  Sighing, Namjoon said in a gentler voice, “He needs imaging done and at least a few surgeries.  His appa is the chief of police—”

Whenever the police chief was mentioned, the boiling hatred for the man surfaced.  But unlike every other time he was connected to Taehyung, it wasn’t directed at his bonded.  Instead, it was the absolute certainty that Taehyung would be in even more danger.

“The police chief is worthless,” Jungkook said and then stood before he began pacing.  He couldn’t send in any of his men, it would be too suspicious…

“What about Hoseok and Jackson?” Namjoon said as he rose.  “And I’ll be there, too.  None of us have any known association with the gang, at least on the surface.”

Hoseok managed all his “legal” holdings and Jackson ran Verve, so they were clean as far as law enforcement was concerned.  But they were both trained and capable, and so Jungkook gave a nod.

“Fine, I’ll talk to them,” Jungkook said.  Hesitating a moment, Jungkook added, “You’ll call me…”

Namjoon walked to him and put his hand on his shoulder.  “I will call you every hour to give you an update even if nothing has changed.  And he’ll be under the best care, I already called the hospital about a mugging victim I came across and Dr. Jang is on his way, he’s the hospital’s best surgeon.”

His throat was tight and Jungkook swallowed hard as he held Namjoon’s gaze for a long moment.  Whatever Namjoon saw in his eyes made him smile sadly and his hand dropped before he rushed out of the room.  Jungkook took a step to follow…and then stopped, torn.  He could ride in the car with Taehyung and then somehow hide when they arrived so there was no connection…no, it was a bad idea all around.  And besides, he had other things to attend to.

Chapter Text

After a heated discussion with Yoongi as he headed to the garage for his bike, Jungkook was in the port district within an hour.  While they had plenty of work in the area, he rarely attended to any of it unless he was needed.  Which, according to Yoongi, was never, and something that continued to amuse him.  His underboss had a severe over-protection streak, but then that likely came from Yoongi remembering him when they were kids.

When Yoongi’s appa had died during a police raid when he was 22, he’d naturally filled his shoes as the underboss.  It caused tremendous hate and discontent, especially with Shin who thought the role should have gone to him.  But as Yoongi was family and Shin was not, along with having proved himself even at such a young age and having been trained by his appa, he slid into the role with ease.  While Jungkook had a child’s memory of his uncle and his role as his appa’s underboss, he was fairly confident that Yoongi had far exceeded what was expected of him.  Which was likely why he just sighed, and said he’d send men out after him if he didn’t return by dawn.

Which was plenty of time.

After leaving his bike in the shadows of one of the warehouses they owned, Jungkook strode out into the back alley.  While they still hadn’t been able to locate the Shin hideout, there were plenty of spots in the port district his men likely congregated.  He just had to pay attention, he knew what he was looking for.

He didn’t have to look for long.

His boots were silent as he slowed his pace until he stopped on the edge of the light cast from the open door of a brick building a few blocks away from the river.  All of the Jeon men wore black head to toe, typically a suit jacket, t-shirt, and slacks.  His appa had a belief that even if much of the family business was illegal, it was still a business and those that worked for him should dress as such.  The only ones who weren’t required to be in a suit were the runners, partly because they were young and broke, mostly because it was important they blended into the crowd.

When Shin left the Jeon’s, it was obvious a business aesthetic was not one of the things he took.  Half a dozen men in all manner of dress and deep shades of red, black, blue and gray sat around a room just inside.  Within a minute it was clear they were lower level in Shin’s gang and likely wouldn’t have any information he could get out of them.  Well, even if they did, he had no patience to get it.

The soft whizz in the air as Jungkook threw his knife was the only warning he gave.  It lodged deep in the man’s stomach, his scream garbled and then drowned out as Jungkook entered and the others leapt to their feet.  They were poorly trained, one fumbling for his gun and knocking it off the table, giving Jungkook the opening to slash through his waist with the large blade he carried on his thigh.  Blood spurted out and as the man hunched over, Jungkook elbowed his face hard and sent him tumbling as he deftly kicked the gun out of the hand of an approaching man.

The man’s eyes widened a fraction of a second and then he came barreling towards him, another man raising a gun in his periphery vision.  With a quick sidestep, the large blade of his knife slashed across the chest of the man charging as Jungkook reached for the throwing star on his hip and backhand threw it at the man with the gun.  A strangled, gurgling cry told him he’d landed the throw as he yanked his blade from the charging man who had fallen to his knees.  Grabbing his greasy dark hair, Jungkook expertly slit his throat before shoving him to the ground.

Surveying the scene, Jungkook was momentarily surprised to find a man still sitting in a chair against the far wall.  His eyes were as large as saucers and jaw slacked until it seemed to register that Jungkook was stalking closer.

“P-please…” the man whispered, hands in the air as if that would ward Jungkook off. 

Assessing, Jungkook grabbed a wooden chair and flipped it around with one hand.  Sheathing his large blade to his thigh, Jungkook sat down backwards on the chair, arms across the back.  Maybe he did have the patience to draw out information…but certainly not for long.  The fury thrummed in his blood, the rage thumping in his chest and the mere minutes it had taken to eliminate the others had done nothing to quell it.

“Please what?” Jungkook asked, head tilted.  His voice was calm but carried an edge of a taunt, he was quite curious what he was going to plead for.  Whatever it was would be meaningless in either regard but maybe it would quiet the wrath.

The man was near his age, maybe a bit older, and it was quite obvious how he’d become one of Shin’s men.  His eyes were dilated and his teeth were either rotting or missing, scabs and scars from where he’d picked littered his exposed skin. 

The Jeon’s may smuggle narcotics and stimulants that almost exclusively fed the elite and chaebols their addictions, they’d long drawn the line at meth and crack.  Their use was rampant in the poorest districts, destroying families and whatever opportunities people had to change their socioeconomic status.  His appa had grown up under the heavy hand of parents addicted to crack and it had been instilled in Jungkook to never sell in certain districts and never deal in specific drugs.  But above all, none of his men were to partake in anything besides alcohol or marijuana and only on their off time.

It seemed that Shin had taken none of these principles with him.

“I-I promise I didn’t see nothin’,” the man stammered.

Narrowing his eyes, Jungkook said, “Is that so…well, if that’s the case, maybe you can tell me where I might find your boss, hmm?”

The man swallowed hard, absentmindedly picking at a scab on his forearm before shaking his head vigorously.  “Shin’s always moving, couldna say where he’s at.”

Jungkook studied him hard a moment and then stood swiftly, kicking the chair he’d been sitting in aside.  Taking a step closer, Jungkook gripped his hair and yanked his head back hard before unsheathing the blade strapped to his forearm with his other hand.  The man tried to scream but the angle of his head made it difficult and the drugs in his blood made it hard to coordinate his limbs.

Holding the blade in front of his face a moment, Jungkook dragged the tip of the blade first down one cheek before curving towards his ear once he reached his jaw.  It wasn’t deep, but just enough to draw blood and leave a lasting scar.  The man trembled in his fear as Jungkook spoke in a low, unhurried voice.

“I have a message for your boss,” Jungkook said before moving to his other cheek to etch a line down with his knife.  “And I need you to be the one to give it to him.”

The man began to nod but then stopped when the tip of the blade drove in deeper.  With a diagonal slash from his ear to the middle of the bleeding line, Jungkook said, “I will destroy him and every illusion of grandeur he has for daring to touch what is mine.” 

After another slash from the middle of the line down to the edge of his jaw, Jungkook stood upright, letting his hair go with a little shove.  The man immediately began to nod, repeating what he’d just said as Jungkook sheathed the knife.  The man visibly relaxed for a heartbeat before Jungkook gripped the long straight blade at his hip and drove it to the hilt into the man’s throat.  The tip dug into the drywall behind him and pinned his head upright beside a crude drawing of a scorpion.

He needed to ensure that the “J” and the “K” etched on the man’s cheeks wouldn’t be missed after all.  And without a backwards glance, Jungkook strode out of the room on the hunt for the next group of Shin’s men.

**

It was just as the light of dawn began to lighten the sky that Jungkook parked his bike and stretched his back.  He’d lost count of the number of Shin’s men he’d found and instead of quieting the rage, it only grew with each denial of knowledge of where Shin was located.  But the last thing he needed was Yoongi and dozens of his men out searching for him and so finally, he’d called it a night.  For now.

As he’d promised, Namjoon called him every hour to leave a message with an update on Taehyung.  His bones were broken but now mended, surgeries ongoing for the internal bleeding, his vitals poor but steady.  The one message he didn’t listen to started with, “Hey, Jungkook, the rape kit was just completed—” before he ended the call.  He used the surge of anger at the reminder to take out eight of Shin’s men dealing crack near one of the docks.

Taking a deep breath, he entered the kitchen, expecting the house to be quiet with the exception of the men on duty.  Instead, Yoongi was making coffee, already dressed for the day.  Or still dressed from the day before, it was hard to tell since he wore nearly identical clothes every day.

Without looking from his cup where he poured coffee, Yoongi said quietly, “Did you accomplish what you intended?”

Jungkook paused and then said, “No.  Not one of the men I talked to knew where Shin was hiding.”

Lifting his cup, Yoongi turned to lean back against the counter, his eyes traveling over Jungkook as he took a sip.  “Talking, huh?  Doesn’t look like you did much of that.”

“Fine, the three I paused long enough to ask didn’t know,” Jungkook said, turning to head to his shower.

“Do you still feel him?” Yoongi asked from behind him and Jungkook stilled but didn’t turn around.

All night, the flexing and tightening of their bond had been in the back of his mind.  He’d even tried a few times to talk to Taehyung when the connection loosened in a way that made unease settle in the pit of his stomach.  But there’d been nothing in response beyond a wall and even though there had been weeks of no communication between them, it had left him emptier than he’d ever been.

“Yes…but it’s weak,” Jungkook said softly. 

There was a moment of silence and then Yoongi asked, “Is it the bond that’s weak or…you?”

His question caused a flicker of concern for himself for the first time, his own potential demise from Taehyung not surviving not having crossed his mind.  “I assume the bond,” Jungkook said.  “I just feel…off, I suppose.”

Another pause and then Yoongi said, “If feeling off starts feeling worse, you call me.”  The concern was pronounced and Jungkook nodded before heading upstairs.

After locking his bedroom door, Jungkook trudged into the bathroom and dropped his bloodied clothes to the floor before stepping into the scalding shower.  He washed and rewashed his body from head to toe until the water ran from crimson to pink to clear before getting out.  Beads of water ran down his body as he braced his hands on the counter, his head hanging low and hair dripping water onto the floor. 

The ache in his body was still there and as uncomfortable as it was, it kept the unease at a simmer.  He tried again to reach Taehyung, the bond tugging on him.

Taehyung…

But there was only the wall and silence. 

He was a man of action, made things happen when they should and shut them down as needed.  The absolute helplessness coursing through his body was unsettling and Jungkook closed his eyes as he took a slow breath. 

Grabbing a towel he dried his body and his hair, his gaze locked on his phone where there was a missed called.  His grip tightened on the towel as Jungkook reached over and hit play on the voicemail.

“It’s Namjoon.  Taehyung is out of what we expect to be his final surgery for now.  He’s heavily sedated and in a private room.  Jackson just arrived and is in his room so Hoseok can go get a few hours of sleep, but he’ll be back soon.  We’ll know in the next 24 hours how he’ll fare but for now, his vitals are stable.  I’ll keep you updated.”

With a heavy sigh, Jungkook trudged into his bedroom, not bothering to dress before crawling into bed after setting his phone on the nightstand.  He needed to clean his weapons, needed to talk with Yoongi about their next move...but his mind was so centered on Taehyung as the fatigue weighed him down that all he could do was hold the pillow that Taehyung had once slept on to his chest as his eyes closed.

His sleep was restless, snippets of the same dream over and over, of being surrounded by a million stars in the night sky, the heaviness of grief tight in his chest when Jungkook awoke.  Still half asleep, the bond was as loose as ever, flittering and floating no matter how much Jungkook tried to pull it taunt.  The warmth of the light filtering into the room around the drawn curtains indicated it was late in the day and Jungkook reached for his phone.

9 missed calls.

By the second message, Jungkook was throwing off the covers to stride to his closet to dress.  By the sixth, his heart was in his throat and his stomach in knots.  The only time he paused was when he was about to leave his room and he pressed play on the message that had been left half an hour before.

“Jungkook, you need to get here now.  We’ve nearly lost Taehyung twice despite two blood transfusions and the swelling of his brain hasn’t reduced like we hoped.  Text me when you get here, I have a plan.”

**

Yoongi had insisted on driving him to the hospital and Jungkook was thankful that his underboss seemed to understand the urgency to get there.  After weaving in and out of traffic and running a few red lights, Yoongi swerved onto a side road, the car not fully stopped before Jungkook opened the door.

After he hopped out, he turned and met Yoongi’s gaze.  “If you need me, call me,” Yoongi said and Jungkook gave a nod before shutting the door.

He headed off the sidewalk to a section between the stone wall and the shrubbery that he slipped through and then jumped off the short wall to the employee parking lot.  As expected, Namjoon was near the back entrance on the south side and Jungkook jogged to him.

The worry in his eyes made his heart skip a beat but Namjoon’s voice was calm as he spoke in a hushed whisper.  “How are you feeling?  Any difference?”

Taking a guess at what Namjoon was getting at, Jungkook said, “Achey, I can feel his injuries.  But otherwise fine.”

Namjoon nodded and said as he handed over clothing, “Change into this and I’ll explain my idea on the way.”

Jungkook took the bundle of clothes and followed Namjoon inside and then down a short hall to a maintenance closet, the scent of bleach and pine strong.  Disrobing and shoving his clothes to the back of the bottom shelf, he pulled on the blue scrubs and then tied off the mask that covered the lower portion of his face.  When he stepped out a few minutes later, Namjoon surveyed him and then gave a nod before indicating that Jungkook should follow him.

“I don’t know if this is going to work,” Namjoon said quietly as they entered an elevator to ride to the 4^th floor.  “But we’ve tried pretty much everything else to stabilize Taehyung.”

“What does that mean?” Jungkook asked, trying to keep the rising unease at bay.

Namjoon sighed and then turned to him fully.  “He’s not recovering as quickly as I’d like after his surgeries, and his vitals are slowly but steadily declining.”

As he processed the information, the doors of the elevator opened and Jungkook had to speed up to match Namjoon’s fast pace.  The floor was still fairly busy, but no one paid them any mind except for a nurse at the nurses’ station that Namjoon nodded to.

“What am I supposed to do?” Jungkook finally asked as they turned down a wide hall.  “You’re the doctor.”

Namjoon smiled and said, “But you’re his bonded.  I’m hoping that you being close will help him settle and begin to heal.”

That quieted his mind because he desperately needed something to do.  As they approached the end of the hall, Hoseok stood from a chair beside a door, a whiteboard with the name “Kim" under the room number.  But even without his name, he would have known Taehyung was near, his body thrummed, his blood pulsed. and Jungkook had to fight  the urge to shove Hoseok and Namjoon aside to get to Taehyung.

“Hey, boss,” Hoseok said with a soft smile.  “Everything’s been quiet, no visitors.”

Surprised, Jungkook turned to Namjoon who said, “I have stalled in calling his appa to inform him.  The place will swarm with police when I do and I wanted to keep in my back pocket getting you in here if needed.  Seems it was the right choice.”

With a nod of thanks to Hoseok, Jungkook entered the hospital room.  It was dim with the lights off, various machines beeping and a hospital bed in the center.  Taehyung wasn’t much smaller than he was but he looked tiny in the bed, half his face covered in bandages and the other half bruised and swollen.  One of his legs was elevated in a sling and several of his fingers in splinters, a deep bruise circling his throat and made his stomach twist.  The sudden surge to tear the city apart to track down the man who had done this was hard to ignore.

Namjoon must have sensed he was about to dart out of the room because he said gently, “Keep trying to connect with him, pull him from wherever he is now.  We need him to fight and right now, he’s drifting away.”

Swallowing hard, Jungkook nodded and bent to remove his boots.  He could have just held his broken hand in the hopes his touch would connect but the need to hold him was too strong.  Approaching his bed, Jungkook laid down beside him on his side, carefully cradling Taehyung in his arms, his nose near his bruised neck so he could inhale the soft sandalwood that he could still find despite the scent of antiseptic and despair.

Taehyung…

**

Weightless, unbounded, pulled towards a light among all the stars that surrounded him, a void the deepest blue that he’d been floating in for what seemed to be for all of eternity.  The light continued to call to him, the pain receding little by little as he crept closer.  Time had no meaning and who he was slipped away as the light grew brighter.

Taehyung…

A gentle tug in the opposite direction made him halt, confused.  The golden gossamer strand that kept him tethered away from the glow of the light shimmered in the deep blue abyss, sparkling brighter than the stars.  As he turned towards the warmth of the voice, the heaviness, the coldness of the pain weighed him down, the ache surged.

Hurts…

There was a soft sob that he felt more than heard, traveling through the shimmering gold strand and expanded inside.  The sadness filled him, wrapping around the pain until it melded together to become one.

Taehyung…come back…

But it hurts…it’s cold…

I’ll keep you warm, just come back…

The promise of warmth felt eerily close to safety, and he had a flicker of terror from a memory that did not materialize.  The promise of safety, the warmth of the voice called to him, stronger than the light promising a cessation from the pain.

Scared…

I know…I’ll keep you safe, I swear it…

With a glance back towards the light that had grown brighter and warmer, calling him, he turned back to the shimmering gossamer strand of gold.  The ache grew, but this time it wasn’t only of pain, but of longing, a yearning that threatened to overtake him.  He took a step in the direction of the voice, the strand pulling tighter and he took another step and then another.

Hurts…

I’m here, come back to me, Taehyung…

The ache of longing for the voice surged as the pain inside trickled in steadily.  It’s too much…I can’t bear the pain…don’t let go…

I won’t let go, I’m here…

He couldn’t speak any further, the pain swelling inside.  But every time he stopped, every glance back to the warm light, there was a gentle tug on the gossamer strand, a soft pleading voice calling to him.  And so, he let the pain crest over him until it was all he was, the voice breaking through and the gossamer strand of gold guiding his way.

**

After hours of lying beside Taehyung, talking to him through their bond and pleading with him to come back, a tingling in his chest preceded a soft gasp from his bonded.  His throat tightened and Jungkook closed his eyes as the beeping of the machines became steadier.  Unlike before, he could feel Taehyung now instead of just a glimmer of him.

A soft whimper caused Jungkook to lift his head, Taehyung’s eyes filled with terror, laced with pain.  Their gazes met and his chest ached at his obvious fear.

“I’ll go,” Jungkook said softly as he shifted away.  “Namjoon can give you more pain meds.”

“Please…” Taehyung whispered, his voice hoarse and raw.  “Stay…”

It calmed his racing heart that it wasn’t him that Taehyung was frightened of and Jungkook nodded before settling beside him again, trying to maintain a respectful distance while still touching him to ease the pain.  Taehyung shifted and then groaned softly before lifting his trembling hand and reached for him, his heart skipping a beat as Jungkook carefully readjusted them so he held Taehyung against his chest.  With Taehyung’s broken and bruised hand in his, Jungkook closed his eyes and took a slow breath.

“How…how did I get here?” Taehyung asked, his voice weak.

In a whisper, Jungkook said, “After examining your injuries, Namjoon said you needed to go to the hospital.  You’ve had a few surgeries, but you weren’t improving, so Namjoon snuck me in to see if it would help.”

His voice was watery and Jungkook lifted his head to find Taehyung crying silently.  “You called to me…I felt the bond.”

Nodding, Jungkook spoke in a soft voice.  “I didn’t know what else to do.  You felt so…far away.”

Taehyung closed his eyes, several tears trailing down his bruised cheeks.  “Wh-what if they find me again…it was Shin, he was there, he—”

Hushing him, Jungkook whispered, “He won’t find you.  I’ve had men guarding your room and Namjoon has been here the whole time.  They’ve all been instructed to defend you with their life, you’re safe.”

The terror was back in his eyes when Taehyung opened them.  “Why?”

It was such a simple question with such a complicated answer.  On the surface, a threat to his bonded, regardless of how they felt about each other, was a threat to him.  It had clearly been an attack on the Jeon’s and he could not allow that.  There was the possibility that Taehyung’s death would lead to his own, so self-preservation was certainly part of it.  But the real reason, the one the curled deep in his chest was that he had to protect Taehyung and ensure his safety because the bond demanded it.

And so Jungkook answered his simple question with a simple answer.  “Because I need to protect you.”

His eyes traveled over his face before closing and Taehyung gave a little nod.  As if he understood that drive, that need that overpowered everything else.  As if he felt the same.

He had many people to protect him, some sworn by oath, others by friendship and blood.  But having a man he loathed feel the same desperate, intense need to protect that he did should have made him uneasy.  He barely knew Taehyung and everything he did know should have alarmed him.  Instead, it quieted a part of himself he hadn’t even realized was restless.

“What do you remember?” Jungkook asked, forcing his voice to remain calm when he was anything but.  “Where were you taken?”

Taehyung frowned, his eyes growing distant before refocusing back on Jungkook.  “I…remember walking down the street.  I needed detergent, I forgot to buy it and I was going to the market on the corner.  And then…”  Tears welled in his eyes and Taehyung swallowed hard, his voice shaky as he whispered, “And then I couldn’t breathe, something was over my face.”

As his bonded recounted what he could remember of being beaten and thrown into a vehicle, Jungkook tried to soothe Taehyung through the bond while his chest burned with rage.  “After you were in the vehicle, did you hear them talk about anything?” Jungkook asked.  “Where did you go?”

“I…I can remember their voices but not what they said,” Taehyung said, blinking away his tears.  “I can’t remember anything…until I woke up in the woods near the river.  I-I didn’t know where to go and I remembered the bridge by your compound, so—”

His voice cut off as Taehyung swallowed a choked sob, and Jungkook pulled him close.  Every instinct screamed at him to continue to press Taehyung for information so he could hunt Shin down, but with the terror through the bond from his trembling bonded, Jungkook shoved the need for the information away.

“You did the right thing, you came to me,” Jungkook said softly.  “Always come to me.”

After a few minutes of holding Taehyung while he took slow breaths, the door to the room opened quietly and Namjoon entered.  Taehyung turned his head as he opened his eyes and Namjoon smiled, causing indignation to spark in his chest.  But then Namjoon turned his smile to him and then cocked his head as he tried to bite back his grin.

Pulling up a stool, Namjoon sat beside the bed across from Jungkook after checking a few of the machines.  “Taehyung, it’s nice to see you awake.  Your vitals are looking much better.  How are you feeling?”

Taehyung slipped his hand into Jungkook’s and said quietly, “I can only remember bits and pieces, like fragments of my memory are gone.”

Namjoon hummed and said, “That seems reasonable, you suffered significant head trauma.  What do you remember?”  As Taehyung recanted what he’d just told him, the rage swelled higher until Taehyung squeezed his hand.  When Taehyung finished, Namjoon was silent for a moment and then said, “Well, the good news is that amnesia is rarely permanent, although with a head trauma there are parts that may never come back.  Since you remember right before and the beginning of the attack, that’s all good signs.  We’ll assess in a few days how your memory is doing.”

“When can I leave?” Taehyung asked slowly, a note of panic in his voice.

Namjoon hummed softly and then said, “That’s what I was hoping we could discuss once you woke.”  He went over the specifics of the surgeries he’d had, which Jungkook barely followed, his focus on Taehyung.  The crease between his brows despite the swelling in his face, the subtle trembling of his chin…the fear in his eyes.  “With all of that, you should technically stay in the hospital for at least a week, perhaps longer.”

“No way,” Jungkook said, his voice terse. 

“I don’t want to stay here that long,” Taehyung whispered, his gaze darting to meet Jungkook’s eyes before going back to Namjoon.  It was only a split second, but it was enough to make it clear just how much that frightened Taehyung.

Glancing between the two of them, Namjoon folded his arms across his chest.  “I had a feeling that might be your response.  There is danger with you staying here and with your bond…”

When Namjoon didn’t pick up his trailing words, Jungkook did it for him.  “What about our bond.”

There was a pause and then Namjoon said, “Look, I’ll speak frankly.  I noticed it after the first time you came to the compound, Taehyung.  The knife wound you had healed remarkably well in a very short amount of time.”

Taehyung gasped softly but his words only confused him more and so Jungkook said, “I don’t understand what you’re saying.”

“There is no test I can offer, and I’ve never seen it in clinical practice,” Namjoon said.  “But given how strongly I suspect you both can feel each other through your bond, there’s a possibility it’s a twin flame.”

The following pause was heavy as Jungkook glanced between Namjoon and Taehyung.  Finally, Taehyung whispered, “I thought that was a myth.”

Namjoon nodded.  “Many believe it is.  But there have been documented occurrences in medical literature, although very few.  And those weren’t well documented because it was after their deaths and so we don’t really have much information on how a twin flame bond would present.”

With a sigh, Jungkook said, “At the risk of sounding incredibly ignorant, can someone please explain what the fuck you’re saying?”

With a smile, Namjoon said, “The majority of people have steel bonds while less than 1% of the population have a gold bond, like you do.  With a gold bond comes the golden glow and ability to communicate telepathically with your bonded, as well as the heightened ability to feel what the other does far more than steel bonded.  Sometimes, a gold bond will have the possibility of both dying when one does, but this is extremely rare.  The theory is that a twin flame is a heightened gold bond that happens once a millennium and with it comes the additional abilities, including being able to heal one another.  I had a hunch and that’s why I asked you to come to the hospital.  And it seems I may be right.”

Taehyung seemed to process the information far quicker than he did.  “What are the other abilities?”

Namjoon’s smile softened as he turned towards Taehyung and made Jungkook bristle.  As if he understood, Taehyung’s hand tightened in his and soothed his irritability.

“Well, I think that’s an example,” Namjoon said with a chuckle.  “Your heightened ability to communicate is likely more than most gold bonded.  Did either of you think about what just happened?”

Taehyung’s eyes shifted to his and he shook his head slightly before turning back to Namjoon.  “No.  Looking back now, I realize he didn’t like you smiling at me and so I squeezed his hand.  But in the moment, I only felt it and reacted before the thought materialized.”

Namjoon nodded.  “Fascinating.  I don’t really have a full understanding of everything that is involved with a twin flame bond.  There’s also the possibility that it’s unique and follows no rules, so you may be discovering what it means as it evolves.  My guess is that unlike other bond types that are weak enough to be able to ignore or have effective medications for, your bond is constantly driving you together until being apart becomes painful.  I would also hypothesize that if you were to reject each other, it would be quite painful.”

That explained his constant need for updates on what was happening with Taehyung and the longing to be near him.  But it could also be a weapon used against him if it were to become known, used to manipulate and control.  He’d always known having a bonded would be dangerous, but this was far worse.

“No one can know,” Jungkook said a bit sharper than he intended.

Despite the swelling in his face, Taehyung still arched a brow.  “And why exactly is that?”

“I think what Jungkook is getting at is that because your bond is incredibly strong, it could be used against both of you,” Namjoon said calmly.  “Which, granted, is probably true, especially if one was in harm’s way or you were kept apart.”

“What are you suggesting?” Taehyung asked with a scowl that was barely perceivable but was more than apparent through their bond.

After a heavy pause, Namjoon said, “I cannot discharge you, given your state.  But as you are awake and of sound mind, you can discharge yourself against physician’s orders, which is what I suggest you do tomorrow.  But before that, I think you need to take a leave of absence from work until we get the Shin situation handled—” Namjoon turned to Jungkook and continued “—and not the way you’re currently doing it.  You are not going to be able to fight your way to wherever his hideout is, no matter how many people you take out.”

Taehyung turned to him and said, “What’s he talking about?”

“Nothing,” Jungkook said low through clenched teeth without looking away from Namjoon.  He gave Namjoon almost as much leeway as Yoongi, valued his intellect and ability to rationally think through a problem without emotion.  But that did not give him the right to direct what he did.  “And I don’t believe I asked for your input.”

Most of his men would have backed down at the cold edge in his voice but Namjoon only sighed.  “Sometimes I wished you would because one of these days you’re going to get yourself killed and now your bond means that’ll impact more than just you,” Namjoon said pointedly.  Turning to Taehyung, Namjoon said in a kinder voice, “I have held off informing your family that you have been admitted to the hospital.  I wanted to get stories straight first, but I think you need to tell them you’re going to take a sabbatical to Jeju Island while you recover to cover where you’ll actually be.”

“And where will he actually be?” Jungkook asked, his tone clipped.

With a slow smile that brightened his face, Namjoon said, “Your compound, of course.  The safest place for him to be until Shin has been eliminated.”

Chapter Text

The pain medications that Namjoon had increased once Jungkook left did little in comparison to his bonded’s touch.  And they made him groggy, which he hated but it would only be for a few more hours.  And then he was to discharge himself to go with Namjoon to Jungkook’s compound.

His emotions were muddled about everything that had happened.  He was angry that he was caught up in a gang war…but he could admit to himself that he’d done that on his own when he decided to sneak around the port district and record Shin’s men.  There was also the possibility that the only reason he hadn’t been killed outright for getting involved was because he was Jungkook’s bonded. 

Every time he considered what Namjoon had said about their bond being a twin flame, his stomach swooped.  In nearly every other circumstance, it would have been a dream come true.  Just being gold bonded was beyond what he’d hoped for, but the mythical twin flame…with a soft sigh, Taehyung closed his eyes.  Unable to stop himself, he tugged gently on their bond and almost immediately Jungkook was there.

What’s wrong, is Shin there?

He wasn’t sure what he’d expected but it certainly hadn’t been Jungkook being so…attentive.  No, sorry…

There was a pause and then Jungkook’s voice, less panicked this time came through the bond.  What’s wrong?

It would be weird to confide in Jeon Jungkook, mafia boss, wouldn’t it?  But even as the thought materialized, a deeper urge whispered that it wouldn’t be.

My appa will be here soon…I’m really bad at lying.

You’re bad at lying and you went into journalism?

It should have irritated him and yet it made him laugh before wincing at the pain in his ribs.  I went into investigative journalism to find the truth, not lie.

Warmth filled him…as if Jungkook was amused?  As an expert in twisting the truth to my will, stick as close to the truth as you can and keep it short and sweet.

Taehyung smiled that he was getting advice from a mob boss that he actually was going to follow just as there was a knock on the door.  He’s here.

Good luck...

Carefully schooling his face, Taehyung said in a weak voice, “Come in.”

The energy in the room shifted as his appa came in, scowl etched on his face.  He was in his police uniform and stopped at the end of the bed with his arms crossed over his chest.  Seokjin entered after him, his face ashen and nearly the same color of his pale gray coat.

“Oh, my God, Taehyung,” Seokjin said as he rushed over, his hands gentle on his face before he began to fuss over the blanket that was bunched at his waist.  “They said you’d been mugged?”

Taehyung opened his mouth to respond but before he could, his appa said, “One of Jeon’s men trying to get to me.  But it won’t work.”

Stunned, Taehyung stared at his appa for a long moment before he said, “I don’t think so.  They never mentioned you.”

“What did they mention?” his appa asked, his eyes narrowing.

Swallowing hard, Taehyung stammered, “I-I don’t remember much.  They wanted money and my phone, but I blacked out when my head hit the sidewalk.”  It was the story they’d come up with, but it burned just a bit that he couldn’t defend Jungkook, and he wasn’t sure what to do with that.

“You don’t remember but somehow know it was not Jeon or to get to me?” his appa pressed, his scowl deepening.

It struck him hard that it didn’t matter what he said, his appa wasn’t going to believe him.  And if he didn’t believe him, even if they were lies, it left him open for Shin to find him again.  His heart hammered at the thought of being caught again but he became more resolute in the plan.  Even if it was for his own self-preservation, he didn’t have a single doubt that Jungkook would do everything he could to keep him safe and out of Shin’s hands and in that moment, that guarantee was enough for the upheaval in his life.

“I think what Taehyung is trying to say is that it was petty criminals,” Seokjin interjected, sitting in a chair he’d dragged closer to the bed.  “But what matters is that you’re safe now.  The nurse that called said that you had some surgeries?”

Turning to his brother, grateful for his presence, Taehyung nodded.  “That’s what the doctor said but I don’t really know much.  The pain meds make it hard to focus.”

They chatted for a bit, his brother easing the harshness of his appa’s response to the mugging.  Somehow, it was his fault for not paying attention to his surroundings, for not defending himself better and within half an hour he was exhausted and irritated.  He’d never realized until that moment just how little his appa cared about his well-being.

“I’ve asked to take a sabbatical from work while I recover,” Taehyung said, his eyes on his lap where he twirled a loose string on the hem of the blanket.  “I think I need to get away from the city for a bit, maybe Jeju Island.”

Peeking up through his lashes to see how his lie had fallen with Seokjin, it was clear that it had not landed well.  His brow creased and head tilted to the side, his eyes were curious.  He’d always been a bad liar, but even more so to Seokjin. 

His appa pursed his lips, clearly displeased with his plan.  “Work is what matters and what you should be getting back to as soon as you can.  I’m not sure why you’re not working from here as it is.”

Aghast, Taehyung stared at his appa as the stunned silence grew.  He didn’t know how to respond to that, even if he was more than aware that his appa’s belief was that work always took priority.

“Are we looking at the same person?  Did you not hear the list of injuries the nurse said he’d suffered?  Because it is clear that Taehyung needs to rest so he can recover and if he thinks that a break from work is what he needs to do that, then we should be supporting him,” Seokjin said, his voice rising as he spoke.  His brother had always been quick to come to his defense when he needed it and he offered Seokjin a small smile.

His appa only scoffed before changing the subject and going back to the grilling of what he did remember of the mugging.  He leaned hard on his lack of memory, his anxiety rising until the heart rate monitory sounded an alarm and a nurse came in.  As she requested they leave so she could attend to him, Seokjin gave him a look he knew all too well.  The look of a brother who had seen right through his lies.

When the door closed, the nurse offered him a glass of water and increased his pain meds, instructing him he should sleep.  Before the instructions could even process, his eyes closed in a dreamless sleep, only to be awoken to soft voices speaking towards the end of his bed.

“I’ve never seen him so distraught,” a man said in a voice he didn’t recognize.

“It’s the bond strengthening,” Namjoon said.  “I can’t imagine how intense it must be for both of them.”

There was a pause and the other man said, “I still sometimes feel the pull of my bonded, but it’s a steel bond and we’re halfway around the world from each other.  It must be hard for them to be apart.”

“The shot doesn’t help?” Namjoon asked, his voice closer now.  “We can change the dose.”

“It sometimes wears out before the time for the next.”

Namjoon hummed and said, “Come see me tomorrow so we can talk about your dosing and possibly changing the frequency.”  There was a pause and then a sigh before Namjoon said, “But you’re right, it’s got to be difficult for them.”

He drifted off again but this time his sleep was filled with nightmares and terror.  Of Shin’s face, of not being able to breathe, of blow after blow after blow.  Of waking half frozen, of nights in an unfamiliar forest, of days certain that he was being followed.  Of recognizing the bridge that led to Jungkook’s compound and not being sure whether it mattered if the guards fired or not, the pain in his body so excruciating.

Of the lightning and Jungkook’s wide eyes, of the wave of warmth at his touch and finally feeling safe before he finally pass out.

When he woke next, Namjoon was sitting beside him and much of the equipment was silent.  With a smile, Namjoon pressed the button to elevate the head of his bed before handing him a glass of water.

“I know the pain is a lot but you need to be coherent when you sign this,” Namjoon said, handing him a clipboard and a pen.  “You should know there are risks with leaving the hospital at this stage in your recovery, many of which can be mitigated at the compound.  I have access to much of what I’ll need and Jimin has assisted me enough that he could probably pass the nurse’s exam.  He’s agreed to take on your care when I’m not available but I’ve ensured that my next few weeks are light on shifts, so I’ll be available most of the time.”

Nodding, Taehyung turned to the paper on the clipboard he held.  The print was small and filled with all caps and tons of warnings.  But the terror of his nightmares was still circling his stomach and he wanted to be away from the hospital, away from the vulnerability of the place and the vicinity of Shin.  And besides, Jungkook’s compound was large, he was unlikely to see his bonded much at all anyway.  Maybe being closer to him would quell the growing disquiet inside.

Signing his name at the bottom of the paper, Taehyung handed it back and then Namjoon left the room only to return with a wheelchair.  His entire body was exhausted by the time he was sitting in the wheelchair, and Namjoon deftly wheeled him out of the room to the elevator.  By the time Namjoon was helping him into the backseat of a black SUV, Taehyung could barely keep his head upright, the pain surging inside.

Namjoon sat beside him and Taehyung slumped against his arm, his head falling to his shoulder.  He said something to the driver and then turned to Taehyung, speaking softly, “I can give you a pain med if you need some.”

With a soft groan, Taehyung said, “How long until we’re there?”

“It’s rush hour, so I’d guess maybe half an hour, possibly less,” Namjoon said.  “I have the meds right here, you just need to swallow a pill.”

But even that seemed too difficult, and his body throbbed with pain at the thought of moving.  “I’ll wait until we get there.”  He was dozing as the driver slowly made it to the city limits and to take his mind off the pain, Taehyung asked quietly, “Who were you talking to about bonds earlier?”

“Oh, that was Hoseok,” Namjoon said.  “I’m sorry if we woke you.”

“You didn’t, I think I was just coming out of the pain med haze,” Taehyung said, his eyes closed and focused on his breathing for a few minutes.  The pain in his body was growing increasingly unbearable.  “You said something about a shot to him?”

Namjoon hummed softly.  “Yes, it can help if someone isn’t able to be with their bonded.  But it only helps those that are steel bonded, it’s ineffective with gold bonds.”

Taehyung hummed in response as Seokjin and the soft melancholy that often surrounded his brother popped into his mind.  “Does it help those that are unbonded?”

There was a pause and then Namjoon said, “Unfortunately, no.  It numbs a bond that exists but doesn’t calm the melancholic ache of one that’s missing.”

His description surprised him even if it shouldn’t since Namjoon was a doctor.  “That’s how my brother described it once.  A melancholy in his chest—”

“Like a missing limb,” Namjoon said softly, finishing what he was going to say.  “Your brother is unbonded, too?”

Lifting his head slowly, Taehyung met his eyes in the early evening light.  That’s when it clicked why he’d always been comfortable with Namjoon even when he didn’t trust anything at Jungkook’s compound.  He had the same look in his eyes as Seokjin, a weariness with the melancholy as if the weight of life without their bonded was crushing.

“I’m sorry,” Taehyung said softly.  “I didn’t mean to bring it up.”

“It’s okay, it’s never all that far from my mind,” Namjoon said, his smile sad. 

The vehicle braked suddenly, and Taehyung was jolted forward, a groan torn from deep inside.  Namjoon pulled him down to his lap and then covered his body with his own.  The pain raced through his body while glass shattered around them and gunfire rang out as Namjoon shouted, “Go, go, go!”

The fear spiked so swiftly, memories of the terror of being taken surged so fast that he couldn’t breathe.  In his panic, Taehyung tugged on the bond, desperate for security as the vehicle swerved hard to the left and then sped off, gunfire following them but from further away.

Taehyung…

Jungkook…there’s guns, I don’t know what’s happening…

His pain was muffled by the anger that swelled through their bond.  Where are you, I’m coming…

I don’t know…the guns are further away now…

A phone buzzed and Namjoon’s weight lifted from him.  “Fuck, I’m sorry, did I hurt you?”

Taehyung tried to lift his body but collapsed back onto his lap, everything growing hazy as the pain heightened.  Distantly, the buzzing of the phone stopped and Namjoon said, “Boss, they cornered us as we were leaving the business district…” but his voice drifted away as blackness overtook him.

**

Jungkook continued to pace in the living room since he’d thrown his phone after his call with Namjoon.  Luckily, Yoongi caught it easily and set it on the kitchen counter, silent as he waited with Jungkook for their arrival.  He’d tried several times to reach Taehyung but there was only the wall now, his own body pounding with pain and trembling with terror.

He should have gone to get Taehyung himself, should have ensured there were more men with him even if that would have made it more obvious.  Jungkook turned to storm towards the stairs as Yoongi called out, “Where are you going?”

“To get my knives,” Jungkook said without turning.  “I’ll find Shin—"

“I think you might be needed here more,” Yoongi said quietly, and Jungkook paused with one foot on the bottom step.  The thrumming in his body steadily grew and Jungkook turned to face Yoongi.  “Let me handle it, take care of your bonded.”

He was torn between the need to hunt Shin down and the drive inside to be near Taehyung.  A rumbling of the garage door opening made the decision for him and Jungkook strode to the kitchen and the door to the garage.  One of several black SUV’s was pulling in, the windshield and a side window cracked and broken, bullet holes along the passenger side of the vehicle.

Ignoring Doyun as he began to speak rapidly while he got out of the driver’s seat, Jungkook rushed to the back passenger door and flung it open.  Irritation curled in his stomach at Taehyung lying across Namjoon’s lap, annoyance pumped in his veins at his hands on his bonded’s body.

But then he met Namjoon’s panicked eyes, a man who was always cool and collected, and Jungkook sprung into action.  “He passed out after the gunfire, I don’t think he was hit but I may have been too rough when I covered him.”

Swallowing hard, Jungkook reached inside and gingerly lifted Taehyung into his arms, his body limp against his chest.  Jungkook hurried into the house and to the infirmary, Namjoon on his heels.  After laying Taehyung on the bed, Namjoon began to undress him quickly, checking stitches and wounds.  He barely paid attention to what Namjoon did, his focus on trying to reach Taehyung through their bond, his hands cradling his head gently.

Taehyung…you’re safe…

It took several attempts but finally, It hurts…

Climbing onto the bed, Jungkook gathered Taehyung into his arms as Namjoon continued to tend to him.  He didn’t care if he made it harder for Namjoon, the drive to make things better soared so swiftly in his chest, he could barely breathe.

I know…I’m here…

Taehyung took a soft, shuttering breath and turned his head towards him before he settled.  Namjoon hooked Taehyung to an iv and then sighed.  “I know he hates pain meds but I gave him some to hopefully help him sleep.  He wasn’t shot and there’s only minor tears at the surgical incisions, so I think my weight on him may have caused pain in his broken ribs.”  Rubbing his face, Namjoon muttered, “Fuck…”

“What happened?” Yoongi asked from the doorway.  

“I wish I knew,” Namjoon said, his voice fatigued.  “We were talking so I wasn’t paying attention to our surroundings like I should have been.  The vehicle braked hard and then there was gunfire.”

Yoongi hummed.  “Doyun didn’t mention braking, that’s interesting.  He said you were taking the exit out of the business district when two motorcycles began firing and he sped off.  He wasn’t able to get a good look at them.”

Namjoon sighed.  “I didn’t either, I was too concerned about Taehyung.”

As they discussed the specifics of what they did know and Yoongi left to trace back through where they’d been attacked, Jungkook continued to focus on their bond, trying to reach Taehyung.  But there was nothing and once Namjoon was satisfied that Taehyung was stable, left as well. 

Alone with Taehyung, Jungkook held him close, trying to calm the panic he could still sense from his bonded.  It was surreal to have Taehyung back in his compound again, more so that he was holding him.  But the animosity and hatred that used to surge at the mention of his name, at his appearance on the news had quieted to a low annoyance that was mostly smothered by the need to ensure Taehyung was safe.

And as the night bled into morning, Jungkook stayed beside him until Jimin entered with Namjoon to ensure Taehyung was not declining.  It was only then that Jungkook extracted himself and retreated to his room with a mumbled excuse that he had work to do.  And for the next few days, he repeated the same routine while Taehyung was sedated, lying beside him each night in the hopes that his presence would calm him, that his touch would soothe him, that their bond would heal him.

A few days after Taehyung’s arrival, Namjoon informed him that he was going to reduce the pain medication and sedatives and so Jungkook determinedly stayed away that evening.  He wasn’t sure why the news made him stay away from the infirmary because no matter how much he told himself that it was because Taehyung would likely not want him there, that wasn’t the whole truth.  He didn’t want to be reminded that Taehyung didn’t want him there, didn’t want the potential barbed comments from his bonded.  Because along the way, the softening animosity and the growing bond had shifted inside of him.

Instead, Jungkook sat at the table in his bedroom, doing his best to focus on the documents that Hoseok had sent to him for review.  But it was fruitless and he began to pace the room, not giving into the desire to reach Taehyung through their bond, to make sure he was okay, to ensure he didn’t need anything.  To check to see if Taehyung needed him.  What a dangerous path he was on.

The last few weeks had been a stark reminder why having a bonded was so detrimental, but the potential of a twin flame bond was frankly frightening.  His feelings for Taehyung, regardless of his issues with the man and his beliefs, had created a weakness in addition to the bond’s connection between them in death.  For his own safety, he had to ensure that Taehyung was unharmed…but it was crystal clear that the need was becoming more than just for his own wellbeing.  Just the thought of Taehyung being hurt made him want to burn the city to the ground.

It was nearing midnight when Jungkook finally showered and dressed for bed.  In only a pair of silk pajama pants, Jungkook was just pulling back the covers of his bed when the warmth in his body surged.  A heartbeat later, there was a soft knock on the door and before he could consider who it was and what they wanted, Jungkook was there and flinging open the door.

The swelling of his face was gone, just some bruising left.  Dressed in an oversized t-shirt and a pair of flannel pajama pants, his hair fluffy and in a disarray, Taehyung was so soft that it made his chest ache.  There was a crease between his brows, a hesitation in his eyes as Taehyung bit his lower lip and then spoke in a soft voice.

“I, umm, I’m sorry to wake you.”

“You didn’t,” Jungkook said a little too quickly.

Taehyung’s eyes traveled over his bare chest and then met his gaze, his cheeks pink.  “You have tattoos.”

Tilting his head, Jungkook fought the smile that threatened that this was how he started a conversation in the middle of the night.  “I do,” Jungkook said.

“I didn’t realize that I liked tattoos,” Taehyung said almost to himself and then his cheeks turned even pinker and his gaze dropped to the floor.  “I can’t believe I just said that.”

Jungkook chuckled and said, “Did you come here to tell me you like my tattoos?”

Peeking up through his lashes, Taehyung shook his head.  “Umm, well, I asked Namjoon to not give me anymore pain meds because I hate how they make me feel.  But I can’t sleep because…”

Understanding dawned on him and warmth filled him.  “Because the pain is keeping you awake?”

Nodding, Taehyung bit his lower lip and his gaze was drawn to his mouth.  He really did have beautiful lips, likely soft and—

“I was wondering if I could sleep with you?” Taehyung said a moment before his eyes grew wide.  “I meant sleep next to you so I could hold your hand and make the pain stop?”

Jungkook smiled as he stepped back.  “I knew what you meant, come in.”

Taehyung hesitated and then entered, stepping to the side.  His nerves were obvious, so different from the feisty, arrogant man that had last been in his room.  Shutting and locking the door, it saddened him a bit that being taken hostage by Shin had caused such a drastic change in Taehyung, even if he was a bit relieved to not have to battle him.

Holding out his hand, Jungkook waited until Taehyung slipped his hand into his grip and then led him to the bed.  Taehyung sighed at the contact and his eyes suddenly revealed just how tired he was.  After helping into bed, Jungkook went to the other side and slid under the covers before turning out the lamp.  In the dark, Jungkook found his hand, fighting the urge to hold him as he had done since Taehyung’s arrival. 

Within minutes, Taehyung’s breathing leveled off into sleep and Jungkook turned to face him, scooting just a bit closer so he could smell the delicate sandalwood.  It was then that he was finally able to close his eyes, confident his bonded was safe and he could relax.

Chapter Text

Over the next few days, Taehyung mostly slept as he healed.  Namjoon visited him in Jungkook’s room twice a day, each time commenting on how quickly he was healing.

“It was smart to move in here,” Namjoon said late one morning as he put his stethoscope into his black leather satchel.  “Having Jungkook close through the night has really sped up your healing.  I’d say in the next few days, the rest of the bruising will be gone and you won’t be so limited in your activities.”

Taehyung only nodded, thankful he was feeling better, at least physically.  But as he healed, the nightmares were becoming worse, vivid and alarmingly real.  He hadn’t woken Jungkook up with one yet, the terror in his blood making him shift closer slowly so he could inhale his dark honeysuckle scent and let his steady breathing lull him back to sleep.

And each morning when he woke for the day, Jungkook was long gone, the sheets beside him cool.  It shouldn’t have disappointed him, in fact, he should be grateful that he never actually saw Jungkook except in the middle of the night when he woke from a nightmare.

“Thanks, Namjoon,” Taehyung said softly just as the door opened and Jimin entered with a big smile and a large tray.

“Namjoon, join us for breakfast,” Jimin said in a voice that was more a demand than a request.

Standing, Namjoon said, “Wish I could, but I have a therapy session to run and rounds to make at the hospital.”  Turning to Taehyung, he gave a nod and a farewell before leaving, closing the door softly behind him.

Jimin pouted a bit as he set the tray on the table near the window.  “That man never rests,” Jimin mumbled.

Rising from the bed, Taehyung padded across the room slowly to the table for the first time instead of eating in bed and directly falling back to sleep.  In the few minutes he’d been able to stay awake to eat, Jimin had been lively and amiable, but even more, Taehyung sensed his kind heart and he really needed that.  He already missed his brother, but he couldn’t take the chance of contacting Seokjin, letting his messages stay on read and his voicemails unreturned.  It pained him to do so, but his brother was too smart for his own good and the last thing he needed was Seokjin thinking he was in trouble.

Which, he was, but he’d sorted it out on his own.

Having Jimin near, so kind and gregarious, was a reminder of his lack of friends and fruitless wish that he had one.  Work had always taken up too much of his time and before that was school and sports and various activities to excel at.  It made him smile as he sat that out of all this, he might have made his first friend since he was a small child.

“You seem to be doing better,” Jimin said, setting a small bowl of soup in front of him and then a plate of kimbap between them.  “I’m glad to see you out of bed.”

Taking the cup of coffee Jimin handed him, Taehyung took a sip before replying.  “I’m feeling much better, just a little sore.”

Jimin hummed as he took a sip from his own coffee cup.  “Namjoon told us a little about your bond being rare and helping you heal quickly.”

“I never thought I’d be so thankful for that,” Taehyung said, his eyes on the bowl of steaming soup in front of him.  “Everything happened so fast, it’s still a little surreal to be here.”

Around a bite of kimbap, Jimin said, “I’d expect so.”  After swallowing, he added, “It was weird to be here for me, and I come from this life.”

It was the first thing Jimin had said beyond generalities and asking if he was alright.  He was curious how the beautiful man had arrived at the compound and what his life before was like.  And although he had to fight the urge to press like he would in his job, he really didn’t want Jimin to not want to be friends.

So, Taehyung said only, “Was it?”

Drinking his coffee, there was a distant look on his face that transformed into a soft smile.  “My life was hard before Yoongi.  I never had enough to eat, never got enough sleep, never was sure I’d wake the next morning.  But then here comes Jungkook, dressed in all black and knives strapped to his body.  I should have been frightened of him, I’d certainly heard the rumors about how lethal the baby-faced new Jeon boss was, but I wasn’t.  I’d already lived through the worst evil and I knew in my heart that he wasn’t that.”

Stunned at how chipper his voice was as he spoke, surprised that it was Jungkook and not Yoongi who had found him, Taehyung said, “Well, he does do evil things.  He’s the head of an illegal gang that does God knows what.”

His words didn’t seem to phase him and Jimin shrugged.  “I suppose you could look at it that way.  But Jungkook has a very strict moral code that we all have to follow or face punishment.  It just so happens that some of that code isn’t in alignment with the law.”

“Then it’s illegal and it’s wrong,” Taehyung said a bit sharper than he intended.

Jimin tilted his head with a soft smile.  “You really believe that, don’t you?”

There was no judgement in his voice, just curiosity and so Taehyung said, “Well, yes.  There are laws in place that everyone must follow for an orderly society and law enforcement to ensure it’s done so.”

With a laugh, Jimin threw his head back and then quieted after a few moments.  Wiping his eyes, Jimin said with laughter in his voice, “You’re serious, it’s adorable.”

With a scoff, Taehyung said, “It’s not adorable to expect a healthy society to follow rules.”

“Oh, I didn’t say Jungkook or the Jeon gang in general doesn’t follow rules.  They’re incredibly strict, just different.”

Sitting back in his chair, Taehyung folded his arms over his chest.  “Why not just follow the law then?”

“Because the law doesn’t work the way you think,” Jimin said.  His face must have shown his incredulousness because Jimin added, “Let me give you an example.  Last month, Jungkook found out that one of his men had sold drugs to some teens in one of the poorer districts, which is absolutely against the Jeon code.”

“So, let the law handle it, that’s illegal,” Taehyung said confidently.

“It is illegal, but you know what the law wanted to do?” Jimin asked, sitting forward in his chair.  “Parole with 10 weeks of community service.”

Brows furrowing, Taehyung said, “Well, if that’s what the law says…”

“Do you really think that’s going to deter him?” Jimin asked and then sat back in his chair.  “Jungkook certainly didn’t think so and sent a dozen men out to track hi down.  Found him trying to flee to Seoul, as if Jungkook wouldn’t have found him there.  Beat him within an inch of his life and that was before they brought him back here for Jungkook.  Put fear in that man’s eyes like you couldn’t imagine and the promise if he stepped back in South Korea, he’d be handled.  Which one do you think made the streets safer?”

“That’s…awful,” Taehyung mumbled, although he was internally torn.  Dealing drugs at all was horrible but to kids was even more heinous.  And community service did seem light in comparison to the crime.

Jimin shrugged as he turned back to his meal.  “Maybe, but one pretty much guarantees he won’t be dealing drugs to kids here and the other would have no impact on his actions and would continue to make the city unsafe.”

“You’re telling me that there are no drugs being dealt by the Jeon’s?” Taehyung said, already knowing the answer.  There’d been a raid several years ago that had sent a dozen men associated with the Jeon’s to jail, although none could be directly connected to Jungkook.

“Oh, I’m not saying one way or another,” Jimin said with a smile.  “My point is only that there is a strict code that must be followed to live in this world but if you do, you are likely the safest you will ever be.”

Safety and security had suddenly skyrocketed up his list of needs in the last few weeks and Taehyung swallowed hard.  Eyes on his kimbap, Taehyung murmured before taking a bite, “What’s the code?”

Jimin’s voice shifted, far more serious than it’d been since they’d first met.  “Loyalty.  Respect.  Silence.  And above all, the members are family and family is the most important thing in life.  As Jungkook’s bonded, every one of us will protect you with our life without question.”

His words made his throat tight, and pressure built behind his eyes.  It was suddenly clear how scared he’d been after the first time the Shin’s caught him eavesdropping, how alone he’d been in the world with the potential threat.  And how desperately he wanted to feel safe.

Reaching across the table, Jimin gripped his hand.  “I get it,” Jimin said softly.  “I was alone before Yoongi, and it can be overwhelming to suddenly realize you’re protected now.”

Clearing his throat, Taehyung said, “I’m only here until Shin is dealt with, then Jungkook and I will go our separate ways.”

But Jimin only hummed noncommittedly.  “Well, then, even if your stay is temporary, welcome to the family.”

And for the rest of the day, Jimin’s words circled his mind.  He had a family, had been raised with a brother by two parents…and yet, he instinctively understood that this was different.  With the exception of Seokjin, his parents had always felt distant, he’d always felt like a burden.  But even though he had far more people doing far more for him than he’d ever had in his life, he didn’t feel like a burden.  As if they were happy to bring him food he liked or share a meal or talk, there was nothing but acceptance of his presence in the compound.

He rarely saw Jungkook and so when he entered the bedroom with Namjoon one afternoon while he sat curled in a chair in front of the fire with a book he’d found on a shelf, Taehyung’s heart skipped a beat.  Their eyes locked, the bond vibrating and warm before his mouth ran dry and Taehyung set the book aside.

“I’m sorry to intrude,” Namjoon said, his voice far more animated than usual as he grabbed a chair from the table to set next to the armchair Taehyung sat in.  “But I just had a consult with a physician in London that I wanted to discuss.”

Brows rising, Jungkook sat in the other armchair.  “That doesn’t sound good.”

Namjoon smiled as he crossed his legs.  “Actually, I think it is.  I did some digging and Dr. Cavendish is a specialist who currently is overseeing the care of two people who are bonded by a twin flame.  In fact, it is the only documented twin flame bond that was confirmed while the pair were both alive.”

That made Taehyung jerk back in surprise.  “The others were confirmed after their death?”

“See,” Namjoon continued excitedly, “that’s why the twin flame bond continues to be considered a myth by many because it can’t be confirmed upon death, only assumed by the nature of their deaths.  But one of Dr. Cavendish's patients died during a surgery and the other died in the waiting room of the hospital.  She was able to resuscitate them both because she directed that the one in the waiting room be brought into the operating room.  After a thorough patient history, she was able to confirm it.”

Taehyung shared a look with Jungkook, who said slowly, “I’m not entirely sure that actually sounds all that good.”

Holding up his hands, Namjoon said, “Okay, yes the confirmation may not be but she’s been studying them for a few years now and after consulting, we both think you may be the second documented pair.  It’s incredible, really.”

Brow falling, Jungkook said, “Namjoon…I can’t be part of some science experiment.”

“I know, I know,” Namjoon said.  “And I didn’t provide any specifics that tie to you at all.  But it’s not really needed because we were able to come to the conclusion just based on the similarities between you all.  The expedient healing and pulling back from death, the heightened sensory and telepathic capabilities…”  Turning to Taehyung, Namjoon’s eyes sparkled in excitement when he asked, “What do you remember of being in the hospital before you awoke?”

Frowning, Taehyung searched his memory before he said slowly, “I remember being drawn to a light and then a golden thread tightened slowly and became warmer as Jungkook spoke.  And so I turned from the light and when I moved towards Jungkook, I became warmer, but the pain increased.”

Namjoon nodded.  “And where were you?  Were there stars?”

With a soft gasp, Taehyung nodded.  “Yes, everything was the deepest blue and a galaxy of stars was all around me.”

Jungkook looked between them both.  “I don’t understand…”

Running his hands through his hair, Namjoon said, “This is absolutely remarkable.  What Taehyung described is what both of Dr. Cavendish’s patients described when they died, except they were their together and surrounded by a golden thread.  Dr. Cavendish and I believe it’s the in between, the place where bonds are created in the beginning of time that we all pass through when we’re born and then again when we die.  Her patients were both their because they had both died, just like Taehyung was there as he was dying after his surgeries.”

A silence fell and then Taehyung said softly, “I was dying…”  He turned to Jungkook and added, “And you pulled me back.  I remember the pull towards you, even though it hurt.”

There was a split second where Jungkook’s eyes brightened and in the next moment he was composed again.  It should have terrified him to be the twin flame of a man whose life was so filled with violence and death, his own life so precarious due to his bonded.  Instead, he was suddenly struck by how lonely he’d been his whole life, how much he’d longed for this connection.

“Exactly,” Namjoon said and pulled their attention back to him.  “From what Dr. Cavendish said, the intensity of feelings between her patients is incredibly high, far more than even gold bonded.  When they’re apart for too long, they’re both in physical and mental pain.  She also said that they fell in love remarkably fast, within only a few weeks before the bond cemented.  They have similar likes and dislikes, both of which evolved after their bond cemented.  She didn’t start overseeing their care until decades after their bond cemented, so much of the information is a bit shaky because it’s reliant on their memories, so she is just as thrilled as I am that we may have found a twin flame bond so early on.”

“Namjoon…” Jungkook began and Namjoon held his hands up.

“I swear, patient confidentiality is something that I value and would never say or do anything to give away who you or Taehyung are,” Namjoon said and then paused, his head tilting before turning to Taehyung.  “I did mention your memory loss to Dr. Cavendish and she thought that you being near your twin flame may help your brain heal and bring those memories back.  If you do remember anything major, please inform me so that I can document your recovery from amnesia.”

“And tell me,” Jungkook said, his eyes suddenly blazing and Taehyung understood the rest of what he meant.  So he could hunt down Shin.

Taehyung nodded and then said, “I…I do feel better in here.”  His cheeks heated as he peeked over at Jungkook before turning his attention to Namjoon.  “Even just…smelling Jungkook on his clothes in the closet when he’s not here seems to help.”

Namjoon hummed.  “Your recovery since moving in here has been truly remarkable.  I have no doubt your memories will return quickly, and we’ll get everything sorted out.”

“Oh, I will ensure it’s sorted out,” Jungkook said and then cracked his neck.

Turning towards Jungkook, his heart fluttered where it had once pounded in fury.  Above everything, Jungkook made him feel safe, so utterly protected that all he could be was grateful.  Because despite the constant worry and fear, he had no doubt that Jungkook would not stop until Taehyung was truly safe and Shin was dead.

**

His days were spent getting reports from his men on the complete lack of progress in locating Shin, it was all-consuming.  It was like each time they got closer, the man disappeared.  It made no sense because the man wasn’t all that smart.

Sometimes he took out his frustration by going out alone despite Yoongi’s disapproving look.  He had little hope of actually getting any real information, the men he caught were far too low in the hierarchy to have any leads they didn’t already have.  But it made him feel just a little better that one of the men he cut down may have been one of the men that had taken Taehyung in the first place, had been one of the men who had harmed him.

It was the pull back to Taehyung that kept him from spending all night on the streets of Busan, that made him climb onto his bike and speed off towards his compound before midnight.  Instead of washing blood from his body in his own bathroom, he’d taken to using the shower near the gym.  He told himself it was so he didn’t disturb Taehyung if he was already asleep but there was more to it.

There was a part of him, growing by the day, that didn’t want Taehyung to look upon him as a ruthless monster.  A part that grew each night that he slept by his bonded that maybe Taehyung might actually turn his smile his way.

With a heavy sigh, Jungkook tossed the towel he’d used to dry his hair into a hamper and then headed upstairs in the bathrobe he’d started to keep downstairs.  Although it wasn’t all that late, the house was mostly dark, just a few lights on for the men on duty.  Yoongi had called him an hour before that the shipment of narcotics he was overseeing was going smoothly and Jimin was out at Verve to spend the night dancing with Hoseok and Jackson until Yoongi was done.  He used to hate these nights, when the house was quiet, when he was alone. 

But warmth curled in his chest that he wasn’t alone, not completely anyway.  It’d somehow become his favorite time of the day, when he would climb into bed and scoot close to Taehyung.  When he would slip his hand into his bonded’s and wait for Taehyung’s soft sigh before closing his eyes and falling asleep.  He’d never slept as well as he had since Taehyung’s arrival.

It wasn’t until he opened the door that he recognized that there was still a light on.  Taehyung turned, his eyes wide and hands twisting the hem of the oversized t-shirt he wore over his pajama pants.  He vaguely recognized the clothing he wore as his own, but it was the fear in his eyes that caught his attention.

Suddenly on high alert, Jungkook asked, “What’s wrong?” 

Taehyung hurried over from where he’d been huddled in a chair, his own body flooding with fear as his bonded stopped a few feet away.  “It’s nothing, everything’s fine,” Taehyung whispered, his eyes anything but fine.  “It was just a nightmare, that’s all.”

While that calmed some of the tension in his body, the unease remained that Taehyung was so unsettled.  They’d barely spoken since Taehyung had arrived and he wasn’t sure what to say, so Jungkook held out his hand.  Closing the distance, Taehyung didn’t take his hand and instead walked into his arms. 

A bit surprised, Jungkook held him close, his body trembling as Taehyung rested his forehead on his shoulder.  After a minute, Jungkook said softly, “I’ll go change and then we can go to sleep.”

Taehyung nodded his head and then took a slow breath before standing upright.  They weren’t all that different in size but there were times when Taehyung appeared almost fragile, smaller and he had the overwhelming urge to pull him back into his arms.  Instead, Jungkook strode to his walk-in closet to yank open a drawer of the dresser and pull out a pair of pajama bottoms.

With his back to the door, Jungkook dropped the robe to pull on the pajama pants and warmth flooded through his body at the soft gasp behind him.  When he turned, Taehyung was decidedly not looking at him, his cheeks rosy.

Glancing over, Taehyung said after clearing his throat, “You have a lot of tattoos.”

Biting back a smile at the way Taehyung kept glancing over, Jungkook considered a moment.  Maybe it would take his mind off of whatever had shaken him so badly…

“I do,” Jungkook said, stopping in front of Taehyung where he blocked the doorway.  “Which one do you think is my favorite?”

Turning his head more fully to hold his gaze for a moment, Taehyung bit his lower lip and let his eyes drop to his chest.  It was electric, the caress of his eyes across his skin that heat curled low at his careful perusal across his shoulder and down his arm and then back up.  Jungkook held his breath as his heart pounded, as if waiting for something, anything, to happen.

Goosebumps spread across his skin as Taehyung gently traced across his arm.  “I think this one.”

Taehyung lifted his gaze to meet his, his eyes big and questioning.  “Why do you think that one?”

“Because it’s the only one in color,” Taehyung answered softly.  “The rest of your tattoos are black with jagged lines and fierce images.  This one’s different.”

A moment passed and then another, their eyes locked.  Finally, Jungkook said, “You’re right.  It’s my birth flower as well as both of my parents.  It means ‘please love me’.”

His breath hitched softly and then Taehyung swallowed hard.  “Is it your favorite because it reminds you have them?”

Jungkook hummed and then said, “Yes…but it also reminds me that there’s more to life than, well, the life.  That I’m human and not indestructible.”  Taehyung’s full lips parted when Jungkook slipped his hand in his and then asked, “Ready for bed?”

Taehyung nodded, a bit of the fear lurking in the depths of his eyes again.  So he wouldn’t have to let go of his hand, Jungkook led him to his side of the bed and crawled in after him.  As he reached over and turned off the bedside lamp, Jungkook was amused that he even had a side of the bed.  He’d never had a side of the bed with anyone.

Typically, they would lay on their backs until Taehyung fell asleep and then Jungkook would roll to his side facing him.  This time, Taehyung laid facing him and so Jungkook did the same, waiting for several minutes before asking softly, “Do you want to talk about your nightmare?”

The silence stretched and just when Jungkook thought for sure that Taehyung wasn’t going to respond, he whispered with a trembling voice, “They’re always the same.  There are angry voices and the floor is crawling with scorpions as the voices get nearer, screaming things I can’t understand.  Shin is there and I can’t escape no matter what I do, a-and he’s so heavy and I can’t breathe…”

His tears made the end of his words choked and the fear through the bond washed from him in an icy wave.  His helplessness skyrocketed and transformed into anger, that Shin still hadn’t been found, that he still hadn’t paid…that he’d hurt Taehyung in so many ways to begin with.

Taehyung came easily when Jungkook scooted closer, his face pressed against his neck as he cried.  Jungkook wrapped his arms around him and pushed away his anger to try to comfort him in the only way he knew how.

“You’re safe, I won’t let him hurt you anymore,” Jungkook whispered over and over, his hand running over his soft hair.

“B-but he c-could find me,” Taehyung said through his tears, leaning back just enough that Jungkook could make out the outline of his face, the shimmer of his eyes.  “H-he could come here and find me—"

Cradling Taehyung’s head, Jungkook wiped his tears away gently with his thumbs as he spoke.  “He will not find you, he would be stopped before he could even get onto the property.  I swear it, I’ll keep you safe.”

As Taehyung cried harder, Jungkook pulled him close again to hold tight.  Taehyung clung to him for a long time, his tears eventually quieting until his hold loosened and his breathing calmed after a few shuddering breaths.  It was only then that Jungkook pressed a soft kiss to his forehead and Taehyung sighed gently in his sleep.

“I swear I will protect you,” Jungkook whispered into the dark room, the bond between them thrumming.

All through the night, Jungkook held Taehyung close, whispering softly to him whenever it seemed he may be falling into another nightmare.  By holding him close, he was better able to sense when Taehyung became agitated in his sleep, something he would—and had—missed since Taehyung had begun to sleep beside him.  It weighed heavily in his chest that Taehyung had been struggling for so long and all he had to do was hold him.

It was late morning when Taehyung stretched beside him before nuzzling closer and then stilling with a soft gasp.  Jungkook kept his eyes closed and his breathing even as Taehyung sighed contentedly, his warm breath fanning across his neck and he had to stifle a shiver.  Then Taehyung slowly extracted himself from his embrace and padded across the room before the bathroom door shut.  When the shower started, Jungkook rolled to his back and rubbed his face.

He'd made it a point to be up and out of bed before Taehyung woke each morning, sensing that their sleeping arrangement made him uncomfortable.  Now, everything had shifted and he recognized that Taehyung’s discomfort was not from his presence but from Taehyung’s need to be comforted and not knowing how to ask.  By the time Taehyung was out of the shower and stopped in the doorway with a surprised gasp, Jungkook had formulated a plan. 

Sitting at the table with a cup of coffee, Jungkook glanced over from where he was reading a text from Yoongi about the night’s successful shipment.  “I was told you liked to have gimbap and coffee for breakfast, so asked for it to be brought up so we could talk.”

Taehyung’s dark hair was damp and wavy around his face, his cheeks rosy as he approached wearing a deep blue robe.  His robe and it should not have given him the pleasure that it did to find Taehyung wearing his clothes again.  As Taehyung sat across from him, his nerves were apparent and Jungkook sought to soothe them through their bond.

Raising his eyes, Taehyung asked, “How do you do that?”

“Do what?” Jungkook asked as he poured himself a second cup of coffee.

Waving his hand in the air, Taehyung said, “That thing you just did that calmed me.”

Contemplating for a moment, Jungkook said, “I’m not sure.  I just think about the bond and what I want to do or how I feel, I suppose.”

A moment passed and then warmth filled him…gratitude?  Taehyung’s eyes searched his face and then asked, “Did that work?”

Bowing his head, Jungkook said, “I believe it did.”

Picking up his cup of coffee, Taehyung took a long drink and then asked, “You said you wanted to talk?”

Taehyung busied himself with his plate, with his cup of coffee, with decidedly not looking at him.  “Have you ever fired a gun?  Learned self defense?  How to throw a punch?”

It was obviously not what Taehyung had expected, and he raised his startled eyes.  “Uh, no.  I did a little taekwondo when I was a kid, but I really hated sparring so didn’t do it for long.”

He’d suspected as much and Jungkook said, “I’d like you to learn.  While you’re safe when you’re here, you should be able to defend yourself if you need to.”

His eyes dropped to the plate in front of him for a long moment and then Taehyung nodded.  “Alright,” he said quietly.  “Will it be Doyun?  Or one of the other men?”

It hadn’t occurred to him to have anyone but himself teach him and Jungkook bristled at the thought.  No, it’d be better if he did it, he’d be able to sense if something was wrong better than anyone.  He resolutely ignored the warmth that curled in his chest at spending time with his bonded.

“If it’s alright with you,” Jungkook said casually although he gave his full attention to trying to read Taehyung’s reaction.  “I would prefer to instruct you myself.”

Brows rising, Taehyung said, “Don’t you have, I don’t know—” he waved his hand in the air again “—people to kill or drugs to smuggle in or something?”

Jungkook laughed.  “Well, I suppose I do, but thankfully, I have people to manage all that.  I get involved in the parts of the business that interest me and let Yoongi and Hoseok handle the rest.”

Cocking his head to the side, Taehyung said, “You must trust them a lot if you just let them run it without you interfering.”

His smile grew at how he described his role and Jungkook said, “I trust them with my life.  We grew up together and as they’re family, I feel fairly confident my trust is well placed.”

Taehyung finally began to eat and Jungkook relaxed against his chair.  “I thought you were an only child,” Taehyung said.

Jungkook hummed.  “I am.  But Yoongi and Hoseok are my cousins, we grew up together here so they’re more like brothers.  Yoongi took his appa’s role as my appa’s underboss and now as mine.  Hoseok’s appa was one of the enforcers and Hoseok runs the intel portion of the business…”  Jungkook paused and tilted his head a moment before adding, “Should I have you sign a non-disclosure agreement or something?”

Swallowing the bite he’d just taken as his eyes grew big, Taehyung said, “Well, you can’t kill me without hurting yourself but there’s a whole lot you could do if I were to say anything.  But if you want me to sign something…” Taehyung shrugged his shoulders before picking up his coffee cup.

Maybe he shouldn’t be so forthcoming with the specifics of the business, Taehyung’s appa was the police chief…but Taehyung also needed to know who to trust if something were to happen.

“I suppose that’s true, although my men have been instructed to protect you with their lives and not to cause you harm,” Jungkook said slowly.  “And as long as you never give me a reason to doubt your trustworthiness, that’s how it’ll stay.”

Taehyung paused and then continued to set his coffee cup down.  “That almost sounds like a veiled threat,” Taehyung said, his voice casual but Jungkook could sense his unease through their bond.

“No threat,” Jungkook said softly and then paused until Taehyung lifted his eyes.  “But in my world, loyalty comes above all else.”

His eyes searched his face and Jungkook waited.  Finally, Taehyung asked softly, “Above friendship?  Above love?”

“There can be none of those without loyalty,” Jungkook said, head tilting to the side.  “If I cannot trust loyalty, how can there be friendship or love?”

Their eyes locked and then Taehyung gave almost an imperceivable nod.  “I suppose that’s true.  Trust and honesty are the foundation of friendship and love, and I can see how loyalty would be critical in your…lifestyle.”

Leaning forward to rest his forearms on the table, Jungkook said, “But wouldn’t loyalty be important, no matter the lifestyle, as you put it.  If trust and honesty are important, do you not also need those closest to you, those that you love, to be loyal?  How can you love deeply if you do not also have faithfulness, devotion, and commitment?”

A blush bloomed on his cheeks, the golden glow around him shimmering in the late autumn sun that lit the room through the windows.  There was something in his eyes, something akin to…yearning that softened his entire face and made Jungkook breathless.

“Yes,” Taehyung whispered, a note of longing in his voice.  “I can see how loyalty can deepen or destroy friendship…or love.”

Jungkook hummed and then smiled.  “Ah, look at us agreeing on something,” he said softly.  Taehyung tried to bite back his smile, but it reached his eyes before they dropped.  “Are you free this afternoon?” Jungkook asked.

His breath hitched and Taehyung met his eyes again, the bond between them warm.  “Well, seeing as I spend my days doing nothing, I suppose I am,” Taehyung said, the words likely intended to be sharper than the breathless voice made them sound.

“Good,” Jungkook said before scooting his chair back and rising.  “We’ll start your training then.”

Chapter Text

Taehyung hadn’t ventured further than the infirmary and Jungkook’s bedroom in the week since he agreed to stay at the compound.  Jimin had tried to coax him out to give him a tour, but just the thought of that made his stomach twist.  He’d never been prone to anxiety before, but it remained all the same once the physical injuries had healed.

After breakfast together—something that had startled, and if he were honest, delighted him—Jungkook had said he had to make a few phone calls and to meet him in the gym at 3pm.  It was only after Jungkook left that he realized that he wasn’t quite sure where that was.

Jungkook had never said anything about him wearing his clothes, something Taehyung had begun doing the first day he slept in his bedroom.  While he’d been sedated, a few of Jungkook’s men had retrieved some of his belongings and while he had his own clothes…he liked Jungkook’s.  It was comforting to be wrapped in his scent and so Taehyung finally emerged from the bedroom in a black t-shirt and athletic pants.

There was a man dressed in a black suit standing near the door and Taehyung startled before it registered that it was just one of Jungkook’s men, standing guard.  When Taehyung asked him where the gym was, he gave him directions down three flights of stairs and Taehyung took a deep breath.

But when the man followed him, Taehyung stopped and turned before asking, “Are you following me?”

Bowing his head, the man said, “I have been instructed to ensure you are not alone unless you are with one of the elites.”

“Elites?” Taehyung asked, confused.

“Mr. Jeon, Mr. Min, Dr. Kim, and Mr. Park,” the man said.  “If Mr. Jung and Mr. Wang were here, they could be in your presence without a guard as well, but they rarely visit.”

“And can I ask your name?” Taehyung asked.

“Kim Mingyu.”  He smiled and added, “I’m head of security.”

They began walking again, Mingyu a step behind until Taehyung hesitated once they made it to the main floor.  “I’m sorry you got stuck with such a boring task,” Taehyung said as he bowed his head in thanks when Mingyu pointed him in the right direction.

“Oh, it’s not boring,” Mingyu said with a smile.  “It’s an honor to ensure your safety.”

Side eying him, Taehyung said, “And why is that?  I’d imagine there are a lot of other far more exciting things you could be doing with your time.”

“I suppose, but I’ve had a hell of a lot of excitement in my life as it is,” Mingyu said as he stopped in front of a door.  “And besides, it’s a high honor to have this level of trust from Mr. Jeon.”

Mingyu rapped on the door twice before opening it and then bowing.  Taehyung took a step inside and sucked in a breath at Jungkook at a heavy bag, his tight, sleeveless shirt displaying his bulging muscles and black tattoos.  There was a restlessness inside when Jungkook was near, a low vibration that called to him and when Jungkook lifted his gaze and their eyes locked, the air became charged, electric.

While he had dated a little in college, Taehyung had been far too focused on his studies and later, his career, to have any real relationships.  And besides, they all eventually pushed for what they wanted from him, what he’d held onto in the midst of his dreams of a fairytale romance with his bonded.  Even though things hadn’t quite worked out that way, none of the people he had dated had ever made his body feel so alive as Jungkook did when he was near.

The room was large, one wall covered in an enormous mirror, various workout equipment on one side, a heavy bag and weight sets on the other and the center was a large mat.  It was clean and bright and not at all what he’d imagine, which he supposed it would have been ridiculous if the compound’s gym had been in a dungeon, as he’d pictured it.

Jungkook wiped his face with a towel that he tossed aside and strode closer.  “I thought we could start with some simple shooting practice and then go through some basic escape techniques.”  Nodding, Taehyung didn’t know what to do with his hands, so he shoved them into the pockets of the gray sweatpants he wore.  Jungkook’s eyes traveled over him and then back up to meet his gaze, a little smirk playing on his lips.  “The shooting range is this way.”

Indicating a door on the other side of the treadmills, Taehyung followed Jungkook.  Without Jungkook’s watchful eyes on him, Taehyung let himself drink in his broad, muscular shoulders, that narrowed down into a slim waist.  When Jungkook had held him close the night before, he’d been too distraught to focus on the feel of his body and he had the sudden urge to wrap himself around Jungkook’s back.

His mouth watered and Taehyung cleared his throat as Jungkook turned to shut and lock the door behind them.  Jungkook tilted his head and studied him a moment before walking over to grab two pairs of earmuffs and then moved to a locked cabinet.

“I’m guessing Jimin already showed you all this,” Jungkook said and Taehyung had to refocus his eyes from his ass as he bent down to reach for something inside the cabinet.  “But if you want to practice, he or Mingyu can bring you down here.”

Taehyung realized Jungkook held a gun and he involuntarily took a step back.  He’d always found them repulsive and he was not keen to touch one at all.  “Uh, no.  Jimin offered to give me a tour of the compound, but I haven’t left your bedroom.”

Jungkook hummed as he did something with the gun in his hand and then handed a pair of earmuffs to Taehyung.  Their fingers brushed and the air was electric again.  “As much as I love that there is a beautiful man in my bedroom all the time, you are safe anywhere in the compound,” Jungkook said, his hand dropping before putting his own earmuffs on.  “Take Mingyu or one of the other men if you decide to go out on the grounds.”

He was momentarily startled by Jungkook referring to him as beautiful until the gun was placed in his hand.  Guiding Taehyung to a line on the concrete, Jungkook said loud enough so he could hear him through his earmuffs, “Aim at the target.”

Swallowing hard, Taehyung took a deep breath.  He hated the way the gun felt in his hand, awkward and foreign.  Raising his arm, he did his best to line up with the center of the bullseye and then closed his hands as he pulled the trigger.  It jolted him back and Taehyung stumbled until strong hands gripped his waist and steadied him.

Jungkook’s eyes sparkled with mirth when he turned Taehyung towards him and pushed back his earmuffs.  When Taehyung removed his earmuffs, Jungkook asked, the amusement clear in his voice, “Did you close your eyes?”

“Uh…yes?” Taehyung said, his eyes drifting to the target that was unmarred.  “Where…”

Following Jungkook’s finger that pointed up and to the right, there was a mark several feet away from the target he’d been aiming for.  Taehyung flushed and just as he was about to make a flippant remark about guns, Jungkook turned him around with his chest against his back.  His breath caught and he tried to listen to the instructions Jungkook gave but all he could focus on was Jungkook’s hand on his hip while his other cradled his hand holding the gun.

Jungkook brought his other hand to the gun and then adjusted the bend of his arm and the stance of his legs.  Then he said softly in his ear, “Focus right here—” Jungkook pointed to a spot on the top of the gun “—and line it up with what you’re aiming for.”

His hand left his hip and then Taehyung’s earmuff was put back on by Jungkook before his hand settled back where it’d been.  Taehyung could barely breathe with how closely Jungkook was holding him but he swallowed hard and followed what he could remember of the directions Jungkook had given and pulled the trigger, this time only squinting instead of closing his eyes.

The recoil pushed him back into Jungkook’s strong chest but otherwise, Taehyung didn’t move.  Reaching up, Taehyung pushed off one earmuff as a smile spread, his arms dropping.

“I hit the target,” Taehyung said.  It wasn’t center and barely within the circle, but it was in the vicinity and far better than his first attempt.

“You did,” Jungkook said, his mouth near his ear and Taehyung stifled a shiver.  “Now try again.”

Over and over, Jungkook set him up and each time, Taehyung got closer and closer to the red bullseye.  When he caught the edge of the red circle in the center, Taehyung spun around in Jungkook’s arms with a grin.

“I almost hit the center,” Taehyung said and then suddenly realized just how close they were, their chests nearly brushing.

Jungkook smiled, his big eyes sparkling and hand still on his hip.  “I’d say you took the target out, good job.”

The praise made heat rush into his cheeks and his eyes dropped to his lips before Taehyung realized what he’d done and dragged his eyes back to meet Jungkook’s.  The electricity between them heated, sizzled…and then Jungkook took a step back as he took a deep breath.

Taking the gun from Taehyung, Jungkook said over his shoulder as he strode to the cabinet.  “You did well for your first time shooting.  Just keep practicing.”

Blinking rapidly, Taehyung removed the earmuffs and handed them to Jungkook with a nod.  Disappointment swirled in his stomach…because Jungkook hadn’t kissed him?  Did he want Jungkook, crime boss and all-around criminal, to kiss him?

The bond between them vibrated and Taehyung realized he’d only be lying to himself if he said no.

At the door, Jungkook said, “Are you still up for practicing self-defense?”

“Umm, yeah, okay,” Taehyung said and then followed Jungkook back into the gym, taking a slow breath.

Toeing off his tennis shoes, Jungkook strode to the center of the mat in the middle of the room and then turned to wait.  Taehyung awkwardly kicked off his shoes and then approached, the mat cushioning his steps.

“I’ll show you a few simple defense techniques,” Jungkook said.  “And then I want you to defend yourself from me.”

“Okay,” Taehyung said, his stomach twisting.  “What do I do.”

Over and over, Jungkook showed him where to strike and how to do so without injuring himself.  Taehyung imitated what he did, trying to memorize the quick thrusts with the palm of his hand and precise kicks that Jungkook demonstrated.  It was clear that Jungkook was more than capable of defending himself and as they moved to Jungkook charging him, Taehyung began to believe that he was getting the hang of it.

“Good,” Jungkook said after Taehyung had blocked his blow to his face.  “Now, I’m going to take you to the ground, and you need to escape.”

They’d already gone over a few different techniques, but as soon as Taehyung nodded and Jungkook rushed at him, everything flew out of his mind.  He didn’t land on his back as hard as he’d expected, Jungkook holding him close as they fell, but his mind still froze for a moment before Taehyung began to flail.

His weight pinned Taehyung down and Jungkook gripped his wrists and forced his arms above his head, trapping them there.  Everything Jungkook had told him, everything he’d just spent the last hour practicing flew out of his mind as his throat tightened and the fear surged inside.  Pressure built behind his eyes, and it became difficult to breathe.

Taehyung closed his eyes to try to focus, but all that did was bring Shin’s face to mind and the terror skyrocketed as he struggled harder against Jungkook.  “Taehyung, get your arm free and pivot your hips.”  But Jungkook’s voice was distant as Shin loomed over him in his mind and Taehyung swallowed a choke sob as tears welled.  “Damn it, Taehyung, fight me!”

A sob broke free and the tears finally fell as Taehyung whispered, “I-I can’t.”

“Shit,” Jungkook murmured and then the weight on his body was gone before Jungkook scooped him up to sit across his lap.  Against his neck, Taehyung tried to gulp in air, to calm his racing heart as he clung to Jungkook.  A warmth spread from their bond, as soothing as the hands caressing along his back, as calming as Jungkook’s whispered words.

“You’re safe, I’m here…”

After several minutes, Taehyung was calm enough to lift his head, embarrassment creeping inside and making it impossible to meet Jungkook’s eyes.  “I’m sorry, I don’t know why I froze.”

It was a lie and a badly told one, but one Jungkook let him have.  “It’s my fault, I shouldn’t have pushed you so hard.  I need you to be able to defend yourself if I’m not there, but I can’t rush it like that, I’m so sorry I hurt you.”

His voice was contrite, apologetic and Taehyung lifted his gaze to find Jungkook’s eyes filled with concern, a small crease between his brows.  His heart skipped a beat as their bond vibrated low and steady, the comfort flowing through his body from Jungkook.

It made perfect sense why Jungkook would need him to defend himself, his demise would mean Jungkook’s.  But Taehyung couldn’t help the little seed of want for that need to be because of him and not only from Jungkook’s self-preservation.  He certainly shouldn’t want a crime boss to want him, but then, when had his life ever gone as planned.

And so, Taehyung tried to do what he’d done that morning and sent comfort through their bond, pleased when Jungkook’s eyes widened with a soft hitch of his breath.  Jungkook had certainly offered him comfort and care numerous times, he could do the same in return.

“You didn’t scare me,” Taehyung said softly.  He should probably move his hands from his shoulders, should rise to his feet, but it was the last thing he wanted to do, and he had spent all of his life doing what he should.  And so, Taehyung remained on his lap, so close to Jungkook he could count his dark eyelashes.  “The memories did.”

Swallowing hard, Jungkook searched his face for a moment and then said, “But you remembered because of me.”

Shaking his head slowly, Taehyung said softly, “The memories of…him and that place.  They’re never far away.  They have imprisoned me, and I don’t know if I’ll ever be free.”

For a moment, Jungkook’s eyes grew bright and then such sadness and remorse surged through their bond that Taehyung was breathless.  But only for a moment because Taehyung focused on soothing Jungkook until the sad remorse ebbed away.  They held each other’s gazes, the bond vibrating higher, warmth spreading through his body and Jungkook’s hand tightened on his back.  As the terror from the memories died away, Taehyung let himself sink into the comfort of their bond, of not being alone.  Of being protected.

And then, as if he weighed nothing, Jungkook rose to his feet with Taehyung in his arms.  His grip on his shoulders slipped behind his neck and when Jungkook whispered, “I will ensure you’re free, no matter what it takes,” Taehyung rested his head on his shoulder with a sigh, certain that a vow from his bonded would one day come to fruition.

**

After leaving Taehyung with Jimin with an excuse that he had things to take care of, Jungkook excused himself from the bedroom.  His gaze lingered on Taehyung, his smile not quite reaching his eyes as Jimin enthusiastically declared they were going to have a movie marathon in the theater room, his heart weighed down.  But then Taehyung glanced over and his smile shifted, still sad, still heavy, but softer somehow.  That the softness was for him left him a little unsteady.

After shutting the door behind him and giving Mingyu instructions to watch over Taehyung until he returned and to call him immediately if anything were wrong, Jungkook hurried down the stairs.  There was too much inside, too much guilt, too much sorrow, too much rage.  And so Jungkook sought to relieve it with the distraction of the business.

Without knocking, Jungkook entered the large room off the garage that served as a meeting point for men coming and going from duty, where assignments were given and information was passed.  It didn’t matter the time of day, it was always bustling and was exactly the distraction that Jungkook needed.

As he strode through the two dozen men, all in black suits with the exception of the three runners, everyone stood just a little straighter.  With bows of heads and murmured greetings, his men stepped aside as Jungkook neared the large desk that Yoongi was often at if he wasn’t in his study in the main house or in the city itself.

“Hey, boss,” Yoongi greeted him, far more casually then nearly anyone else ever did.  “Everything’s under control.  The shipment we were expecting arrived about half an hour ago and the exchange went smoothly.  There was a fight at Verve, but it was a patron that was too handsy with one of the escorts and security kicked him out.”

“Banned?” Jungkook asked, nodding to one of his men who had excused himself to take a phone call, leaving him alone with Yoongi, the rest of the men on the other side of the room where a large table laden with food was.

“Of course,” Yoongi said.  “And checked but he didn’t belong to any gang, just a drunk.”

Jungkook hummed, his eyes scanning over the men in the room, some boisterous but most enjoying a break before going out.  His gaze landed on a boy, possibly still in his late teens, who sat with slumped shoulders and eating tteokbokki carefully due to his fat lip.  When he turned, the bruise on his cheekbone was more prominent and Jungkook frowned.

“Did Yejoon find trouble?” Jungkook asked without taking his eyes off of him.

Yoongi sighed and Jungkook turned to him.  “No, he arrived like that.  I haven’t given him an assignment for the night, he’s too distracted but didn’t say what happened.”

Yejoon was the oldest son of one of the fishmongers that they provided protection to in the harbor district and had been a quick learner when Yoongi hired him a few months before.  Always cheerful and quick with any task, his current isolation from the rest of the men was not typical for him.

Rising, Jungkook ambled across the room towards where Yejoon sat at the end of the table, Yoongi following a step behind.  A few of the men retreated to a corner where there were couches, while a couple continue to eat at the end of the long table, but Jungkook sat so his back was to them and he blocked their view of Yejoon.

Glancing up through his lashes, Yejoon bowed and said, “What would you like me to do tonight, boss?”

Tilting his head, Jungkook said, “Well, for starters, I’d like to know about the trouble that found you and then have you go inside and have Namjoon check you out.”

His cheeks turned red and Yejoon curled in on himself.  “It wasn’t any connection to you or the business, I promise, boss.”

Jungkook hummed and then glanced at Yoongi, whose brow was raised.  Turning back to Yejoon, Jungkook said, “Glad to hear it.  I’d still like to know.”

Yejoon gulped and then his shoulders drooped.  “He wouldn’t leave my eomma alone and she’s so tiny, I couldn’t stand it.  I know I shouldn’t have gotten involved, but she was crying and…he just wouldn’t stop.”

Bristling at what Yejoon said, Jungkook asked, “Was it a patron?  A merchant?  Your family’s business is under my protection.”

His eyes were so sad when Yejoon raised them and shook his head.  In a whisper, he said, “My appa.  He drinks most nights and sometimes he pushes her around.  But he lost the money she’d earned from the mending she’d taken on gambling and she raised her voice.  My appa didn’t like that and it was like once he started hitting her, he wouldn’t stop.”

Cracking his neck, Jungkook’s blood boiled.  “Why don’t you finish eating and then go inside and have Namjoon check you out.  I’m going to go have a word with your appa.”  Yejoon’s eyes grew wide but his jaw clenched, as if he were biting back a protest, so Jungkook added as he rose, “And I will ensure that your eomma is safe.”

Striding towards the door that led to the garage, Jungkook did not slow as Yoongi joined him.  It would have been pointless to tell his underboss he’d handle things, this was well within Yoongi’s roll and yet, Jungkook had an itch he needed to scratch.  He did not take kindly to those that did not follow the rules.

“Seojoon,” Yoongi called out to one of the captains and a tall man delegating assignments strode over.  “We have something to take care of in the harbor district, the house is yours to watch.  Mingyu has guard over Taehyung.”

Bowing his head, Seojoon said, “Of course.  Would you like a driver assigned?”

Yoongi and Jungkook exchanged a glance and then his underboss said to Seojoon, “We’ll take the bikes.”

Within minutes, they were on the road, Yoongi behind him on a nearly identical motorcycle.  It was what he needed, the speed of his bike, the adrenaline rush of taking corners without slowing, before arriving at one of the fishmonger’s stalls, still open despite the waning light.  When he pulled his helmet off, people rushed to the side, making way for them.  Yoongi gave a few coins to a couple of boys with the instruction to watch their bikes before joining Jungkook as he strode towards Yejoon’s family business.

Eunae kept her face averted after she rose from a bow.  “Mr. Jeon, Mr. Min, how can I help you?” she asked, her voice shaking with her nerves.

“I’m looking for your husband, is he here?” Jungkook asked and she peeked up at him.  She was a tiny woman and her husband, Kunwoo, towered over her when they were beside each other, a thick-waisted man a decade her senior.

She shook her head, her hands trembling as she gripped the hem of her red shirt.  “Kunwoo likes to spend his evenings at the Vibe tables, he won’t be home until after midnight.  Maybe I can help?”

Of course, Kunwoo would be at Vibe, the underground casino beneath Verve, with the day’s profits while leaving his wife to finish the business’ work.  Jungkook paused and then discretely handed her a few won and said softly, “If you are ever in need of shelter, you only need go to ask for Hoseok at Verve.”

Eunae lifted her head at his words, revealing the severity of the bruising of the left side of her face.  Her eyes searched his face, some of her fright dissipating.  He’d likely never spoken to her and his reputation preceded him, so her nerves were understandable.  It took Eunae a moment and then she nodded her head once.

A small crowd formed nearby, likely curious about why he’d visit a mere fishmonger’s stall himself, who parted as he and Yoongi returned to their bikes.  The three boys who were exclaiming over various parts of their pristine bikes stood up straighter, their little chests puffed out as they bowed when they approached.  Yoongi said something softly to them that made them grin, but the rushing in his ears drowned out everyone beyond the roar of his motorcycle’s engine.

He did not take kindly to those who harmed those within his care, regardless if they were family.  And Eunae had paid the monthly fee for years to ensure that the family business was under Jeon protection, long before she had married Kunwoo and the stall had begun to sell more of the fish he caught then the garments she sold.

The ride wasn’t long, Verve only a few districts over, and it had only increased the anticipation in his blood.  His frustration with being unable to locate Shin permeated his anger, the constant low simmer of rage igniting in his stomach at the disrespect that Kunwoo had shown his family, and by extension, to the Jeon name.

They parked their bikes in their usual spot, two of his men on duty taking their helmets with a silent nod.  But instead of entering Verve from the front like he typically did, they strode to the side and entered what appeared to be a staff entrance.  The hallway was dark and narrow, the click of his boots on the wood floors slow as he gathered his control into a laser focus.

Leaning against a small desk, a young woman with ebony hair to her hips froze and then smiled slowly.  She hurried over to two doors behind her where one of his men stood.  “Vibe or Vigor?”

“Vibe,” Yoongi said, nodding to the man on duty.  As they passed, he slipped her money and a quieter, “And we are to be left alone.”

Bowing, the woman unlocked the door to the right and then stepped aside.  Unlike the outer room, the lighting beyond the door was warm and rich, chatter and cheers rising above the mellow music in the background.  The stairs down were a finely polished black and covered in a deep green carpet, the various gambling tables a matching black, the walls covered in an emerald wallpaper so rich it appeared velvety.  It was one of Busan’s best openly kept secrets, the buzz around the illegal casino so virulent that it was nearly mythical.

Jungkook scanned the crowd through the haze of smoke, gamblers sitting on deep green stools as they placed bets, others watching with glasses of alcohol.  The only people that noticed their arrival were his men stationed around the room, a few mingling or standing near boisterous tables.  Within a second, glances communicated their arrival and Jungkook gave a nod that indicated they could be at ease.

In his ear, Yoongi said, “He’s at the billiards table.  Should I escort him to you in the back room?”

As much as he wanted to push through the crowd and throttle the man, Jungkook had to cede to Yoongi’s wisdom.  It would be far better to not make a scene and let the aftermath of the conversation he was about to have with Kunwoo do it’s job.

Giving a nod, Jungkook turned towards a dark hallway off the bottom of the stairs that connected with Vigor and housed a few rooms they used as offices and for other…unsavory conversations.  Like the one he was about to have.

Flipping a switch that turned a small light above the door a dull red, Jungkook then entered a dim room.  It housed a lone table in the middle and four straight back wooden chairs, the walls and floor a muted gray.  It lacked any semblance of comfort or welcome, mostly used for interrogations of rowdy patrons.

In under a minute, the door opened and Yoongi shoved Kunwoo inside before shutting and locking the door.  With three people in the room, it became more stifling, more charged and Jungkook continued to lounge against the wall in the corner, his hands in his pockets as if he hadn’t a care in the world. 

He’d often worked with Yoongi over the years, a balance between them, each having learned when to push and when to pull.  They shared a look and Yoongi pushed Kunwoo into a chair and then took a step back, the silent understanding passing between them that Jungkook would take the lead.

His eyes darted between them, Kunwoo’s nerves poorly camouflaged by his bravado as he sat at the table with his arms resting atop its marred and worn surface.  “I think you’ve got the wrong guy, I didn’t do nothin’ just minding my own business.”

“I recommend shutting the fuck up until you’re asked a question,” Yoongi said, his arms folded across his chest as he stood near the door.  “I told you that the boss wanted to have a word with you, not listen to you yammering on like a jackass.”

The muscles in his jaw clenched but Kunwoo kept his mouth shut.  While his wife had been dressed in barely more than rags that she had clearly mended herself, Kunwoo wore a much finer button down white shirt.  It was a shame that it was about to be ruined.

Jungkook let the silence drag on, the tension growing as the minutes ticked by until he pushed off from the wall and ambled lazily closer.  “Yejoon has shown himself to be an honorable and trustworthy young man,” Jungkook began, and Kunwoo puffed up his chest at his son’s appraisal.  “Clearly, he understands the Code and executes as expected.”

“Yeah, well, he wasn’t always like that,” Kunwoo said, his tone filled with self-importance.  “It was years of living under my hand that he became so honorable.”

Humming, Jungkook braced his hands on the table across from Kunwoo, nodding slowly.  “You know, I think you’re right about that.  I think living under your hand is likely a tremendous part of his valor.  In fact, why don’t you put those hands flat on the table so I can admire them?”

Kunwoo jerked back at the direction, clearly confused.  Slowly, he lifted his hands from his lap and placed them palms down on the table.  Gulping, Kunwoo glanced from Yoongi and then back to Jungkook.  There was a hint of trepidation in his eyes but he’d lived long enough to know that it would die out within a few hours and Kunwoo would be right back to his regular ways.

His hands were worn, a lifetime of working on the sea weathering them, scars littering his skin.  But the new abrasions on the knuckles of his right hand were clearly from striking something—or someone—and not from fishing lures.  The simmer blazed to a boil in the depths of his chest and lightning fast, Jungkook pulled the knife from his sheath on his forearm and stabbed it through the top of Kunwoo’s right hand, pinning it to the table.

Crying out, Kunwoo jerked before realizing it only made things worse and stilled, his body trembling.  Beads of sweat broke out along his receding hairline, his breathing growing shallow.  Good.

“It appears that you have become confused about what it means to live under my protection, Kunwoo,” Jungkook chastised, his face closer as he leaned in.  “In fact, it appears as you have insulted me by daring to raise a hand on your wife and then your son when he came to her defense.”

Shaking his head, Kunwoo said, “I-I was drunk and she raised her voice, I had no choice—”

With a tight grip on the hilt, Jungkook began to slowly turn the knife and Kunwoo screamed.  “Ah, but I had no choice, you see?,” Jungkook said.

Kunwoo quickly said, “Yes, I understand.”

Tilting his head, Jungkook studied Kunwoo’s ashen face as he said, “Yoongi, I don’t know if he actually does.”

“No, I do!” Kunwoo screamed, his eyes wildly darting between the two men as Yoongi approached and stood with his stance wide and arms crossed over his chest.  “I-I understand.”

Yoongi hummed in thought.  “I’m not too sure if he does, boss.”

Before Kunwoo could react, Jungkook reached across the table and slammed his face down into the table hard enough to break his nose, bright red blood gushing down his face.  A quick jab had Kunwoo wailing as his fist collided with his broken nose. 

As Kunwoo tried to cover his face with his left arm, Jungkook strolled around the table to stand behind him.  With a tight grip in his hair, Jungkook yanked Kunwoo’s head back, pausing as the man whimpered before leaning down to speak in a low voice.

“Yejoon and Eunae are under my protection.  You seem to have forgotten yourself when you raised a hand to those that are supposed to be under yours.  If Eunae decides to leave your sorry ass, you will bow to her as she leaves without touching a hair on her head.  But, if by some miracle she decides to forgive you, you will spend the rest of your days kissing the ground she walks on for giving you another chance.  Do I make myself clear?”

Kunwoo closed his eyes and whispered, “Yes, yes…”

Shoving his head aside, Jungkook leaned over him and added, “I will be watching you, make no mistake.  I do not shirk my responsibilities of those under my protection and I expect you will learn from this and follow the Code.”  Reaching forward, Jungkook yanked his knife out of his hand to press the bloody tip against his throat, forcing his head back.  Blood trickled from where the point pierced his skin when Kunwoo swallowed hard and Jungkook whispered, “You will not like the outcome if you do not.”

“Yes…” Kunwoo breathed and Jungkook stood upright, pausing to wipe the blood on his knife across the man’s white shirt before sheathing it.

Without a backwards glance, Jungkook strode to the door and said to one of his men in the hall.  “The trash needs to be taken out.”

Chapter Text

Something had shifted between them, although Taehyung couldn’t quite put his finger on it.  And while they still spent most of their days apart, Jungkook was there nearly every evening before he climbed into bed and stayed until he woke up in the morning.  As if by silent agreement, Taehyung would scoot close until Jungkook’s strong arms enveloped him.  It was only then that he could fully relax.

He had no idea what Jungkook spent his days and evenings doing, and he wasn’t sure he wanted to know.  It was likely dangerous and assuredly nefarious and after settling into a semblance of civility, he had no desire to revert back to bickering with him, to have the same level of animosity.  As the vibration of the bond grew stronger, an urgent drive to be near Jungkook continued to rise.  Taehyung looked for him constantly and he didn’t know what to do with that.  He should despise him and everything he’d done to the city and yet…he just didn’t. 

But he couldn’t stay in his bedroom forever.  And so, a few days later, he asked Jimin to show him more of the main house.  Jimin’s eyes widened a split second before a grin spread.

They stopped by the massive kitchen and stylish, yet comfortable living room before stopping by a large library down the hall.  He hadn’t expected such a lavish library in a crime boss’s compound, but then, he hadn’t expected to find any books at all.  As he ambled through the space with a large fireplace and shelves that touched the high ceilings, a giddiness filled his chest at all the books he could choose from.  He’d always been a voracious reader, but somehow along the way, it’d fallen by the wayside in favor of his job and before that, excelling in school and athletics.  For the first time in probably forever, he had time during his day where he could get lost in a good book again.

From where he lounged on a brown leather sofa, Jimin asked, “You like to read, huh?  Jungkookie does, too.”

Brows rising, Taehyung turned from the fantasy novels he was perusing towards Jimin.  “Really?  For some reason, he doesn’t strike me as the reading type,” Taehyung said with a note of disbelief.

Jimin’s smile grew and he said, “I can see that.  All that black he insists on wearing and that scowling, brooding face.  But he’s a reader and pretty much good at anything he decides to do.  It’s kinda annoying.”

Taehyung huffed and turned to walk along the bookshelves.  There was a large, plush chair in the corner near the tall window, a side table with a plant and a frame photo.  It was so quaint that it made Taehyung smile as he approached, certainly not something he’d expected.  As he neared, Taehyung tilted his head to the side and then picked up the framed photograph.

It was an older photo, a small, dark-haired boy with big, round eyes of around 5 standing between a man and a woman, his grip in each of their hands tight.  The man was tall, his smile wide and dark hair combed neatly to the side, and dressed in a solid black suit, not unlike what Jungkook and his men seemed to always wear.  But it was the woman that caught his attention, something about her that caused a flicker of recognition.

Her ebony hair was straight and just past her gently rounded jawline, the top of her head barely reaching the man’s shoulders.  Head tilted just a bit, her smile exuded kindness, the beauty mark near her eye enhancing her lovely face.  It was clear how happy she was, how happy the entire family was, no tension or unease like in every single one of his own family pictures.

“Is this Jungkook and his parents?” Taehyung asked, already knowing the answer but needing to say something.

Jimin glanced over from where he was flipping through a magazine.  “Yeah, although I never met either of them.”

Taehyung nodded.  He already knew what happened to his father…or the two variations of what had happened, so he asked, “How did she die?”

“Oh, it was awful,” Jimin said, sitting up.  “Yoongi said that she’d gone into the city to one of the clubs they used to own to surprise Jungkook’s dad.  He was late because some shipment was wrong and there was an explosion, burned the entire building to ashes.  No survivors.  Apparently, Jungkook’s dad never forgave himself for not protecting her, but it was ruled a natural gas leak in the building next door or something.  Not much he could have done.”

His stomach knotted at the story, how horrible it must have been for her family.  “His parents were bonded?”

Jimin hummed in affirmation.  “And quite in love, from what Yoongi said.”

“Yoongi said what?” a voice from the door asked.

Turning, Taehyung smiled as Jimin hurried to Yoongi and threw himself into his bonded’s arms.  “That Jungkook’s parents were bonded and in love,” Jimin said before kissing him gently.  Pulling back a bit, he added, “I’m showing Taehyung around the compound, can we show him where the men meet?”

“Sure, angel,” Yoongi said and then turned to Taehyung.  “I don’t know how interesting it is, but I can also show you the garage with all the cars Jungkook has collected.”

Glancing down at the photograph he held for a moment, Taehyung then set it back on the table and gave Yoongi a smile.  “I’d like that, thank you.”

**

A few days later, Taehyung peeked his head out into the hallway.  Brows rising, Mingyu turned from where he’d been standing guard at the door and offered a pleasant smile.

“Is there something I can help you with?” Mingyu asked, his hands clasped behind his back, his entire outfit black as usual.

“Um, maybe?” Taehyung said, stepping out into the hallway and closing the door behind him.  “Do you know how to shoot a gun?”

His brows fell in confusion and Mingyu said slowly, “Of course.”

“Jungkook showed me the gun range and said I could use it, but I don’t know how…”  Taehyung let his words trail off, not sure exactly what he was asking for.

Mingyu’s face relaxed and he bowed his head.  “If you’d like me to show you how to load and unload a gun so you can practice shooting, I’d be more than happy to do so.”

And every morning after breakfast and Jungkook left, Taehyung followed Mingyu to the shooting range in the basement.  Without the constant pull of the bond, the need to touch Jungkook, the ever-present awareness of his bonded, he was better able to focus on technique.  Although he still hated guns, with his improved shooting came more confidence and some of the fear eased away.

As Mingyu was putting away the gear a week later, Taehyung said as casually as he could, “Do you also teach new recruits how to fight?”

“Sometimes, although most come to me already trained,” Mingyu said.  “Yoongi is usually in charge of new recruit training or one of the captains, like Seojoon.”

Taehyung hummed as he weighed his options.  He absolutely hated the constant fear that continued to plague him, always jumping at unexpected noises, fueled his repetitive nightmares.  The helplessness that now rested in the pit of his stomach had become so known where it had once be completely foreign.  That the only time he had any semblance of safety was while he laid in Jungkook’s arms at night was wearing on him.

“Would any of them be willing to teach me?” Taehyung asked, his heart racing at the possibility he’d freeze again if something triggered memories from that night.

Turning, Mingyu studied him a moment and then asked, “You want to be trained as one of the Jeon’s?”

“Not exactly,” Taehyung said.  “I want to learn how to defend myself.”

With a nod, Mingyu said, “Seojoon and I have different styles, we can see which one you prefer.”

He never thought he’d be excited at the prospect of fighting someone but after a quick call to Seojoon, Taehyung found himself in the middle of the practice mat as they each showed him different fighting techniques.  They swapped some afternoons when one had a task to take care of but between shooting practice in the morning and fighting lessons in the afternoon, not only was he exhausted by the end of the day, he no longer had so much time to replay over and over the tidbits he could remember of that night.

“We should practice takedowns and escapes,” Seojoon said one afternoon, his suit jacket thrown over a weight bench.  “Have you practiced those at all with Mingyu?”

Shaking his head, Taehyung’s heart skipped a beat.  He’d so far sidestepped every attempt to learn how to get away when he was trapped beneath someone, too afraid he’d freeze again.  But after having a decent grasp of defending himself if someone rushed him or grabbed him from behind, he had to at least try.

“No,” Taehyung said as he faced Seojoon in the middle of the mat.  “I need to but, umm, I might freeze.”

His eyes softened and Seojoon said, “That’s why it’s important to drill.  When you’re in the moment and you can’t think clearly, your body needs to know what to do.”

It seemed reasonable and so Taehyung nodded.  Seojoon demonstrated in slow-motion different techniques he could use and then had Taehyung try them without actually pinning him.  Over and over, he practiced until Seojoon smiled.

“I think you have it.  Would you like to practice escaping after being taken down?” Seojoon asked.

Swallowing hard, Taehyung took a deep breath before nodding.  When Seojoon rushed him, Taehyung was able to sidestep and knock Seojoon aside, who just rolled to his feet.  It gave him a bit of confidence, and he faced Seojoon more squarely.  But Taehyung missed the fake swerve and Seojoon brought him down to the mat, catching himself before his entire weight fell onto Taehyung.

As they’d practiced, Taehyung was able to get to his stomach but with most of Seojoon’s weight on him, he couldn’t get his knees under his body.  Then Seojoon grabbed his wrists and pulled them behind his back, his legs pinning his down.  Seojoon gave him instructions, but they were distant and inaudible from the rushing in his ears and the fear pumping in his blood.

He couldn’t catch his breath as Taehyung struggled against Seojoon’s grasp, his throat tightening as memories surfaced.  Of his arms being trapped behind him, of weight pinning him down, of the terror cresting in his chest.  Higher and higher, the fear swelled until he was no longer in the basement training room and he was back in that holding cell, the steel cold and rough beneath his face as footsteps neared.

Suddenly, the weight was off him and Taehyung gasped as he turned to find Jungkook with murder in his eyes several feet away from where he’d thrown Seojoon.  Advancing on his captain, Jungkook bellowed, “I’ll fucking kill you for daring to touch him!”

The surprise on Seojoon’s face was evident as he held his hands out.  Taehyung scrambled to his feet and darted between them just before Jungkook reached Seojoon.  Pressing his hands against his firm chest did nothing to stop him and so Taehyung cradled the side of his head and forced him to make eye contact.

“No, he was helping me,” Taehyung said quickly.  “He didn’t hurt me.”

Jungkook paused, his chest rising rapidly with his breath.  “How exactly was he helping you by grinding on top of you?”

Seojoon gasped, his horror clear but Taehyung ignored him and focused on Jungkook, trying to sooth the rage inside.  The bond vibrated so strongly that he needed to slide his fingers into Jungkook’s hair, his thumbs caressing his cheeks.  As if by instinct, Jungkook held his waist, the contact soothing and warm.

“He was teaching me how to fight, how to escape,” Taehyung said, his eyes locked with Jungkook’s gaze.  “Mingyu and Seojoon are teaching me every day after shooting practice.”

Some of the tension left his shoulders and Jungkook took a deep breath through his nose.  Glancing over to where Seojoon stood, Jungkook said, “I owe you an apology, Seojoon.”

The rage that had been rolling off of Jungkook calmed and Taehyung dropped his hands before turning to Seojoon as he bowed.  “Understandable, boss.  I would protect Taehyung with my life, and I was trying to ensure he would come to no harm.”

Warmth flooded his body as Jungkook took a step closer and placed a hand on the small of his back.  Taehyung instinctually leaned closer to him, the need to soothe as strong as the desire to be soothed.

Jungkook sighed heavily and rubbed his face with one hand before dropping it to his side.  “I know,” Jungkook said, the fire now gone and leaving his voice exhausted.  “I know.  I’m sorry for doubting you.”

Seojoon bowed and with a quiet murmur that he was needed elsewhere, he grabbed his jacket and left.  Alone with Jungkook, his heart skipped a beat as Taehyung turned towards him.

“I…had no idea this was how you spent your days,” Jungkook said slowly.  “I guess I should have asked.”

“Umm, well, you said that I could come down here,” Taehyung said, suddenly nervous. 

Jungkook smiled softly and said, “I did.  I’m glad you asked them to teach you, although I’m not sure how to take it that you didn’t ask me.”

Lips parting with the hitch of his breath, Taehyung took half a step closer.  “You’re busy and they were here, that’s all.”

His breath caught when a smile spread on Jungkook’s face, momentarily mesmerized by how attractive he was.    “Don’t tell me they were doing a better job than me?”

“No, no, of course not.  But I can concentrate more when they teach me,” Taehyung rambled before snapping his mouth shut.

Jungkook chuckled and Taehyung’s chest filled with warmth.  “I didn’t realize I was such a distraction,” he said, his smile reaching his eyes.  “Well, I was only looking for you to let you know I’d be out late tonight.”

His stomach sank at his words, not only because he’d have to try to sleep alone but because he’d grown to anticipate the safety of Jungkook’s embrace.  Forcing a smile, Taehyung said, “Thanks for letting me know.”

Something shifted in his gaze and Jungkook said, “I’m only visiting some merchants who are under my protection.  Would you…”  shaking his head, Jungkook took a step back.  “Never mind.”

“What were you going to ask?” Taehyung said, not sure what he was hoping for other than to keep Jungkook talking.

“Well, I was going to ask if you wanted to come along,” Jungkook said, his voice soft. 

He’d gone on a few ride alongs with his appa when he was younger and had considered going into law enforcement.  But he hadn’t liked the weapons and the harshness of how his appa and the other officers had been with either the citizens who had requested their help or when capturing suspected criminals.  It was ultimately what led him to investigative journalism, which allowed him a more discrete and tactful approach to uncovering crimes.

But this was entirely different.  He’d be going out with a criminal to discuss crimes…and while at one time his response would have been a resounding no, now he was more curious than anything.  Before his nerves got to him, Taehyung said, “I’d like that.”

After a quick meal and shower, Taehyung slipped into the clothes that Jungkook had suggested.  They smelled subtly of dark honeysuckle and Taehyung smiled as he fastened the black slacks and tucked in the tight-fitting black t-shirt.  He’d spent so many days in either pajamas or workout clothing that it made him stand just a bit taller as he slipped on the black suit jacket.

When he stepped into the bedroom from the bathroom, Jungkook glanced over from where he was typing on his phone and then did a double take.  Jungkook stood as he slipped his phone into his inside suit jacket pocket and then strolled towards him.  Heat swirled in his chest as Jungkook drew near and his stomach clenched as his eyes drifted down and then back up his body.

“Uh, seems like everything fits,” Taehyung said, not sure what to say but needing something to fill the space that had become electric.  “We’re nearly the same size.”

Eyes lazily roaming over him a moment, Jungkook said softly, “That we are.”  The bond vibrated, heat filling him, as Jungkook took a step closer and their eyes met.  His breath grew shallow as everything inside compelled him to close the distance between them.  But then Jungkook cleared his throat and took a step back.  “Are you ready?” Jungkook asked, his voice a bit rough.

All Taehyung could do was nod and take a slow breath before following Jungkook through the door to the hall and then down the stairs to the garage.  As they approached a black sedan with dark windows, one of the men opened the back door and Jungkook stepped aside to let Taehyung enter first.

The interior was lush, all supple black leather and after a few words with the man holding the door, Jungkook sat beside him in the back.  As the driver, the same one who’d driven him from the hospital, pulled out of the garage, Jungkook said to Taehyung, “I need to stop at my club later, you can come if you like.”

“I didn’t know you owned a club,” Taehyung said, his mind sorting through the information he knew about Jungkook.  He can’t ever remember his appa mentioning it.

“Well, on paper, it’s not,” Jungkook said.  “My appa transferred it to Hoseok years ago, it just helps to keep that part of the business…separate.”

“Hoseok is your cousin?” Taehyung said as they drove across the bridge over the river.  “Yoongi’s brother?”

Jungkook hummed.  “I suppose technically not since we’re not related by blood.  But Hoseok’s parents were killed when he was a baby and the Min’s took him in and raised him as Yoongi’s brother at the compound.  He’s never been one for the life, but he’s a damn fine hacker and runs a tight ship.  And his husband throws a great party every night.”

Parties and crowds were never his thing, but Taehyung was curious to learn more about his bonded.  “Do you go to your club a lot?” Taehyung asked.

“A few times a week, usually for business,” Jungkook said as they neared the city lights.  “Jimin likes to dance and Yoongi hates when he goes out a lone, so I guess I’m usually the third wheel.” 

His chuckle was low and smooth and made warmth spread low in his belly.  Without thinking, Taehyung shifted closer to him and Jungkook set his hand on Taehyung’s knee.  While it was clear Jungkook had touched him to help soothe his anxiety of being out of the compound and back in the city, he had the nearly overwhelming desire to shift again so his hand slid higher.

The sudden need for Jungkook’s hands on his body made his breath hitch and Taehyung closed his eyes and took a slow breath.  Jungkook must have misunderstood because his soft voice in his ear whispered, “You’re safe, I won’t let anything happen to you.”

Well, that only made it worse, and his heart raced as Taehyung opened his eyes and found Jungkook’s gaze.  He was so close, it would be so easy just to lean in and slot their lips together, to—

Taehyung cleared his throat as the car stopped and Jungkook scooted away to exit the car.  He needed to get ahold of his wandering thoughts because wanting a criminal’s hands on his body was not what he should want…but as Jungkook guided him into a tiny shop with his hand on the small of his back, that was exactly what he wanted.

“Ah, Mr. Jeon,” an elderly man said with a deep bow that Jungkook returned.  “I’m so pleased I can thank you in person.”

They continued talking and slowly Taehyung picked up that the merchant had been robbed by a petty thief a few days before.  One of Jungkook’s men had tracked the thief down, recovered the stolen goods, and ensured he was “put on notice” about messing with any merchant under Jeon protection.  When he realized that meant the thief had been beaten within an inch of his life, Taehyung gasped.

Interjecting, Taehyung asked, “Did you call the police?”

The elderly man’s thick gray brows raised and after a quick glance to Jungkook, who gave an almost imperceivable nod, said, “We did.  The officer said that there was nothing they could do and that we needed to do better at locking up our wares.  But if we do that, we can’t advertise what we sell, so it’s no help.”

He’d heard his appa talk about calls they could do nothing with but had assumed it was because they’d reached a dead end in the investigation.  But this sounded more like they’d refused to even try to locate the thief, and it left him shaken.

After a few more minutes of conversation that Taehyung only half heard, they bid the merchant farewell and left the shop.  Instead of returning to the car, Jungkook guided him down a busy sidewalk, people parting and bowing as they approached.  They’d walked a few feet before Taehyung stopped and whirled around to Jungkook.

“I don’t understand,” Taehyung said, his mind racing.  “Why didn’t the police help?”

With a smirk, Jungkook stretched out his arms to indicate the street.  “Look around.  This is one of the poorest districts in all of Busan, the police don’t care what happens here as long as it doesn’t bleed over into the richer areas.  Frankly, I’m surprised an officer even showed up, often calls are ignored outright.”

“But…why?  There was a crime, why wouldn’t the police come,” Taehyung asked.

Jungkook tilted his head and then said as his arms fell to his sides, “Taehyung…I don’t think you’re going to like the answer to that question.”

Taehyung stared at him for a long moment and then turned to continue walking before he said softly, “I want it anyway.”

They walked in silence for a minute and then Jungkook pointed to a small shop ahead with colorful beaded jewelry on display.  “Do you see that couple gathering their wares to take inside?” Jungkook asked.

Studying them, there was nothing that stood out about them.  The way they unconsciously touched made it clear they were bonded and they were a few years older than him, although they’d obviously had hard lives from the thread bare clothes they wore.

“Yeah,” Taehyung said, bracing himself for something awful.

“They spend every day of the year out there, selling whatever they can so they can survive.  Between taxes and paying for their shop, there’s never enough left over,” Jungkook said, his eyes on them.  “Last year they showed up at Vigor, looking for work.”

“Vigor?  What’s that?” Taehyung asked, confused.

“On the surface, it’s a massage parlor, but in essence, it’s a brothel,” Jungkook said, far too casually for the words.  “It’s operated underground, beneath my club.”

“You run a brothel?” Taehyung said, his eyes flying wide as he turned to Jungkook, who guided him to the edge of the sidewalk and away from the pedestrians trying to walk.

Jungkook’s eyes searched his face a moment and then he said, “I do.  A couple, actually, although Vigor is the largest.  But that couple came to sell sex, not because they wanted to, but because there was no other way for them to eat.  There’s no place for them to go for help with paying bills if they’re short that month, they’re limited to how much food they can get from the food pantry each week.  They can’t survive let alone have any ability to climb out of the level of poverty they live in.”

His heart hammered, his stomach twisted.  Intellectually, he understood there were slums, but he’d never actually visited the part of town they currently were in, had never truly acknowledged their existence.  There were charities that could help and he often donated to them, but he had no idea what the rules were for people seeking assistance.

“Were they hired to work at the brothel?” Taehyung asked, not sure he wanted the answer.

“They were, but not for what they originally came for,” Jungkook said.  “Jackson needed help a few days a week in the kitchen of Verve and so now they’re packing their shop earlier than usual to go work a second job.  But that second job allows them to eat for free and to do something they enjoy.  A few months later, some of the waitstaff wore their jewelry when they learned where they worked during the day and one of the regular patrons, a wealthy widow, bought several pieces.  It was enough money that they can take a day off a few times a month.”

Jungkook turned, his eyes scanning the crowd and then said, “Do you see that man across the street with a cane?  He was attacked several years ago during a mugging that the police said was unsolvable within a few hours of it being reported.  That attack left him unable to walk for months and he almost lost his shop.  We found who did it after a few days and ensured they paid for what they’d done.”

His eyes were vibrant when Jungkook turned back to him, a crease between his brows.  “Point to anyone here and I can probably tell you a story about how the police or the government or society let them down.  They’re practically invisible to the rest of the city.  It was the main reason my appa rose so quickly to begin with, as bad as things are now, they were worse back then.”

He had so many questions, things his own appa had told him that contradicted with what Jungkook said…but the bond vibrated, the conviction flowing into his chest from Jungkook.  And so, he asked the question that was forefront in his mind.

“This is where you’re from?” Taehyung asked, his eyes on Jungkook who had turned back to the bustling street.

After a moment, Jungkook said quietly, “I was supposed to be.”  Then he turned back, his eyes filled with so many emotions that also vibrated through their bond.  Taehyung gave into the temptation and reached through their bond to soothe the disquiet in his bonded and Jungkook smiled softly.  “But when my appa was barely out of his teens, his parents were killed and the police did nothing because they were just poor merchants living in poverty.  He sought vengeance and within a year he was leading the largest organized gang in Busan.  It seems he wasn’t the only one who’d had enough, they’d just needed a leader.”

Taehyung slipped his hand into Jungkook’s warm grasp and gently squeezed.  “It sounds like there’s been a lot of death and violence in your life.”

In a flash, his eyes became bright and immense grief flowed through their bond.  Jungkook squeezed his hand back and said in a rough voice, “Losing those I love has been what has brought me back to this life.”

His heart hammered as Taehyung asked, “What was your life supposed to be?”

With a sad smile, Jungkook said, “Free from all these responsibilities.  Since I was young, my appa always told me he wanted something different for me, that he hadn’t built this life for me to sink into it.  But I couldn’t let it fall to Shin and Yoongi couldn’t keep it together on his own, there were too many traitors.  And so, here I am, with the weight of this world my appa built from nothing and all of those I’m responsible for on my shoulders.”

Never once had he ever considered what this life took from Jungkook.  It had always been the destruction and mayhem that the Jeon gang inflicted on the city, always the criminals taking from law abiding citizens that had been repeated through the years.  He’d always held following the rules and being good as the highest principles to strive for…but what good were the rules if they didn’t help everyone?  And what was the definition of good?

With a squeeze of his hand, Jungkook guided him back onto the sidewalk and continued the visits to various merchants, all of whom were thrilled at his arrival.  Jungkook listened patiently to each person, from young children to the elderly and all ages in between, as they showed him what they sold, thanked him for his protection, shared that whatever had recently befallen them that had required Jungkook to send his men out had been satisfactorily handled.

As he listened, the tension grew in his chest at the wrongs that had been committed and then the mention of the police officer telling them there was nothing they could do if they even bothered to show up at all.  He’d had a hard time believing at first but with each person they spoke to, Taehyung had asked and heard similar stories of being ignored or laughed at or dismissed.  By the time Jungkook led them to their car, his outrage was so intense he couldn’t keep it inside for another moment.

“Those lazy officers, just dismissing that woman because they didn’t think that stealing such a low amount was worth opening a report?” Taehyung said as they reached the car.  “When my appa finds out…”

Jungkook tilted his head, his hand on the handle of the back door after he’d waved to the driver that he had it.  “Taehyung…”

Startled out of his rant by his bonded’s soft voice, Taehyung turned to him as Jungkook opened the door.  His brow was furrowed but his eyes soft, as if trying to say something without actually saying it.  And it hit him all at once, slamming into him as Taehyung slid across the backseat. 

The officers did as instructed and the person that issued those instructions was his appa.  He wracked his mind, trying to remember a time when his father had shared a story about petty crime or the poorest districts…but every memory was about some high-ranking government official, some chaebol, some wealthy citizen that had been wronged and he’d helped right. 

Arms crossed, Taehyung stared out the window, suddenly realizing that in the hours they’d been visiting merchants, there had been zero police presence.  No officers roaming to offer assistance, no police answering calls for help.  It had been completely void of any law enforcement whatsoever.  That couldn’t have been a fluke, it was a Friday evening in an area bustling with activity. 

Warmth through the bond filled him until his shoulders relaxed and he wasn’t so agitated.  But it didn’t stop his mind from racing with all the things he thought he knew about his appa that may have just been illusions.  His appa had never actually denied shooting Jungkook’s appa in the back, had only said he was a criminal…and it was on the tip of his tongue to ask Jungkook more about it when a sudden thought popped in his head.

Taehyung turned to Jungkook and said, “Can we stop by the port district?”

His brows fell as Jungkook searched his face.  “It isn’t safe there even in the middle of the day and certainly not at this time of night.”

Heart skipping a beat, Taehyung shifted to face him more and his knee pressed against his leg.  The contact bolstered him and Taehyung said, “I know…that’s why I never went back.”

It took a moment and then Jungkook’s brows smoothed and he said, “The recording…”

Nodding, Taehyung said, “From the night we met.  I didn’t really understand what they said, I know there were numbers and possibly code names, I’m not really sure.  It’s why I started recording so I could get the info and then go investigate to try to unravel it, but I never went back, I-I was too scared…”

Jungkook shifted closer and then leaned forward and said to the driver, “We’re going to make a detour to the port district before Verve,” and then settled back, this time much closer to Taehyung.  “Were you near where we met when you dropped the recording?”

“About a block towards the docks, near the old port authority building,” Taehyung said, closing his eyes to picture it.  I was outside a broken out window and they were in the building when I caught Shin’s name and started recording.”

His heartrate had accelerated at the memory and warmth flowed through their bond and settled him.  Quietly, Jungkook asked, “And then what happened?”

Blinking a few times, Taehyung let himself get lost in Jungkook’s eyes for a moment before replying.  “When I tried to get closer, I stepped on broken glass and they came running.  I shoved my recorder into a section of the building that was missing mortar and then started running.”

He’d been so angry when those men had slammed him to the pavement, had beaten him.  He’d still been so sure of himself and his mission, so righteous even after he was bleeding out from being stabbed.  Had been utterly disgusted when Jungkook and Yoongi had shown up and easily took out the men who’d held him hostage. 

How incredibly different things had been after being taken off the street in front of his apartment, after escaping and somehow managing to find the one person that he had known in his heart would be able to protect him.  How amazingly changed he felt being in Jungkook’s presence now.

Namjoon had mentioned it, that the bond would drive them together, would speed their feelings for each other along.  And he longed to ask Jungkook if he was the only one who got jittery and anxious when they were apart for too long, who craved the warmth of his embrace, who just wanted to be near.  But this was still Jeon Jungkook, ruthless and deadly crime boss, and so Taehyung held back because he wasn’t sure he’d survive the humiliation if he found out it was one sided.

“Wait for us here, we won’t be long,” Jungkook said when the car pulled down an alley near the old port authority building. 

After exiting the car, Taehyung stayed near Jungkook as he retraced his steps from that night until they were near the crumbling corner.  It was dark and the streetlight was out, but he was certain it’d been about waist level…Taehyung ran his fingers across the side of the brick building, along the mortar line he thought was the right height.  As he drew nearer to the window he’d been under when he’d overheard Shin’s men talking, Taehyung was about to pull his finger away when the rough mortar transitioned into something smooth.

“Oh…” Taehyung said, crouching down although it did little to help him see any better.  “I think this is it…damn, I really wedged it in there.”

“Here, let me,” Jungkook said a moment before the sound of a switchblade made Taehyung freeze.  A gentle hand on his shoulder made Taehyung turn, the half moon providing enough light to find his bonded’s gaze.  Then Taehyung took a step back and Jungkook crouched and carefully pried more of the mortar and brick away until the tip of his knife caught the edge of the thin, black recorder the length of his palm and pulled it out.

Jungkook’s hand was warm in his as he laid the recorder in his palm, his fingers wrapping around almost imperceivably before Jungkook pulled away. Swallowing hard, Taehyung forced himself to drop his gaze to the recorder and push the power button and then sighed.

“It’s dead,” Taehyung said softly.  He wasn’t sure why he expected anything else, it’d been in the side of the brick building for months.

“We’ll take it to Verve,” Jungkook said as he retracted his blade and clipped it back on his hip.  “Hoseok is a genius with everything electronic, he’s bound to have a charging cord for it.”

Smiling over at him, Taehyung handed the recorder to Jungkook, who slipped it in his inside suit jacket pocket.  His heart skipped a beat as Jungkook placed his hand on the small of his back and guided him back to the car.  Once inside the car and after telling the driver their destination, Jungkook settled back beside him, the side of his thigh pressed alongside his. 

Taehyung stared out the window for a minute and then turned to Jungkook and said, “Maybe we should have searched the building…”

“Oh, I’ll send men to do that,” Jungkook said.  “It’s too dangerous to take you in there.”

Arching a brow, Taehyung said a bit flippantly, “I’ll have you know that I have been diligently studying with Mingyu and Seojoon how to shoot a gun and hand to hand combat.  I think I can handle myself.”

Instead of offering a humorous retort of his inability to learn very much in such a short amount of time, there was fire in Jungkook’s eyes that made his breath hitch.  “Even if you could take out a hundred men, I would never put you in the position that you would need to do so.”

His eyes wandered over his face, somehow so boyishly handsome and dangerously lethal all at once.  “You’re in that position all the time,” Taehyung said softly.  “And now it’s because of me.”

The intensity on his face made his heart skip a beat as Jungkook said softly, “Not because of you, sunshine.  For you.”

His lips parted with a response that died on his tongue and Taehyung swallowed hard.  Being under this man’s protection was unlike anything he’d ever felt, and it left him breathless and filled with warmth.  Words escaped him, but when he finally drew breath to respond, the car slowed in front of a ritzy club with a sleek black exterior and neon purple lights that read, “Verve.”

Jungkook turned to him and said quietly, “If you aren’t feeling up to this, I can have a few men escort you back to the compound.”

It was the consideration, the safety, that made Taehyung shake his head after a moment’s hesitation.  “I actually kind of want to see your club.”

With a bright smile, Jungkook opened the door.  “Well, just let me or Yoongi know if you want to leave and we’ll make sure you have a proper escort.”

Or maybe he’d just stay as long as Jungkook did and rest his head on his shoulder on the drive back to the compound.  The image made him smile and he climbed out of the car after Jungkook and then strode next to him into the club.

Every man in black they passed through the hallway to the club said, “Evening, boss” before stepping aside to let them pass.  Even before they reached the club’s interior, there was a faint purple glow ahead, the music pulsing in his body.  The only time he ever danced was alone in his bedroom as a teen and then later in his apartment, but the beat of the music sank into him and drew him in.

The club was surprisingly large, a long, black serpentine bar to the right and a cluster of tables and chairs nearby.  Further inside were high-back black booths, some small while others held a dozen people, nearly every seat occupied.  It was obviously a popular club.

Hesitating at the entrance to the club, Taehyung glanced at Jungkook, not sure where he should go.  With a smile and a hand on the small of his back, Jungkook wove through the crowd to a large booth where a few men dressed in black stood against, facing the crowd.  It wasn’t until they got closer that Taehyung realized that it was Yoongi and Jimin in the booth.

With a squeal loud enough to be heard over the music, Jimin jumped out of the booth with his arms extended.  Some of the warmth left his body as Jungkook pulled his hand away but then Jimin threw his arms around his neck and Taehyung couldn’t help but laugh at his exuberance. 

Stepping back, Jiming frowned as his eyes roamed over him.  “What in the world are you wearing?  You look like one of the men.”

Laughing, Taehyung said, “I think that was the plan.”

Slipping his hand into his, Jimin turned to Jungkook, “I can’t believe you dressed this pretty boy up like this.  I’m taking him to change.”

Jungkook’s brows fell as he said, “Jimin…”

Patting Jungkook’s chest, Jimin said, “Don’t worry, I’ll be with him the whole time, he’ll be fine.”  Turning to Yoongi, who had risen from where he’d been sitting, Jimin bit his lower lip and then said, “I’ll be right back, babe.”

Yoongi’s eyes traveled over Jimin, his smile growing to a grin.  “Don’t keep me waiting, angel.”

The electricity between them sizzled and made his cheeks heat to the point that maybe he shouldn’t be privy to this.  Taehyung turned his attention to Jungkook, but that was just as bad, their bond vibrating warmly.

Jungkook leaned in and said softly into his ear, “Don’t let him pressure you into anything, he takes no very well.”

“I won’t,” Taehyung said and then he was yanked towards the crowd.  With a final glance back to Jungkook, whose eyes trailed after him, Taehyung turned to follow Jimin into the crowd.

Jimin apparently knew everyone, waving and bowing to all the waitstaff and several of the dancers on stage.  For whatever reason, it hadn’t clicked that the club was also a strip club, the men and women on stage and in separate cages in various levels of undress.

“This is a strip club?” Taehyung asked as Jimin pulled him into a quieter hall after two men gave them a nod and stepped aside.

“Oh, do you want to strip!  Fuck, they’d love you,” Jimin exclaimed and just the mental image of being on stage while people watched him dance and take his clothes off made dread flood his body.

Taehyung, everything okay?

He had to bite back a smile at how quickly Jungkook had reached out through their bond, as if he’d been focused on monitoring how he was feeling so he could intercede.

Everything’s fine.  Jimin just asked if I wanted to strip on stage.

What!

Laughing to himself, Taehyung hurried behind Jimin’s quick pace down a long hallway.  Don’t worry, I won’t.

Warmth filled him from the bond and Taehyung was so distracted that he had to blink a few times as they entered a room at the end of the corridor.  Looking over his shoulder, Jimin said, “Welcome to Vigor.”

Everything, from the walls and ceilings, to the floors and furnishings was the deepest red, accents of black and matte gold creating a rich interior.  There were half a dozen of Jungkook’s men standing in corners and near doors while men and women in silk robes and lingerie strode through.  Some strolled with fully dressed men on their arms as they led them to rooms or to what appeared to be an exit to another hall in the opposite direction from the way they’d come.

Leaning down, Taehyung whispered in Jimin’s ear, “What is this place?”

“Oh, baby, this is Vigor.  It’s a brothel disguised as a massage parlor.”  Before Taehyung could react, Jimin turned to the dozen or so people in the room and said in a louder voice, “Everyone, this is Taehyung, Jungkook’s bonded.  He needs some help dressing for the club tonight.”

There were exclamations from men and women alike, several blowing him kisses before disappearing into rooms down the hallway so wide there was seating down the center.  A woman and two men approached, their smiles big and eyes excited.  The woman wore a white silk negligee while the blond man wore the smallest pair of black shorts imaginable, the man with the red hair in a silver crop top.

“Oh, aren’t you a doll!” the woman said.  “I don’t have a client for another hour, can I do your makeup?”

His gaze darted to an excited Jimin and then back to the woman.  He’d never worn makeup, but it might be fun…“Um, yeah, okay, thanks,” Taehyung said, his nerves rising as the three strangers appraised him.

“He’s almost exactly your size, Khan,” the man with the red hair said, his hand on his hip as he tapped his chin with his finger.

Khan, the blond man, nodded and turned to the other man and said, “Are you thinking what I’m thinking?”

They both laughed and then turned to Taehyung, Khan saying, “Don’t worry, honey, we got you,” before tugging him to a door at the end of the hall.

As the woman opened the door and stepped aside to let them in, Jimin called out behind them, “I’ll get drinks!”

**

Every few minutes, his eyes darted back to the hall that led to Vigor and then Jungkook would take another drink of soju until he was on his third.  He’d fought the urge to reach out through the bond to check on him, no signs of anything but enjoyment coming from Taehyung.  But the longer he was away, the more glum he became.

“You might want to slow down there, boss,” Yoongi said with a smirk.  “You were supposed to meet with Jackson and Hoseok tonight.”

Jungkook sighed and then covered his face with his hands.  He was losing control and spending the afternoon and evening with Taehyung had done nothing to quench the need to be near him.  Between believing that he had walked in on one of his men assaulting Taehyung to the softness from his bonded as he shared about the weight he carried that he never talked about with anyone, his mind was a jumbled mess.

He'd had to stop himself so many times from pulling Taehyung close and had instead allowed himself to place his hand on his back.  Fuck, and each time Taehyung had leaned closer, when he’d taken his hand…

“Oh, fuck…” Yoongi said, his brows high as he shifted his gaze to meet his.  “Boss, you should sit for this.”

Scowling, Jungkook said, “I am sitting, what the fuck are you talking about.”

“Well, you should keep sitting,” Yoongi said, his eyes sparkling with mirth before he shifted his gaze back to the crowd.

His confusion melted away as he spotted Taehyung in the crowd, his faint golden glow a beacon.  He wore a pair of very fitted black pants, his t-shirt and suit jacket gone.  In their place was a sheer black sleeveless shirt so tight, he could clearly make out the swells and dips of his muscles through his navel up to his chest and his nipples.  His dark, fluffy hair was styled off his face, his eyes lined with smoky eyeshadow. 

Heat dropped to his core while his eyes followed Taehyung through the crowd as Jimin guided him to the dance floor and then turned when they got to the middle.  His nerves were obvious even at a distance, thrummed through the bond and as much as he wanted to storm out there and cover him with his jacket before dragging him away from all the eyes on him, he wanted to soothe his worry more.

“Damn, boss,” Jackson said, a glass in his hand as he stopped by their table with his arm around Hoseok’s waist, likely for the business meeting they had scheduled.  “I’m surprised you can focus on anything when your bonded is out there, looking like that.  You’re a stronger man than me, that’s for damn sure.”

Jungkook took a sharp breath through his nose.  Not only did he not like Jackson’s appraisal of Taehyung, he did not like one bit that he was right.  Tearing his eyes away from where Taehyung had began to dance with Jimin in the middle of the throng of people, Jungkook turned to Jackson and Hoseok.

“I’m fine, I assure you,” Jungkook said and then scooted further into the booth.  “I’m here to meet as you requested, so let’s meet.”

He tried to ignore how both Jackson and Hoseok’s brows rose, both trying to hide their smiles.  Jackson sat beside him and set a folder on the table as Hoseok sat beside Yoongi across from them.  Jungkook threw back the rest of his drink, resisting the urge to order another as much as he fought to keep his eyes on intel that Jackson had gathered about a police raid the night before at the docks.  It had been little more than an empty storage unit but very few people knew he’d recently purchased it and it had seemed odd there had been any police activity.

It had been important to review the information, he needed to understand what could have tipped off the police…but his eyes kept drifting to where Taehyung danced.  His smile wide, Taehyung chatted with Jimin, moving away every time another dancer got too close with a shake of his head.  He moved like a feline, all lithe grace, his golden glow undimmed by the strobing lights.

His eyes narrowed as Jimin said something to him and Taehyung shook his head before waving him off.  Oh, Jimin was going up on stage…and then Taehyung was practically swarmed, a handful of men approaching and cornering him.  The spike of alarm through the bond had Jungkook practically pushing Jackson out of the booth.

Jackson stood with a laugh.  “You didn’t pay attention to anything I said, did you?”

Tapping his temple, his eyes locked on Taehyung as he stood from the booth.  “All in here, steel trap.”

“If you say so, boss,” Jackson said, laughing.

He took a step in the direction of the dance floor and then paused.  Slipping his hand in his inner suit jacket pocket, Jungkook extracted the recorder and turned to Hoseok.  “I don’t know what’s on here, but it’s very important to Taehyung, so it’s very important to me.”

Arching a brow, Hoseok took the recorder and said, “I’ll make it a priority, boss.”

Jungkook gave a nod and then headed in the direction his mind had been fixated on all night.  As he approached the dance floor, people’s eyes widened before hurrying to move.  He never danced, choosing to use the club for a drink or two and to have conversations that were better disguised by the noise than anywhere else.  When he reached a man who was practically grinding up against Taehyung despite his best efforts to dodge him, Jungkook shoved him aside roughly.  The man turned with a scowl and raised fist before the recognition must have set in and he backed away with his hands raised.

Taehyung turned, clearly ready to decline another advance but then warmth flowed through the bond and a slow smile spread.  Dancing closer, Taehyung laid his hands on his shoulders as he leaned in to say into his ear, “I didn’t know you danced.”

From the slight slur of his words it was obvious that changing was not the only thing he’d been doing at Vigor.  “I don’t anymore,” Jungkook said, his hands finding his waist and flooding his body with warmth.  “Have you been drinking?”

Taehyung pulled back with a grin.  “Maybe,” he said over the music just before the song changed and he huddled closer.  With a low hum in his ear, Taehyung said, “Dance with me.”

His hips swayed beneath his hands and Jungkook let Taehyung lead.  It’d been years since he’d danced and he’d forgotten how much he enjoyed it and within a song, his posture had relaxed and Jungkook lost himself in the music and the press of Taehyung’s body against his.  Taehyung slipped his hands under his jacket and then tugged at his t-shirt until it came untucked in the back and his hands found his bare skin.

Exquisite pleasure coursed in his blood and Jungkook worked his hands under Taehyung’s shirt, desperate for the feel of his skin as they pressed closer together.  Their faces buried against the other’s neck, Jungkook pulled Taehyung closer until his leg pressed firmly between his thighs.  Taehyung moaned softly in his ear, his hips rocking in time with the beat of the music.  Letting his guard down, Jungkook rolled his hips against Taehyung’s thigh, their bodies moving together as their breath grew shallow. 

Everything around them dimmed, his focus on the heat swirling in his core, the pleasure pumping in his blood, the press of his bonded’s body against his, Taehyung’s warm breath tracing across his neck.  His lips brushed the shell of his ear and sent a cascade of shivers through his body when Taehyung half hummed, half moaned, “You smell so good, sweetheart.”

Taehyung had called him sweetheart before, but always in a snotty, sarcastic tone and never in this low, sultry voice.  “I love the way you smell, sunshine,” Jungkook breathed against his ear, Taehyung’s fingers digging into the small of his back in response.

Song after song after song, Jungkook held him close, luxuriating in the pleasure his bonded gave him, relishing Taehyung’s responses in return.  Lifting his head, Taehyung’s eyes were heavy, his lips parted and red as if he’d been biting them.  Fuck, he wanted those lips against his own, against his heated skin, around his—

He’s on top of me.

Taehyung’s words from weeks before, the terror in his voice rocked through him and Jungkook pulled back.  Startled, Taehyung’s eyes widened as he searched his face, the color high in his cheeks.  Although he’d had several drinks that night, it struck him in that moment just how inebriated Taehyung was as he swayed and his stomach sank even more. 

“We should go,” Jungkook said, and then without waiting for an answer, grabbed Taehyung’s hand so he didn’t lose him in the crowd and began making his way to the door.

Through the mass of people, Jungkook caught Yoongi’s eye and discretely indicated he was leaving.  Yoongi bowed his head and returned to the conversation he was having with Hoseok and Jimin.  When Taehyung stumbled behind him, Jungkook slowed his pace and then wrapped his arm around his waist to steady him.  Taehyung nuzzled closer and his stomach twisted that he’d not only almost taken advantage of him while he was drunk, but with everything he’d gone through…

The night air was chilled as they stepped outside.  He hadn’t given notice that he was planning to leave so instead of his car waiting in front, they had to walk to the side of the building while the security guard at the front door called for their car.  As much as he enjoyed Taehyung huddling close with his arms wrapped around his waist, his head resting on his shoulder, it made him feel awful that he wasn’t keeping Taehyung at bay.  He would never act like this without the alcohol.

As the car pulled around the corner, Taehyung raised his head, his eyes a bit unfocused under the streetlight.  “I wish you liked me,” Taehyung whispered and then turned unsteadily when the back door to the car was opened.

Jungkook slid in behind him and fastened the seatbelt around Taehyung before helping him to rest against his shoulder.  Within a few minutes, Taehyung’s breath was even in sleep and Jungkook brushed his hair back from his face.

With his lips against the top of his head, Jungkook said softly, “I wish I liked you a whole lot less than I do.”

Chapter Text

Taehyung groaned and rolled over in bed to bury his face into the pillow when the bedroom door opened and Jimin quite loudly said, “Ah, there you are, clearly ready to start the day.”

“I’m only a shell of myself, I’m actually still asleep,” Taehyung grumbled, groaning louder when the blanket was pulled from his head.

“I brought soup, it’ll cure that hangover in no time,” Jimin said far too pleasantly.

With a few groans of protest and declaration that it was way too bright in the room, Taehyung got out of bed and trudged to the table where Jimin had set a bowl of soup and a cup of black coffee.  Slumping into the chair, Taehyung finally acquiesced to Jimin’s prodding once it became clear that he wouldn’t stop until he began eating.

“So…” Jimin said from across the table, dragging out the word, the smile clear in his voice.  “How are things?”

Taehyung sighed because it was abundantly clear that his question was very pointed.  He only had bits of memories from the night before and his mind was all over the place despite running as if moving through sludge.  While holding Jungkook as they danced still made his stomach clench, the revulsion and disgust from Jungkook through their bond when he’d nearly kissed him made his chest burn with mortification.  And then Jungkook had backed away…

“I’m pretty sure he hates me even more then he did before,” Taehyung said glumly.

Jimin burst out laughing and Taehyung flinched before groaning, his head throbbing.  “Oh, baby, that was definitely not hate.  And it’s glorious to watch.”

“You don’t know what you’re talking about,” Taehyung said, forcing himself to take another bite of soup.

There was a long pause while he continued to eat slowly, surprised that it did help him feel better.  He was so lost in his thoughts that Taehyung startled a bit when Jimin said suddenly, “In the 2 years since I met Jungkook, do you know how many times I’ve seen him dance, let alone at the club?”

Shrugging, Taehyung mumbled, “I don’t know, a couple?”

“Never,” Jimin said firmly and Taehyung lifted his eyes from his soup to meet his gaze.  “Not one time has he ever danced with anyone.  He doesn’t go on dates or flirt with the waiters or go into a private room with the dancers.  And believe me, there’s been plenty of offers.  But he always declines and sulks all alone.  Until you.”

Taehyung rolled his eyes.  “He drank and danced, it was just the bond.”

Jimin hummed disapprovingly, his lips pursed.  “Jungkook has a drink, he doesn’t drink.  He never dances.  And maybe it was partially the bond, but I think it’s also you.”

His certainty made his cheeks warm and then his stomach sank at the memory of the disgust through the bond.  Shaking his head, Taehyung said, “I can feel him through the bond and when we’re close, I can literally feel his disgust.”

There was a beat and then Jimin asked, “It’s disgust all the time?”

Considering, Taehyung slowly shook his head.  “Well, no.  But last night there were times when it was just an overwhelming flood of revulsion and then he’d step back.”

Jimin stared hard at him for a long moment and then said, “I think I know Jungkook pretty well, at least as much as he’ll let anyone in.  And he doesn’t look at you or touch you or talk about you with any semblance of disgust.  Is it possible that what you’re feeling through your bond isn’t what you think it is?”

Taehyung’s eyes dropped to the bowl of soup in front of him.  Jungkook was attentive and considerate and nothing like he’d expected him to be.  Since he’d arrived, Jungkook had ensured he was protected, had lost sleep because of him and never once complained, had changed his routine so he wasn’t alone while he slept.  But any time the electricity sparked between them, Jungkook pulled away.

With a sigh, Taehyung shook his head.  “I just don’t think he’s interested in me like that.”

Jimin snorted, his brow raised.  “Maybe the question is whether you are interested in him?”

His stomach swooped and then his body flushed.  Holding Jungkook each night as he fell asleep was the highlight of his day and he’d assumed it was because it meant he wasn’t alone…but now he wasn’t sure if that was all there was.  Because being near Jungkook, just the thought of him, made him feel things he’d never felt for anyone and if he were honest with himself, it wasn’t only because of the bond.

Thankfully, Jimin let the topic go and once Taehyung was finished with his soup and coffee, he hugged him tight.  “I’m glad you’re here,” Jimin whispered before stepping back and departing with the empty dishes.

Once the door shut behind him, Taehyung covered his face with his hands and sighed heavily.  Dropping them as he walked to the bathroom, he showered and changed into sweatpants and a t-shirt.  They belonged to Jungkook and faintly smelled of him, as if he were there and holding him.  And maybe that was exactly where he longed to be.

He was just sitting to pull on a pair of socks when shouts from outside caused Taehyung to pause.  In the weeks that he’d been there, there had been times when the men yelled to each other, but never this loud, this many, or for this long.  Turning in the chair by the window, Taehyung pulled back the curtain to peek outside, not sure what the half dozen men in black who were yelling as they surrounded someone were saying...until his heart stopped and he gasped.  He knew the top of that head, the slope of those shoulders, the cut of that jaw.

Taehyung rushed to the bedroom door and threw it open, stunned a moment when his path was blocked by Seojoon and Doyun.  Glancing between them, Taehyung said hurriedly, “The man they’re bringing in—”

“Everything is fine,” Seojoon said, his voice calm.  “There was an intruder onto the property but was detained swiftly.  They’re taking him for questioning, so there may be a bit more commotion but then it should be quiet.”

“No, you don’t understand—” Taehyung said, his heart racing.

“Why don’t I have something brought up for you to eat?” Doyun said with a smile that didn’t reach his eyes as he gently pushed Taehyung back into the room.

Realizing that trying to get through them was fruitless, Taehyung asked, “Where’s Jungkook?”

He never asked anyone where he was, didn’t want it to be obvious to others that he even cared about what Jungkook was doing.  Seojoon’s brow rose and then said, “He’s in the city.”

Before he could respond, Doyun reached in and closed the door firmly.  Staring blankly for a few moments, Taehyung took several slow, deep breaths and then closed his eyes, focusing on the bond.

Jungkook…

It took a few tries of hitting a wall before Jungkook responded.  Taehyung, stay in the bedroom.  There’s a security issue at the compound, I’m on my way.

A rush of warmth from Jungkook through the bond soothed him and his heart slowed a bit.  Please, I know the man that was taken in.  Please don’t let anything happen to him—

Tears rushed to his eyes and Taehyung covered his face as his throat tightened.  There was a pause and then Jungkook finally responded.  How do you know him?

It’s my brother…please, Jungkook…

**

As soon as the car door opened, Mingyu was there to give an update on the intruder.  A fucking intruder, on his compound, purposefully set away from the city and on a road with no other homes.  An intruder onto his property where he’d left his bonded.  It made him ill.

“He was taken easily, boss,” Mingyu said as Jungkook stepped out of the car.  “No fight and no weapon was found when he was searched.  He’s in the holding cell and refuses to talk.”

Jungkook nodded as Mingyu followed him into the kitchen half a step behind him.  “And Taehyung?”

“In your bedroom with the door locked.  Seojoon and Doyun are standing watch,” Mingyu said.  There was a pause as they neared the stairs to the basement and then Mingyu added, “Taehyung tried to leave, apparently he saw the man be brought in through the window and claims that it’s his brother.”

Only offering a nod in response, Jungkook hurried down the stairs and then down the hall past the gym and shooting range to where there were two holding rooms.  As they neared, Yoongi stepped out of the room on the right and closed the door behind him.

“Anything?” Jungkook asked, his voice clipped.

Yoongi replied, “Nothing.  It is odd that he’d not be carrying but maybe it’s a decoy.”

“We’ve done a preliminary search of the property and haven’t found anything besides a tiny boat that we assume is how he got here in the first place,” Mingyu said.

It’s my brother…

He hadn’t outright dismissed Taehyung’s belief it was his brother who had been found on the grounds, but he also couldn’t risk having his bonded anywhere near the intruder.  Turning to Mingyu, Jungkook said, “Do another sweep of the grounds before it gets dark and double the men standing guard.  Pull men from the canning district if needed, those deals can be made later.”

Mingyu bowed his head and then turned to stride away quickly.  Sharing a look with Yoongi, Jungkook took a slow breath before entering the room.  He’d done this a hundred times before but with the bond thrumming and the ache of Taehyung’s sadness, it was more imperative he got this right than usual.

A lone drop light overhead cast the room in deep shadows and harsh lighting, the walls a matte charcoal that appeared black, the tiled floor the same shade with a drain in the center that made for easier cleaning.  Over the drain sat the lone piece of furniture, a wooden chair where a man sat slumped, his arms tied behind his back.  His breathing was labored and shallow, as if pain in his ribs prevented him from drawing a full breath.  As the door clicked shut behind Yoongi, the man lifted his head slowly and Jungkook sucked in a breath.

Even with his split lip and the bruising across his face, the resemblance was apparent.  Maybe it was because he’d spent so much time staring at Taehyung, because their similarities weren’t striking, that the truth settled in his bones.  Perhaps it was the slope of his forehead or the curve of his cheekbones, the soft, ruffled curls of his dark hair, but the man had to be a relative of his bonded.

Their eyes met and then the man croaked, “You’re Jungkook?”

Beside him, Yoongi bristled and took a step forward, ready to intercede.  Jungkook held up his hand and strode closer to the man and asked, “Who wants to know?”

In an instant, the man’s eyes grew bright before he blinked rapidly.  “My brother, what have you done with him?”

The man’s voice was so raw and pained that it took a moment for Jungkook to respond.  “I don’t know what you’re talking about,” Jungkook said as he crossed his arms, his suit jacket pulling tight across his upper back.

His answer made the man sit more upright, his brows creasing as his eyes spit fire.  “If you touched even one hair on his head I will fucking murder you,” he said with so much conviction that it threatened to make Jungkook smile.  He appreciated a man willing to protect his own, no matter how dire the circumstances.

But he couldn’t assume that he was here on his own and so Jungkook countered with, “Who sent you?  Who are you working for?”

His brows creased further, and the man spat out, “I’m not working for anyone besides freeing my brother.”

Turning towards his underboss, they made eye contact and silently left the room.  A few paces down the hall after shutting the door, Yoongi sighed heavily.  “He could be telling the truth.  We could strip search him to see if he has a Shin tattoo, but my gut tells me there won’t be one.  The man’s too cultured, too…soft and pretty to be of our world.”

Eyes on the floor in front of him, Jungkook nodded slowly.  His gut told him the man wasn’t tied to Shin, wasn’t sent here to infiltrate, clearly out of his element and world…but the thrumming of the bond made him hesitant.  Cracking his neck, Jungkook sighed and lifted his gaze to meet Yoongi’s eyes.

“Keep trying to get info, I’m hesitant to believe he isn’t here for nefarious reasons,” Jungkook said.  “Strip search if you want, maybe try a few of the tools…”  His words drifted off and the silence expanded a moment until Yoongi spoke softly.

“Kid…if that is Taehyung’s brother and he truly is here only to find him…”  Yoongi stepped forward and said quietly so only he could hear.  “That could cause irrevocable damage between you and Taehyung.”

His stomach sank at that and Jungkook swallowed hard.  The last thing he wanted to do was push Taehyung away, not as the need to pull him closer continued to rise.  But if this were a trap…

“I’ll be back,” Jungkook said, “see if you can keep him talking.”

Yoongi nodded and Jungkook strode away towards where he was constantly being called to.  All day, every moment that he wasn’t beside Taehyung, wasn’t touching his soft skin or holding him close, the thrumming of the bond increased until Taehyung was all he could think about.  Like a bee to a flower, the drive to orbit Taehyung was becoming all encompassing.

As he approached his bedroom door, Doyun and Seojoon bowed before stepping aside to allow Jungkook to enter.  As soon as he stepped inside, Taehyung rose from the chair by the cold fireplace he’d been sitting.  His heart sank at his red-rimmed eyes, the obvious fear in their depths, the dimming of the golden glow around him as if his sadness had permeated everything.

Jungkook shut the door behind him as Taehyung rushed over, the hem of his t-shirt wrinkled from where he’d been twisting it.  “Jungkook, please—” his voice broke with a soft sob, tears welling in his eyes “—my brother, please don’t hurt him, he’s all—”

His chest grew tight from not only Taehyung’s pain through their bond but that he had inadvertently caused it.  That by extension of his men, he’d been the one to cause Taehyung this level of sorrow.  In all his life, he couldn’t remember a time when he’d been so remorseful, let alone regretful over something he hadn’t even done.

“Taehyung…” Jungkook said, his voice low and soft with a raw edge.  “It could be a trap—”

Shaking his head frantically, Taehyung closed the distance between them and gripped the lapels of his suit jacket in desperation.  “He’d never, I swear it,” Taehyung pleaded, his voice choked with tears, his eyes wide and frantic.  “He was the only one I told, the only one who knew you’re my bonded.  He’s no threat, I promise.”

The man was currently tied, there were guards everywhere…“He says he’s looking for you,” Jungkook said quietly.

Brows rising as his eyes widened, Taehyung said in a rush, “You’ve seen him?  Is he okay?  He looked injured, did they hurt him—” His words were cut off by a soft sob and Taehyung wiped roughly at his face when a tear fell. 

Warring with his better judgement, Jungkook said softly, “I’ll take you to him.”

With a gasp that shifted to a sob, Taehyung threw his arms around his shoulders and buried his face against his neck.  Warmth rushed in, pleasure permeating throughout his body but before Jungkook could return his embrace, Taehyung stepped back and then slipped his hand into his grip.

“Please, Jungkook,” Taehyung whispered, some of the sorrow easing away from his eyes.

Pulling open the door, Jungkook ignored Doyun and Seojoon as he guided Taehyung down the hall and stairs to the holding room.  His heart hammered at bringing Taehyung closer to potential harm, his skin prickling at the possible threat.  But Taehyung holding his hand with both of his, his body pressed close as if in need of comfort calmed him enough to knock once on the door they stopped in front of and then opened it.

Yoongi and Mingyu were inside, clearly trying to get the man to speak from how they were standing on either side of him.  They stepped back as Taehyung rushed forward, a coolness flowing up his arm from the loss of his bonded’s touch.

“Oh, gods, Seokjin,” Taehyung said, falling to his knees in front of the man.  Taehyung sobbed as he cupped the side of his face gently as the man lifted his head.  His chest burned at Taehyung’s concern and care for another, something Yoongi must have picked up on as he stepped beside him.

“Taehyung…” the man—Seokjin—whispered, tears spilling down his cheeks.  “Fuck, you’re okay.”

Sitting back a bit, Taehyung said, “Me?  I’m fine, good in fact.  But you…what did they do to you?”  Turning, Taehyung asked, “Please untie him, he’s injured, he needs a doctor.”

The room stilled, all attention on him.  But Jungkook’s focus was on his bonded, on the pained thrum of their bond, of the panic in his eyes.  After a heartbeat passed, Jungkook gave a nod and Mingyu stepped forward to pull a knife from his hip and cut the ropes from Seokjin’s wrists.  He slumped a bit more, as Taehyung fussed over the rope burns on his wrists and then helped him to rise. 

Turning to meet Yoongi’s soft gaze of understanding, Jungkook said quietly, “Call Namjoon, tell him to meet us in the infirmary.”

His gaze drifted to his bonded, as it often did, and met Taehyung’s eyes.  As he passed with his arm around his brother to support him, Taehyung slipped his hand in his and gently squeezed.  The comfort of the warmth that filled him was a balm to his heart and he was drawn to follow Taehyung out, motioning for Mingyu to assist with Seokjin.

Yoongi spoke on the phone as he followed him out of the room.  Jungkook made a few hand gestures to indicate that the men nearby should follow Taehyung.  But even with half a dozen men surrounding his bonded, unease swirled in his chest.

“Namjoon is headed over,” Yoongi said quietly so only he could hear.  As they headed down the hall to the infirmary, Yoongi rested his hand on his shoulder and said, “You made the right decision,” and then turned to head back down the stairs.

With a sigh, Jungkook stepped just inside the door, the rest of the men remaining in the hall.  Mingyu assisted Seokjin onto the bed and then bowed his head to Jungkook and left the room.  In the room’s bright lights, Seokjin’s face appeared in even worse condition, a few cuts added to the deep purple bruising. 

Taehyung fussed over him, speaking so softly that Jungkook couldn’t quite make out what he was saying.  His fingers were gentle as they brushed back Seokjin’s hair and the overwhelming need for his bonded’s hands on him crested so swiftly inside that it was difficult to breathe.  The thirst for him was barely quenched by holding him as he slept, the ache growing unbearable each day.

There was a soft gasp from beside him and Jungkook turned to find Namjoon in the doorway, his dark blond hair swept back, his black sweater matching his black rimmed glasses.  But instead of the calm, easy manner that Namjoon usually had, his eyes were locked on the man in the bed, his brows raised.

Seokjin stilled and after a charged moment said, “Namjoon?”

A crease between his brows formed, Taehyung’s face filled with the same confusion that he had.  Glancing between the two, Taehyung pointed at each as he asked, “You know him?”

Tearing his eyes away, Seokjin said to Taehyung, “Yeah…”

Clearing his throat and straightening his shoulders, Namjoon stepped into the room further as he spoke.  “I run an unbonded therapy group at the hospital.”

Jungkook was only vaguely aware of what Namjoon did at the hospital and leading a therapy group for unbonded shouldn’t have surprised him.  But it did.  Namjoon rarely spoke of losing his bonded before they met or what that experience now was like for him other than there was always a bit of melancholy around him, no matter how cheerful he was.

It took a moment and then Taehyung’s eyes grew wide, and he turned back to his brother.  “Wait, is this the hot doctor you—”

“Taehyung!” Seokjin said sternly. 

Pressing his lips together, Taehyung said, “What I meant was I’m surprised you know each other.”

Seokjin turned back towards Namjoon, who now was pulling on a pair of surgical gloves beside his bed.  Namjoon lifted his gaze to meet Seokjin’s.  “I hope this is something we can keep between us,” Namjoon said quietly.

His words made Jungkook stand more upright.  He had ways to ensure Seokjin’s silence, the first being—

“Of course,” Seokjin said, his voice a bit more breathless than it had been.  “I’d prefer that.”

Both he and Taehyung glanced between the two and then their eyes met.  “I’ll leave Namjoon to it,” Jungkook said softly.  A little louder so that Seokjin was sure to hear, he added, “There are guards outside the door if you need anything.”

Taehyung smiled and whispered, “Thank you.”

With a nod, Jungkook left the room, closing the door behind him.  He paused, not sure what to do with himself when all he wanted was to be back in that room and near Taehyung’s warmth.  Forcing himself to stride away, he took a slow breath and then another.  He had to find a way to reign himself and the incessant need for Taehyung in before he lost control.

**

“I’ll sit with your brother,” Namjoon said as he pulled off his gloves and tossed in a garbage can.  “He’ll likely sleep until morning.”

With his gaze on Seokjin’s sleeping face, Taehyung said, “Thank you for taking care of him…and for running the therapy group.  I know he finds a lot of comfort there.”

Namjoon’s smile was soft when Taehyung turned to him.  “I find a lot of comfort there, too.”  He pulled a chair closer to the side of the bed, far more comfortable than the stool he typically used in the infirmary.  After he sat, Namjoon added, “He’s going to be okay.”

His throat tightened and Taehyung stood as he nodded.  His brother’s injuries weren’t nearly as bad as he’d assumed when he’d first walked into the holding room, although the memory of that moment made his stomach sink.  As much as he’d wanted to keep Jungkook’s hand in his, craved his warmth and comfort, his brother so clearly injured had forced him to let go when it was the last thing he wanted.  And as he quietly shut the door behind him, Taehyung headed towards where he hoped he’d find Jungkook, the need for him rising swiftly.

Nodding to the guards outside the door, Taehyung slipped into the bedroom and shut the door behind him.  Jungkook turned from where he stood in front of the fire, a glass of soju in hand.  In only his black slacks and his black button-down shirt, the sleeves rolled to reveal his muscular forearms, his tattoo disappearing beneath his shirt sleeve, Jungkook was alluring.  His hair wasn’t as neat as it usually was, a few strands falling across his forehead, his eyes searing, searching, the bond vibrating warmly and the golden glow around him soft.

Swallowing hard, Taehyung approached and Jungkook turned fully so that the fire was to their side.  Gazes locked, Taehyung took the glass of soju from his hand and took a long sip, the warmth of the alcohol paling in comparison to the warmth Jungkook sent through their bond.  Leaning down, Taehyung set the glass on the table between the chairs facing the fire and then stood to face Jungkook.

“Namjoon says he’s going to be okay,” Taehyung said softly. 

Jungkook held his gaze for a heartbeat and then said, “I’m glad.”

Pulled by the invisible bond between them, he took a step closer and slipped his arms around his shoulders.  Pressing his nose against the side of his neck just above the collar of his shirt so that the dark honeysuckle scent filled his senses, Taehyung sighed as he sank against him when Jungkook wrapped his arms around him.  This was where he’d wanted to be all day, for his entire life, warmth vibrating through the bond and filling him. 

After a minute of absorbing his heat, his fingers gently combing through his dark hair at the nape of his neck, Taehyung leaned back to meet his eyes.  His hand slipped down to the side of his neck before caressing across his cheek with his fingertips, warm sparks tingling from where they touched. 

His gaze drifted down to his mouth and Taehyung couldn’t stop himself from running his thumb across his lower lip, memorizing it.  Lifting his gaze, his core clenched at the need in Jungkook’s dark eyes, drawing him in despite the butterflies flapping in the pit of his stomach.  Slowly, Taehyung leaned in, his eyes on his mouth before flicking his gaze up to meet Jungkook’s, the same desire that curled inside his own body reflected in his eyes.

The shock of his soft lips slotted with his own made him gasp, the bond vibrating intensely, the pleasure flowing, circling inside.  Jungkook’s hold tightened around him, pulling him closer and Taehyung went easily, the need to be near his bonded becoming insistent.  But despite the urgency, the ache of desire building, their kiss was slow, nearly tentative, as if they were each afraid of scaring the other away, as though they both wanted to memorize and learn the other.

A soft flick of Jungkook’s tongue against the seam of his lips made Taehyung gasp at the sparks of heat that traveled through his body.  Jungkook took full advantage of his parted lips and licked into his mouth, the grazing of their tongues electric and causing them both to moan softly.  It only spurred him on, Jungkook’s reaction gasoline to the fire simmering low in his belly.

With trembling fingers, Taehyung unbuttoned Jungkook’s shirt, desperate to touch, to taste.  Jungkook cradled his face with one hand, his thumb brushing his cheek as he tilted his head slightly and kissed him deeper, harder, his other arm around his waist and holding Taehyung tight against him.  It was all at once exactly what he needed and not nearly enough.

Pulling back with panting breath, Jungkook bowed his head, his eyes closed and Taehyung stilled, hands on the last button of his shirt.  “Fuck, I’m sorry,” Jungkook whispered, his hand tightening where it now rested on Taehyung’s shoulder.

Confused, Taehyung searched his face, not sure what was happening.  After a long moment, Taehyung asked quietly, “Do you…not want this?”

His eyes were searing, fiery as Jungkook lifted his head.  The firelight made the golden glow around him soft, nearly sparkling, and Taehyung had to fight the urge to tear the shirt from his body to expose more of his shimmering skin.  Shaking his head slowly, Jungkook said, “I want you…this…us.  But after Shin took you, after what he did—” Jungkook sucked in a harsh breath and closed his eyes for a moment.  “I don’t want to pressure you into anything you’re not…that you don’t…”

When Jungkook opened his eyes, there was a pain now etched there, buried beneath the heat and the want and the desire.  It took several moments before it registered, before realization hit and Taehyung’s breath hitched.  Raising his hand to cradle the side of his face, Taehyung brushed a thumb over his cheek before Jungkook turned his head to press a kiss into his palm.

“Sweetheart,” Taehyung whispered, “he didn’t…it’s not what you think.”

His gaze searched his face and Jungkook’s brows furrowed.  “When I reached you through the bond, you said he…he was on top of you.  And Namjoon said the bruising on your thighs…”

Pressure built behind his eyes at the memories, at the sweet consideration of his bonded.  After taking a slow breath, Taehyung said, “He w-was, he threatened to…he would have if you hadn’t reached me.  He said he wanted to hurt you and th-that was how he was going to.  But I still had my clothes on and your anger through the bond gave me the strength to fight him harder, I-I think that’s why there were bruises.  You reached me before he could do anything really, I’ve probably overreacted from it—”

“Hey,” Jungkook said softly.  “No, don’t say that, sunshine.  You haven’t overreacted to anything.  It’s my fault that even happened, if it wasn’t for me, he wouldn’t have…”  Jungkook swallowed hard, the pain now front and center in his eyes.

Taehyung picked up his words, not letting them fall.  “He would have killed me.  My bond with you was what kept him from ordering his men to kill me outright on that street that night.  You’re the reason I was able to escape, I was so scared and panicked, I couldn’t think.”  Stepping closer, Taehyung whispered as he rested his forehead against Jungkook’s, “You’re why I’m alive and healed and whole.”

Time stilled as they shared their breath, fingers gently caressing across soft skin.  After several long moments, Jungkook whispered, “I…want you in a way that makes it hard to breathe, that makes it hard to think of anything but you.  You’ve consumed me, you’re in my blood, beating with every heartbeat is my need for you, sunshine.  I’m going mad but…I don’t want to scare you.”

The heat low in his belly swirled, the bond vibrating and warm as Taehyung brushed his nose against Jungkook’s and breathed, “You don’t scare me.  What scares me is being the only one that feels like this…”  Taehyung paused and then said softly, “But I…I need to tell you…I don’t want you to be disappointed…”

Jungkook lifted his head, his eyes searching.  “Disappointed in what?”

He’d never considered it a negative, it had always felt like the right choice.  But now in the moment as his nerves threatened, he wasn’t so sure anymore.  Swallowing hard, Taehyung said, “I, umm, haven’t done this…I was waiting for my bonded, I wanted…”

It took a heartbeat before understanding dawned across Jungkook’s face and then desire smothered the remains of the pain in his eyes.  “Why would I be disappointed?” Jungkook asked softly.

“Umm, well,” Taehyung said as his cheeks heated.  “I don’t know how…you might have to tell me what to do.”

A gentle smirk spread on his lips and his eyes sparkled as Jungkook said, “Maybe you haven’t noticed, sunshine, but I love telling you what to do,” just before pressing his lips against Taehyung’s.

Moaning into their kiss, Taehyung dragged his hands down his body to the remaining button and ripped his shirt apart before shoving it down his shoulders.  Jungkook let go of him long enough to let his shirt fall to the floor and then his hands found his waist beneath his t-shirt.  His touch sent sparks of heat through his body to settle low in his belly and Taehyung let his hands roam over his shoulders and down his broad back, his skin soft and warm.

Slowly, Jungkook walked them back until he broke their kiss as he sat in one of his chairs.  In just his black slacks, his legs sprawled and chest bare, the golden glow sparkling nearly as bright as his dark eyes, Jungkook made it hard to breathe.  Taehyung hesitated and then just as he was about to drop to his knees, Jungkook reached for him with both hands.

His heart beat hard as Taehyung straddled his lap with his hands on Jungkook’s shoulders, nerves swirling in the pit of his stomach.  But they dissipated as Jungkook guided him by his waist, head tipping back as his eyes fluttered closed and his hips bucked up.  Tentatively, Taehyung rocked against him and Jungkook’s lips parted with a moan, his eyes opening and meeting his gaze. 

Emboldened by Jungkook’s reaction, Taehyung reached behind his head and tugged his t-shirt over his head before letting it fall to the floor.  A low groan rumbled in Jungkook’s chest, his eyes traveling across his body and his hips rolled forward of their own accord.

“Fuck, sunshine,” Jungkook said with a rough, low voice, his hand tightening around his waist and pulling Taehyung in harder, “just like that.”

Jungkook’s hand slid up his body and gripped the back of his neck and dragged Taehyung down to kiss him hard.  Taehyung parted his lips to let Jungkook in, tongues grazing, tasting, savoring as he rocked against him.  Heat pumped in his veins, his cock hard and body on fire, the need swelling inside.

“Please…” Taehyung moaned against his lips before going back to kissing Jungkook, his fingers combing through his hair.  The press of their bare chests made the pleasure swirl tighter inside and Taehyung moaned into their kiss, heat pooling low in his body.

Between kisses, Jungkook said, “Tell me what you want so I can give it to you.”

His hands on his body, his mouth…there was too much he wanted, so much he didn’t know that he wanted but he surely did.  Pulling back to press their foreheads together, Taehyung continued to rock his hips as he whispered, “I want you to show me everything.”

With a low growl, Jungkook pulled him back in for a kiss, his arms wrapping around him tight.  A moment later, Jungkook stood and Taehyung wrapped his legs around his waist, hands gripping his shoulders.  Jungkook walked them across the bedroom, his lips pressing open mouth kisses down his neck and across his shoulders before stopping at the side of the bed.  Leaning down, Jungkook sat Taehyung on the edge of the bed before falling to his knees between his spread legs.

His hands gripped Taehyung’s thighs as Jungkook took a slow breath, his gaze heated in the firelight.  “Tell me if I do something you don’t like…I don’t want to scare you.  Fuck, I’ve never been so out of control, and I’ve barely touched you.”

Raking his fingers through Jungkook’s hair, Taehyung whispered, “I’ll tell you…but I want you out of control.”

His eyes darkened and then Jungkook kissed him hungrily, his hands sliding up his thighs to the waistband of his pants.  Taehyung lifted his hips as Jungkook tugged down his pants and tossed them aside.  As Jungkook’s eyes roamed over his body, heat rose into his cheeks.

“Fucking hell,” Jungkook murmured as he gripped the back of Taehyung’s knees and scooted closer.  Placing his legs on his shoulders, Jungkook dipped his head and licked up the underside of his hard cock before taking him into his mouth completely. 

Taehyung cried out at the intensity of the pleasure, falling back on the bed as he arched up.  A hand gripping the blankets above his head, Taehyung threaded his fingers through Jungkook’s hair to ground himself.  The intensity as Jungkook bobbed his head, as if he was just as desperate as Taehyung, left him breathless and moaning incoherently as he tried to keep his hips on the bed. 

Distantly, Taehyung recognized a drawer of the nightstand opening and closing.  But his focus was on Jungkook’s mouth and the rising pleasure until a lubed finger brushed across his entrance.  With a low moan, Taehyung spread his legs further as his fingers tightened in Jungkook’s hair.

Over and over, Jungkook rubbed over his hole as he bobbed his head, his cheeks hollowing as he pulled off.  Taehyung could barely manage more than babbling between moans, his hips restless and body arching in need.

Finally, Taehyung gasped, “Yes…oh, fuck…I need you, sweetheart…”

As if it had been what Jungkook was waiting for, a finger slipped inside slowly.  It drew a low groan from Taehyung, Jungkook’s moan muffled around his cock.  His finger stilled inside before brushing across a spot that made Taehyung arch back as a low deep pleasure radiated out, swirling around the heat in his core as Jungkook bobbed on his cock faster.  Before he could beg for another, a second finger pressed inside, stretching him, filling him in a way he had never realized he needed.

His legs trembled as the tension tightened, everything around him dimming as his entire body focused on Jungkook.  He needed Jungkook in a way he couldn’t describe, couldn’t articulate, so deep and intrinsic that the ache grew as the pleasure rose.  Just as the pleasure ascended, Jungkook pulled off his cock and carefully pulled his fingers out.

Gasping as his body shifted needily on the bed, Taehyung met his gaze as Jungkook stood.  His muscled chest heaved, the golden glow around him iridescent as Jungkook unfastened and then unzipped his pants.  A rush of heat poured through him as Jungkook shoved his pants and underwear off to stand bare before him.

Every muscle precisely sculpted as if carved from stone and a skilled hand, his dark nipples taunt and navel rippling as he moved.  His cock was thick and long, a protruding vein running the length to the head where precum dripped from the slit.  Jungkook dropped his gaze to coat his hand in lube before stroking his own cock, the muscles in his chest and arms flexing, bulging.  His mouth watered at the site, his nerves dissipating with the need, the anticipation, the growing vibration of their bond.

“Please…” Taehyung half whispered, half moaned, spreading his legs and bringing his knees toward his chest.

Jungkook gulped as his eyes drifted down to his entrance and took a step closer.  His gaze travelled over his body as he held the base of his cock to rub the head across his hole.  “You’re so fucking beautiful,” Jungkook whispered reverently, his eyes locked with his.

His words made his breath hitch and Taehyung said, “I need you…” a moment before Jungkook pressed the head of his cock inside and then stilled.  It made his jaw drop and his breath grew shallow, the stretch nearly painful, heightening the pleasure pumping in his veins.  Far slower than he wanted, Jungkook pushed inside until he was halfway in and then paused.  Taehyung wrapped his legs around his waist, the desperation to have Jungkook inside growing.

“Sunshine, slow down,” Jungkook said, his jaw clenched and brow furrowed, the tension in his body making his muscles bulge.  “I don’t want to hurt you.”

But he didn’t care, needed him now, the urgency that flowed through their bond making his legs tighten around his waist more.  “Now…please, I need you…” Taehyung begged, his voice colored by his desperation.

“Fuck,” Jungkook panted, his grip on his waist bruising and his eyes burning through him.  “Fuck…I can’t…I need you…so fucking tight for me…”

That was exactly what he wanted, Jungkook needing him the way he needed him in return.  Their gazes locked, Jungkook pushed inside until he bottomed out and Taehyung wrapped his legs tightly around his waist to pull him in even more.  His lips were swollen and red, the color high in his cheeks as Jungkook panted, his hands caressing along his thighs soothingly.

“Is this…”  Jungkook swallowed hard, his body trembling.  “Are you okay?”

He was beyond okay, his body filled and pleasure permeating, the warmth of their vibrating bond enlivening.  Every part of him tingled, sensations heightened and electrifying.  As if this was what he’d desperately needed his entire life, this man in this moment, filling him so completely and he didn’t know where Jungkook ended and he began.  The connection made his chest tight, the need pumping inside in time with his heart.

“I feel…” Taehyung said softly, his thoughts hard to capture, words floating by.  None quite explained what was happening inside and so finally he said, “I can’t think, I feel so good, sweetheart.  You feel so good.”

Some of the tension in his shoulders relaxed and Jungkook smiled softly, his hands roaming across Taehyung’s body.  “You…the bond, does it feel…”

Taehyung returned his smile and nodded.  “Yes, exactly,” Taehyung said and then clenched around his cock, drawing a low moan from Jungkook.  “But I need more…please, give me more…”

Inhaling slowly through his nose, Jungkook dragged his hands down to grip his waist and then pulled out slowly.  Taehyung sucked in a breath, which shifted to a moan as Jungkook pressed back inside hard.  As if driven by a higher force, their eyes locked and Jungkook pulled out before pushing back in, beginning a brutal pace that sped up with each thrust.  His legs pulled Jungkook in and Taehyung clenched around his cock each time he filled him completely. 

Within moments, the room filled with the sounds of slapping skin, their mingled moans and combined cries becoming higher pitched.  The fire in his core wove through the heat from their bond, the pleasure so exquisite it was nearly painful.  Tears pressed at the back of his eyes and misted his vision.

“Fuck…” Jungkook moaned, his eyes searing.  Then Jungkook wrapped his hand around his cock and began to stroke in time with his thrusts, the pleasure circling, radiating through his body. 

Hands gripping the blankets, Taehyung arched back and then cried out, “There…don’t stop…” as sparks swirled and the fire built higher in his core when Jungkook hit that spot inside that made pleasure radiate.

Jaw clenched, sweat beaded at his hairline and his glow brightened as Jungkook hit that spot over and over.  His hand around his cock, stroking him fast as his hips pistoned into him, the bond vibrated hotly, and Taehyung’s lips parted with a moan.  The heat rose higher, swirled tighter as Taehyung neared the edge.

Just before the swell of pleasure overtook him, Taehyung cried out, “Jungkook…” and then the pleasure slammed through him so hard and swift that he couldn’t breathe.  Everything dimmed, his body tensing as his climax rocked through him in waves, his body arching and legs tight around Jungkook’s waist.

Gasping for air, Taehyung collapsed against the bed for only a moment before Jungkook leaned over to wrap his arms around him.  Lifting him, Jungkook held Taehyung tight against his chest by his waist as he pummeled into him, his hips faltering before speeding up.

His face buried against his neck, Jungkook moaned his name as he thrust hard once, twice before stilling, buried deep inside him.  Taehyung clenched around his cock and Jungkook moaned, his arms holding him securely as Taehyung held Jungkook close, his emotions raw and eyes wet.

With a harsh intake of air, Jungkook slumped and then stumbled towards the bed.  Turning, Jungkook sat on the bed, his arms holding him close as he kissed across his shoulder and down his neck.  Taehyung kissed his jaw and cheek, leaning back when Jungkook lifted his head.

His eyes sparkled, the dark depths of his eyes shimmering the deepest amber, and Taehyung’s breath caught at just how beautiful Jungkook was.  The bond between them was so warm that it made him a bit drowsy, his body satiated and Taehyung smiled.

“I’ve never…fuck, sunshine, are you okay?” Jungkook asked, his fingers gentle as he brushed his hair back. 

Taehyung hummed softly as he shifted on his lap.  “Not sure, but it was worth it.  That was…”

Jungkook smiled and said, “Yeah…”  Leaning in to kiss him softly, he added, “Fuck, I can’t get enough of you.  It’s like you’re in my blood.”

Pressing their foreheads together, Taehyung whispered, “Well, it’s good to hear I’m not the only one a little obsessed.”

Chuckling, Jungkook said, “I might be a bit obsessed,” before helping Taehyung off his lap, his hands on his waist steadying him.  Jungkook scooped him up in his arms and then laid him on the bed.  With a whispered, “I’ll be right back,” Jungkook strode to the bathroom, returning a minute later with a wet washcloth to wipe the cum and lube from his body. 

Once Jungkook was beside him, Taehyung huddled close.  Wrapped in each other, they shared soft kisses and gentle caresses, something inside sighing, settling, soothed.  The bond remained warm, but contentedly, as if sated.  Maybe this was all from their bond, the mixture of bliss and nirvana that filled him so completely, or maybe it was the man who held him so securely that he had no doubt he’d never let him fall.  Or perhaps it was both, written in the stars long ago that the one intended for him would glow so brightly that they’d find their way through their differences.

With Jungkook on his mind as he always seemed to be, Taehyung closed his eyes with a contended sigh, the bond soothing him to sleep.

**

A soft sigh was the first thing Jungkook became aware of in the morning, followed by the warmth of the nude body pressed against him.  Opening his eyes, Jungkook smiled, the creamy sandalwood scent that clung to Taehyung filling his senses.  The room was dark when Jungkook lazily opened his eyes to find Taehyung smiling as he faced him, both of their heads on the same pillow.

“Morning, sunshine,” Jungkook said softly, his arm around his waist pulling Taehyung closer.  He hummed as Taehyung’s half-hard cock pressed beside his own between their navels and Jungkook leaned closer to kiss his full lips.

Taehyung rolled his hips into him, their cocks sliding against each other, and moaned into their kiss.  “Morning, sweetheart,” Taehyung whispered between kisses, his hand cupping the side of his face as he shifted closer.

Jungkook smiled into their kiss as his hips met his slow grind and Taehyung gasped.  “Have you been waiting for me to wake?” Jungkook asked, his hand on the small of Taehyung’s back to press him in harder.

“Yes,” Taehyung breathed before licking into his mouth and tugging gently on his hair.  “Wanted you to touch me, needed to touch you,” he added, his cock now fully hard against his own.

“You can touch me,” Jungkook said, lifting his hand to wrap his fingers around Taehyung’s wrist to pull his hand away from his hair.  He licked across Taehyung’s palm and then guided his hand between their bodies to wrap around their hard lengths.  “Want you to touch me.”

With a low groan, Taehyung stroked them tentatively at first, his lips parted and eyes heavy-lidded.  He was such a beautiful sight that his heart skipped a beat before Jungkook leaned in and kissed him hard, greedily, hunger building with every stroke.  Heat simmered low in his belly and Jungkook thrust in time with Taehyung stroking their cocks.  They quickly found a rhythm, their moans muffled from how deeply they kissed.

Breaking their kiss as the simmer built swiftly, Jungkook gasped, “Fuck, I’m so close…”  He leaned his forehead against Taehyung’s, his senses filled with his bonded as his hand slid down his back and gripped his ass.

“Yes…” Taehyung moaned, his hips stuttering before thrusting hard into his hand and sliding against Jungkook’s cock. 

Leaning back just enough to make eye contact, Jungkook drank in how utterly lovely Taehyung was in that moment.  In the dim room, his golden glow sparkled, his eyes fiery, color high in his cheeks and kiss swollen lips parted, Taehyung was stunning.  His chest was so full of emotion, warmth pulsing through their bond that Jungkook had to fight to keep his eyes open, the tension in his core tightening.

“Fuck…Taehyung…” Jungkook groaned just before the heat rushed up through him, his hips pumping into Taehyung’s fist and then stilled.  His head tipped back as his groan shifted to a soft whine, his fingers digging into Taehyung’s plump ass, his release rocking through him over and over until the edges of his vision dimmed and he was left gasping.

Taehyung cried out his name a moment later, and his body stilled before collapsing against the bed.  Jungkook lifted Taehyung’s hand to his mouth and licked the cum from the side, his eyes locked with Taehyung’s gaze.  Taehyung gasped softly and then licked across his hand until it was clean and Jungkook dragged him closer to kiss him hard.  The taste of himself, of Taehyung, on his tongue made him groan, the simmer low in his body already igniting.

It took everything in him to walk out of the bedroom after they showered together, waiting until the last possible moment before pressing a kiss to Taehyung’s soft lips with a promise he wouldn’t be long.  It was Taehyung’s smile and sparkling eyes that continue to intrude into his mind while he attended to business before Yoongi arched a brow and told him he had it.  Completely unlike him, Jungkook took the out and rushed back to the compound.

As he stepped into the kitchen, Jungkook forced himself to slow down when he ran into Namjoon, his eyes tired and yet pleased at the same time.  It was unlike the quiet melancholy that typically surrounded Namjoon and Jungkook said, “You seem to be in a good mood.”

A faint blush dusted his cheeks and Namjoon smiled softly.  “Ah, well, it’s been nice to spend the day with Seokjin.  He asked to see you, by the way, but I told him you were out.”

Jungkook hummed in acknowledgement.  “Did he say why?”

Arching a brow, Namjoon said as he picked up the cup of coffee he’d just poured himself.  “No, but I’m assuming it’s about Taehyung.  He’s always spoken so highly of his brother, he clearly loves him.”

Crossing his arms over his chest as he leaned against the counter, Jungkook said, “You’ve known each other for a while.”

“Yeah, I suppose we have,” Namjoon said, his eyes on the coffee in the cup he held.  “Seokjin was already in the support group when I took over running it.  For a while, we were the only two who had recently learned we were unbonded, everyone else had known for at least a decade.  I suppose the fresh ache of being unbonded helped us connect.”

Namjoon had never spoken so much about having lost his bonded before they met.  When he’d learned of it, he’d been in medical school and so Namjoon had dealt with it away from them.  But the subtle sadness and grief that had settled around him after that time had been noticeable, even if Namjoon had kept a smile on his face.

“I can see how having someone who understands would be a comfort,” Jungkook said carefully.  He’d never quite understood before meeting Taehyung, but now, just the thought of being unbonded made his chest heavy.

Nodding, Namjoon’s smile was a bit sad as he lifted his eyes.  “It is.  That group saved me more than I’ve helped them.  And out of all of them, Seokjin has been who has understood the best.  I don’t have any doubt that he’ll keep my identity to himself.”

“I’m glad you trust him,” Jungkook said, standing upright.  “Taehyung certainly does.”

His smile grew a little and Namjoon said softly, “I trust him.”

With a nod, Jungkook clapped Namjoon on the shoulder and then headed towards the stairs.  He wanted to go to Taehyung, but his curiosity got the best of him and instead, Jungkook headed to the infirmary.  Seojoon stood outside the door and Jungkook nodded at him before wrapping quietly on the door with his knuckles and then opened the door.

The overhead light was off, and the room was lit by a lone lamp on the bedside table that cast ghastly shadows across Seokjin’s face.  He’d apparently been sleeping but turned his head when the latch clicked after Jungkook shut the door.

His face was even worse than it’d been the day before, the bruising a deeper purple.  But his eyes sparkled as Seokjin assessed Jungkook when he strode closer and sat in the chair that Namjoon had likely occupied the night before.  The silence stretched before Jungkook spoke.

“Namjoon said you wanted to see me.”

There was a moment and then Seokjin said, “I want to know what your intentions with my brother are.”

Arching a brow at how direct he was, Jungkook said, “My intentions are to ensure his protection.”

Seokjin assessed him, letting the pause stretch until he finally said, “It seems he is in need of that.  I saw what happened to him and know my brother well enough to know he lied to me and our appa when he said he was mugged.”

Jungkook took a slow breath as his chest burned at the reminder.  “He was targeted.  Partly because of what he overheard, mostly because he’s connected to me.”

“Am I correct to assume Shin was behind it?” Seokjin asked, his voice calm even as his eyes spit fire.

“He was,” Jungkook said.

Another pause, the length so precise that Jungkook was beginning to suspect they were premeditated.  “I haven’t seen anything in the news about his death,” Seokjin said pointedly.

That he hadn’t accomplished this one simple task was a constant thorn in his side, an ever-present reminder that he continued to fail at protecting Taehyung.  Cracking his neck, Jungkook said, “We have been unable to locate him.”

“It seems like locating someone like that would be something you would be particularly skilled at,” Seokjin said with an arch of his brow.

With a sigh, Jungkook sat back in the chair.  “Yeah, you would think.”

The silence stretched and then Seokjin settled back as he smoothed the blankets across his lap.  “My brother is a good man, possibly the best man I have ever known.  He is kind and honest and has a big heart that I believe I know well enough to be able to say would be broken very easily.  His childhood was spent trying to be seen by people that were too wrapped up in their own shit to care about him the way he deserved.”

His words made his throat tight.  Swallowing hard, Jungkook said softly, “I see him.”

Seokjin stared at him hard and then gave a slight nod.  “Good.”

While he certainly didn’t need Seokjin’s approval, it would surely be something that was important to Taehyung and for that alone, Jungkook was grateful.  Considering his own family, Jungkook said, “I have known Namjoon for many years, since he was living on the streets as a kid.  He has made the best of what life has given him and not allowed it to make him jaded or bitter.  So, maybe I should ask you what your intentions with him are?”

A slight widening of his eyes was the only sign that his change of topic surprised Seokjin.  “Namjoon has been a friend to me when I desperately needed someone who understood and I hope I have been the same for him,” Seokjin said quietly, a note of melancholy in his voice.  “My intention is to continue to be for Namjoon what he needs from me, whatever that may be.”

The conviction in his voice in addition to his words eased any concern he had for Namjoon.  Jungkook smiled and bowed his head.  “Then I am glad you came.  I think they both could use you in their day-to-day lives and you’re welcome here as long as you’d like.  Although, I do apologize for the rough greeting you received from my men,” Jungkook said.

With a low chuckle, Seokjin said, “Would it be odd for me to say that I’m a little relieved by it?  I now have no doubt that my brother is safe here.”

His heart pounded hard a moment and Jungkook said, “I swear on everything I have that Taehyung will be protected.  And as you are incredibly important to Taehyung, that protection is extended to you as well.”

Chapter Text

For the next week, every moment he was near Taehyung, Jungkook had a fight to not rip the clothes from his body and sink inside him, to kiss him hard, to explore his body.  For the next week, every second he was away from Taehyung was a battle to not tear through the city to get back to him, to hear his voice, to ensure he was well.  But Jungkook had always been gifted at playing the long game, at winning wars, and the absolute last thing he wanted to do was rush Taehyung more than he already had.

“You sure seem to be smiling a lot these days,” Yoongi said as they walked out of a warehouse on the edge of the market district.

He should be a lot more frustrated that every lead they had continued to point them towards dead ends.  Shin had to be out of the country, he hadn’t been seen in weeks and all of his higher-ranking men had disappeared with him, too.  If he didn’t know better, he’d believe that he’d won and Shin was gone for good.  But he did know better.  There was no way that Shin would just give up like that.  Which meant he was planning something and whatever it was would likely be a direct strike to him.

“Am I?” Jungkook asked casually as he slid into the backseat of the black SUV that had driven them from a business meeting at Verve to a possible lead near the docks and then the market district.  Maybe he shouldn’t have been so relieved when Yoongi told Doyun that their business was done in the city and to take them back to the compound but with the warmth of the thrumming bond, Jungkook was.

Snorting, Yoongi said, “Please, kid.  I’ve known you your entire life and never, not once, have I ever seen you like this.”  After a pause, Yoongi added quietly, “Am I to assume that things are working out with Taehyung?”

It was the understatement of the century, but Jungkook only glanced over and said, “Things are fine between us.”

Yoongi chuckled and said, “If this is your definition of fine, I’m not sure I want to see what good or even wonderful is.”

With a sigh, Jungkook hesitated and then said, “I want to spend every waking moment near him and every sleeping moment holding him.  Is that better?”

Clasping his shoulder, Yoongi said, “I’m really happy for you.  You deserve your piece of happiness and I’m glad you’re letting yourself enjoy it.”

Taehyung was his happiness, as wild as that was.  Completely unthinkable a few months ago and now he was a man possessed, everything now shifting to revolve around his bonded.  He wanted to tell Taehyung about his day, about his struggles, about everything and listen to Taehyung in return.  The internal need to completely know Taehyung rivaled his desire to touch him.

Jungkook opened his mouth to respond when the vehicle swerved and then stopped suddenly and both he and Yoongi turned to find out what had happened.  Ahead was a police blockade, vehicles at a crawl as each was inspected.  With a silent groan, Jungkook leaned his head against the headrest.  This was the last thing he wanted when all he needed was to be back at the compound with Taehyung.

“Looks like some type of vehicle search,” Yoongi said with a sigh.  “Doyun, take a side road and get around this.”

But as they inched along, it was apparent that all of the side roads were blocked with law enforcement vehicles.  After what seemed like an hour they finally made it to the front of the line, multiple police cars with their lights flashing narrowing the road to a single lane.

Rolling down his window, Doyun said, “What seems to be the issue, officer?”

“Looking for a suspect,” a middle-aged police officer with a scowl said.  “Pop your trunk and exit the vehicle.”

With another heavy sigh, Jungkook opened the back door and stepped out, Yoongi and Doyun doing the same.  Within moments of shutting the door, Jungkook was surrounded by half a dozen officers, several yelling to others who rushed over.  Confused, Jungkook glanced over the car to Yoongi, who had also been surrounded.

Rough hands patted over his body and removed the knife he had on his hip and the other on his forearm.  Without his blades, there was a burst of vulnerability, of exposure in his body.  The chilled winter air burned as Jungkook took a slow breath through his nose.  This wasn’t the first time he’d been stopped by the police, and it certainly wouldn’t be the last.

After hanging up on a call, an officer that appeared to be a higher rank than the lowly officers surrounding him strode over.  “You’ll be coming with us,” he said just before he turned and walked away and another officer handcuffed him.

Of course he was.  Shoved into the back of a police vehicle, Jungkook clamped his mouth shut and resolutely ignored the officer in the front seat that continued to try to question him.  The other officer as  flipped the vehicle around to head in the direction of the police station and his stomach sank.  Fuck, this was not how he planned to spend his day and by the time they pulled up in front of the station, his annoyance at being kept from Taehyung was pumping in his veins and churning in his stomach.

Jungkook was ushered out of the car and into the station, the officers not bothering to stop by the front window and instead escorted him directly to an interrogation room.  After shoving him roughly into a wooden chair, his arms still handcuffed behind him, one of the officers stood practically over him with his arms crossed over his chest, his badge reading “Baek.”

“Bet you want to know why we brought you in,” Baek said, superiority strong in his voice that Jungkook had to fight to not roll his eyes.

It was petty bait and Jungkook only arched a brow but otherwise remained silent, his eyes straight ahead.  He’d been down this road before, they’d play good cop, bad cop and then they’d release him because they didn’t have anything to hold him on.  It was a massive waste of time and yet, the police continued to haul him into the station a couple of times a year.

After nearly an hour of various officers trying to goad him without success, he was left alone.  Rolling his head to stretch his neck, Jungkook continued to stare at the mirror on the wall, expecting that Kim Sungcheol was fuming on the other side.  Good.

No matter how much his feelings had changed for Taehyung, his stomach still burned with his hatred for the police chief.  And finally, the man himself decided it was time to make an appearance.

Kim Sungcheol had no real reason to have a constant sour expression and yet he’d surely never smiled a day in his life.  It was only in that moment that Jungkook considered what it must have been like for Taehyung to grow up with this man as a parent.  Where he’d had parents who had loved him, Taehyung had this rough, angry man for an appa.  It was the first time he’d wondered about Taehyung’s childhood with this man.

“Well,” Sungcheol said as the door slammed shut and he locked it.  It was definitely against police protocol and Jungkook became very alert as Sungcheol strolled around the room.  His ease did not bode well.  “I wish I could say that I was surprised to see you here, but then, your fate is to be locked in a cell, so it’s bound to happen.”

Jungkook scoffed at his words, a smirk forming at how ludicrous he sounded.  He had plenty of holdings that were legitimate and accounted for his cash flow, nothing tying him to his underground deals.  It was one of many reasons that Yoongi insisted he keep his hands clean and as much as he annoyed him, it was wise advice.

The hand that flew out to backhand him across his face stunned him a split second, his cheek radiating pain from where Sungcheol’s ring cut him.  A trickle of blood ran down his cheek, but Jungkook ignored it, his eyes narrowed on the police chief.  As much as he would love to give the man a taste of his own medicine, it would only mean court dates and potential fines and jail time.  Besides, he didn’t want to give him the satisfaction.

Stopping behind him, Sungcheol leaned forward and said coldly into his ear, “Why don’t I just cut to the chase.  There have been a string of murders near the docks that have your name written all over them, Jeon.  I got you.”

His heart skipped a beat but then steadied.  Sungcheol surely was bluffing if he even cared about the men who died, which he certainly did not.  That was too rough of a section of the city for the police chief to care about.  A hand on the back of his head slammed his face into the wooden table, and Jungkook’s hands curled into fists.  There was a crack, his nose likely breaking and blood trickled across his lips.

Jungkook…what’s happening?

Fuck, he’d forgotten that Taehyung would feel his pain.  He sent soothing warmth through the bond in the hope that it’d ease what of his injuries Taehyung was feeling.

It’s okay, just handling some business.

A fist collided with his cheek and his head snapped back sharply.  A moment later, warmth flowed from Taehyung through their bond.  I…I can feel you, something’s wrong.  I don’t know how to help.

Stay safely in the compound, I’ll be back soon.

He could easily fight his way out of the station but then there’d be a warrant for his arrest.  Instead, Jungkook finally spoke.  “I have no idea what you’re talking about.”

His sneer was cold, ugly as Sungcheol lurched forward and braced his hands on the table across from him, his eyes narrowed.  Was this the face Taehyung saw each night as a child?  What was his relationship like with his parents?  They’d both carefully refrained from talking about the sore spots, which was easy to do when so much was blooming between them that required their attention.  But now he was curious as well as a little annoyed that this man had been given such a gift as to have Taehyung as a son.  He highly doubted that Taehyung had grown into the man he’d become because of this man.  It was far more likely it was in spite of Kim Sungcheol.

“You know exactly what I’m talking about, Jeon.  Don’t fuck with me,” Sungcheol spat out, his nostrils flared.

Leaning back with a smirk, Jungkook arched a brow as he said, “Again, I have no idea what you’re talking about.”

His hand flew out to backhand him so fast that Jungkook barely had time to brace for the impact.  His head snapped to the side, his cheek burning but Jungkook focused on keeping his heartrate calm and his emotions steady.  He didn’t want Taehyung to worry anymore than he already was.

“Then I guess we have a long night ahead as it appears you need a bit of…prompting to remember,” Seungcheol said, a slow, cold smile spreading.

**

Chewing on his thumb nail, Taehyung paced in the living room as Jimin sat cross-legged on the couch.  They’d both been up all night and Taehyung was running on adrenaline and fumes but there was no way he would have been able to sleep.  After the poor-quality phone call Jimin had gotten the evening before from Yoongi to tell him that he and Jungkook were being held without charges at the police station, they’d both been on edge.

He'd tried repeatedly to reach Jungkook through their bond, but it was like running into a brick wall, completely disconnected after Jungkook had told him to stay at the compound.  There had been more than a few times that Jimin and Mingyu had to hold him back from going straight to the station to demand that they be released. 

His face and stomach ached from the bond, from whatever was happening to Jungkook, and he was going mad with the need to protect him.  The helplessness had permeated his entire body, building until Taehyung turned swiftly and made a run for it, Jimin leaping from the couch while Mingyu rose from where he’d been leaning against the wall.  Just as Taehyung made it to the kitchen, the door from the garage opened and he skidded to a stop.

Jungkook stepped inside, followed by Yoongi, and Taehyung gasped, his eyes misting.  His perfect face was bruised, dried blood on his cheek from a cut, his fatigue clear from the slope of his shoulders.

Taking a step closer, Taehyung reached out slowly and caressed across his bruised cheekbone so softly he barely touched him.  It made him ill and moments later, warmth flowed from Jungkook through their bond.  That Jungkook was trying to comfort him when he was clearly the one in need made him choke back a strangled sob.

Tugging Taehyung into his warm embrace, Jungkook whispered into his ear, “I’m alright.  Nothing I can’t handle.”

Taehyung was afraid to hurt him further and carefully pressed his nose against his neck, the dark honeysuckle faint.  “It was my appa, wasn’t it?”

But instead of answering, Jungkook hushed him and pulled away enough to wrap his arm around his waist.  “Let’s go to sleep,” Jungkook said, guiding him from the room.  Taehyung didn’t miss the silent communication from Jungkook to both Yoongi and Mingyu, who each responded with a nod. 

“But your injuries,” Taehyung protested weakly because lying in bed with Jungkook sounded wonderful.  “We should call Namjoon…”

Leaning closer and pressing a kiss to his forehead, Jungkook said softly as they neared the foot of the stairs, “I think you lying beside me will do far more to heal my injuries than anything Namjoon could do.”

Searching his face for a moment, Taehyung nodded and then leaned closer into his side, his arm slipping around his waist as they headed up the stairs.  When they made it to the bedroom, Taehyung instead guided them to the bathroom, Jungkook only arching a brow above a black eye in question until Taehyung turned on the shower.

Carefully, Taehyung undressed Jungkook, checking for other injuries but mostly needing to touch him.  On his knees, he helped Jungkook out of his pants and underwear before tugging off his socks to toss aside.  A hand appeared before him, and Taehyung lifted his head to meet Jungkook’s gaze before taking it and rising to his feet.  Jungkook ran his fingers through his hair and warmth flowed through their bond.

“I was scared,” Taehyung whispered and then swallowed hard.  “I couldn’t reach you…”

A soft smile played at the corners of his lips and Jungkook lifted his chin with his fingertips.  Leaning in to press a gentle kiss to his lips, Jungkook sent more warmth through their bond.  Against his lips, Jungkook said, “I know and I’m sorry.  I didn’t want to make it harder and so I didn’t respond…but now I wonder if that made it worse.”

Slipping his hand into Jungkook’s grip, Taehyung led him into the shower and gently lathered his hair with shampoo before rinsing and moving to wash his body.  It was only then that Taehyung responded to the question that hadn’t been a question.

“I don’t know if it was better or worse,” Taehyung said quietly, his eyes following his own hands creating soap bubbles across his chest.  “I knew you weren’t…I could still feel you through the bond.  I just want…”

Not knowing how to put into words what had circled his chest the entire night, Taehyung let the words fall.  It probably didn’t matter anyway, Jungkook’s life would never allow the type of truthfulness and honesty that he wanted, the openness he needed.  He was probably setting himself up for a lifetime of frustrations if he didn’t either accept that there were things Jungkook would keep from him or leave after Shin’s threats were handled.

But Jungkook didn’t allow it and instead pressed, “You just want what?”

Rinsing away the soap from his skin, Taehyung considered how to respond and finally said, “The truth.  No matter how ugly, I don’t want to be lied to, I don’t want to be shielded.”

When Jungkook didn’t say anything, Taehyung raised his gaze to his bruised face and found comfort there.  Maybe it was just the bond working its magic or maybe actually spending time with Jungkook, understanding him had caused a change of heart, but now it was his eyes that were the ones he always wanted to find wherever he was. 

“I want to give you the truth,” Jungkook said quietly, a little crease forming between his brows.  “Fuck…you have no idea how much I want to.  But you aren’t of this world, and I don’t want to scare you, don’t want you to be scared of me.”

Taken aback, Taehyung searched his face for a moment and then threaded his fingers through Jungkook’s, squeezing his hand.  “You could never scare me,” Taehyung whispered.  Bringing their hands to his lips, it wasn’t lost on him that Jungkook’s knuckles were unblemished, his wrists bruised as he kissed his hand.

There was a beat of silence and then Jungkook said, “Taehyung…there are things I’ve done, that I’ll do in the future…there’ll be reasons but I’m not sure you’ll understand them and I don’t want…”

Holding Jungkook’s hand to his chest right over where his heart beat hard, Taehyung said, “Maybe I won’t…but I trust you.  And maybe that’s enough?”

Jungkook closed his eyes and lifted his other hand to cradle the side of his face as he pressed their foreheads together.  Taehyung’s hand naturally found his waist, the pleasure of touching one another drowning out the dull ache from Jungkook’s injuries.  No matter what he’d been told his entire life, he’d seen with his own eyes this world, even if it were only a glimpse.  The people that relied on Jungkook, those that were loyal to him…and it wasn’t just fear that kept people in line.  There was a righteousness around Jungkook, even if it warred with the rule of law.

“I want it to be enough,” Jungkook whispered.  “I want your trust and your loyalty, sunshine.  The need for it…for you…I want you by my side, in my bed, on my arm.  But I don’t think I could bear the pain if I let you in and you turned away.”

He’d be turning away from his life, his career, his family if he chose Jungkook for a lifetime.  But his life had been cold and lonely before Jungkook, his career only pursued to create a connection that was doomed to fail.  Seokjin would stay, would not push him away for his choice, would understand.  It would be his appa who would be removed from his life, the betrayal of choosing his bonded over what his appa viewed as morally right, of choosing Jungkook over him.  The bond vibrated, pleasure and warmth and comfort pulsing in his veins.  It really was no choice at all.

“I won’t turn away,” Taehyung said, his heart thundering at making the choice even if it were the only one he could make.  “I choose you, us, this life.  I don’t think I could bear to walk away, I wouldn’t be able to breathe.”

Jungkook took a shaky breath, his eyes so filled with something that had been lurking there and now was prominent.  It left Taehyung a bit lightheaded and yet, he understood what it was.  It was the same emotion that circled his own chest after all.

His lips were soft against his own and then Jungkook said quietly, “I want to tell you, I want you to know all of it…”  Jungkook took a slow breath as he lifted his head and then added gently, “It was your appa.  I don’t know if the roadblock was specifically to bring me in or I just got caught up in it, but it was him…”

He’d already guessed as much, had already known the answer but it still made his breath halt at the confirmation.  Taehyung pressed his forehead against Jungkook’s, his hand at the nape of his neck and fingers in his hair.  “I’m so sorry he hurt you, sweetheart.”

Leaning back a bit, Jungkook searched his face for a moment before he smiled softly.  Like he had still expected him to defend his appa, that he wasn’t truly on his side.  Like Jungkook hadn’t truly believed he chose them until that moment.  Jungkook pressed a gentle kiss to his forehead and then said, “There’s someplace I want to take you, that I want to share with you.”

Wherever it was, it was obvious how much it meant to Jungkook, that it scared him to reveal it.  It made him want to go all the more.  “I want to go wherever you are,” Taehyung whispered.

Jungkook smiled and after rinsing off, they stepped out of the shower.  Taehyung insisted on drying him off and Jungkook chuckled.  “I swear I’m fine,” Jungkook said.

“Maybe,” Taehyung said as he dried himself off quickly and tossed the towel aside.  Taking Jungkook’s hand, Taehyung added, “But it makes me feel better to take care of you.”

Something flashed in his eyes, their bond vibrating.  Taehyung led Jungkook to the bed, following him in and pulling him close, their limbs intertwined as they tried to get closer.  Brushing back the hair from his forehead, Taehyung pressed a kiss against his warm skin and then sighed softly.  How this had become his favorite place to be in such a short time still amazed him and left him wondering how he’d survived all the years before meeting Jungkook.

With a soft kiss to his cheek, Jungkook’s body relaxed and he fell asleep quickly.  The night must have been horrible, and it left him with so much anger that it was a long while before Taehyung could relax.  In the moonlight, Taehyung caressed across his bruised cheek and then through his hair, smiling softly when Jungkook sighed in his sleep. 

In all his years of dreaming what it would be like to find his bonded, he’d never quite imagined this.  But as he pressed a gentle kiss to Jungkook’s forehead and then settled beside him, Taehyung thanked the stars that this had always been waiting for him, had always been destined for him.

Chapter Text

When he next woke, Jungkook was smiling at him, the bruising nearly gone from his face and his skin glowing.

“I’d say good morning,” Jungkook said softly.  “But I’m not sure what time it is.”

His dark hair fell in waves around his face, so soft that Taehyung had to run his fingers through it.  “Whatever time of day it is, it is definitely good.  You’re face looks much better.”

“I feel much better, thanks to you,” Jungkook said.  His eyes sparkled in the dim light of the bedroom and he added, “I’d like to show you now.”

Eager to go to wherever Jungkook wanted to take him, Taehyung nodded.  After a few words with Yoongi and Mingyu, Jungkook took Taehyung’s hand and led him out the back door and across the lawn after eating what was actually dinner.  The weather was often rainy and cool, so he hadn’t ventured much onto the grounds after the first night when he arrived through the woods from the river.

With a confused smile, Taehyung asked, “Where are we going?”

Jungkook steered them down a well-worn path into the woods and said, “I want to show you where I grew up.”

“I thought you grew up at the compound?” Taehyung said, the waning sun filtered through the trees, the cool light making his golden glow shimmer even more.  Jungkook truly was the most beautiful person he’d ever seen.

Shaking his head, Jungkook said, “The main house was built a few years before my appa was murdered but he built the cottage for my eomma when they were married so she was away from the city.  My appa built the other buildings over the years and the main house was the last one.”  He took a slow breath and then added, “The year after my eomma was killed, my appa could not bear to be in the cottage.”

Taehyung squeezed his hand, warmth flowing through the bond.  The reminder of the connection between their parents, of what his appa had done made his heart heavy.  Jungkook had lost both of his parents so tragically, but from the very little he’d mentioned, Jungkook must have grown up with love.  Just the thought of it made his heart even heavier, his own childhood so vastly different.

Quietly and with a bit of hesitation coloring his voice, Taehyung said, “He must have loved her very much.”

The path curved towards the river and a small single-story house lay ahead, the gardens tidy, the white paint crisp and wood recently stained, a little fishing dock jutting out into the river beyond.  Opening the front door, Jungkook stepped back and faced Taehyung.  “He loved her so much that her death killed him long before he died,” Jungkook said sadly.  “He blamed himself for her death and was never the same again.”

Jungkook’s pain vibrated through the bond and the heaviness grew in his chest.  “Jungkook…” Taehyung began, not sure what to say and instead sending comfort through their bond.

“Come in,” Jungkook said softly, gesturing for Taehyung to enter. 

Taehyung stepped inside and toed off his shoes before shrugging out of the coat Jungkook had insisted he wear.  Once Jungkook was out of his boots and coat, he took Taehyung’s hand and led him further inside, stopping by a few lanterns to light.  To the right of the front door was a makeshift kitchen made of a washbasin and a counter, a few pots and dishes stacked neatly on shelves.  A small worn, wooden table with three chairs was pushed under a window to the left, the rest of the room filled by a large bed on the floor.  A fireplace took up most of the wall across from the bed, a door that led to the dock on the river on the far wall.  And on most of the available wall space were drawings hung, some of the river and others of the woods but the vast majority were of a child as he grew.

The light of the lanterns cast a warm, flickering glow in the room and Taehyung wandered to one of the drawings.  “My eomma spent most evenings drawing while she waited for my appa to return,” Jungkook said, a distant smile on his face, as if he were lost in his memories.  “Long after I’d gone to sleep, she’d stay up and wait for him.”

Turning towards Jungkook, Taehyung asked softly, “They were devoted to each other?”

Jungkook hummed in affirmation.  “Very.”  His eyes drifted from the drawing to meet Taehyung’s gaze.  “And it destroyed my father in the end.  I barely recognized him the last year he was alive.” 

As Taehyung meandered between the drawings, Jungkook built a fire in the fireplace.  “Your eomma was so talented,” Taehyung said as he stopped in front of a drawing of what he suspected was of Jungkook at around 10, his eyes so big.

Standing, Jungkook nodded.  “She was.  I didn’t think about it much when I was a child, but I’m glad she had her art.  It gave her a place to lose herself when she was worried about my appa.”  His eyes roamed the room and he added, “There used to be a screen that split this room so I had a place I could go when I was a child.  When my appa died, I removed it so I could put one large bed in here to stay.  I wanted to be able to come here when I was missing them or I needed to get away.  I find comfort in these walls, this is where I have always felt safest.”

There was so much that Jungkook was saying that he wasn’t, so much between the words.  That he was sometimes scared, sometimes lonely, sometimes grief stricken and in need of comfort.  That he saw his parents’ devotion as destructive in the end…and was scared that feeling the same connection would mean his own demise.

Taehyung slowly approached Jungkook, his eyes tumultuous and swirling with so many emotions.  But prevalent above all of it was what Jungkook had once told him was his favorite tattoo, the one that had more meaning to him, the one that asked to be loved.  It was written across his face as clearly as it was written on his sleeve.

The floor bed covered in white linens, several pillows piled against the wall and Taehyung took his hand to lead Jungkook to it.  He wanted to hear it all, wanted to hold Jungkook while he spoke, wanted to comfort him in his safe space.  Without saying a word, Jungkook pulled his shirt over his head and then helped Taehyung with his before they unfastened each other’s pants and let them fall to the floor.  They then crawled into the bed and huddled close, sharing soft kisses and gentle caresses, the crackle of the fire the only sound for a long time.

Running his fingers through Taehyung’s hair, Jungkook talked of summer days filled with playing in the river and exploring the woods, of holidays and birthdays with no gifts but filled with love.  Of the way his parents looked at each other, of how they always held hands and sat close, and how that love colored his entire childhood.

“My eomma once told me that she struggled at first with the building of all this,” Jungkook said, the sky now dark and the room softly lit from the fire and the lanterns.  “She was raised in a middle-class family and had no real understanding of where my appa came from.  After a few years, she came around to the plight of the poor, although she never liked the violence, she understood the disparity and that the government, the law was designed to keep them in their place.”

Jungkook’s stories of his childhood were so different from his own cold upbringing and an ache of longing for what he’d always wanted but never had deepened.  “That sounds like a wonderful childhood,” Taehyung said softly.  After a moment, he added slowly, “Mine was nothing like that.”

“Tell me,” Jungkook said quietly and then let the silence stretch.

He wasn’t sure how to describe what on the surface was a completely fine childhood.  Finally, Taehyung said, “I never had to worry about whether I’d have food to eat or a roof over my head.  I attended the best schools and every possible activity you can imagine.  But my parents…they barely tolerated each other.  Maybe it was different in the beginning for them, but they were both unbonded and I think they despised each other towards the end.  For as long as I could remember, I was only a hindrance, an annoyance to my appa.  And for my eomma…well, she barely acknowledged I existed with how completely she ignored me.  If it weren’t for Seokjin, I’d be sure…”

The words caught in his throat, too real, too painful to let into the world.  But Jungkook wouldn’t let them stay hidden and said quietly, “You’d be sure of what?”

Taehyung swallowed hard and then took a deep breath before he said, “I’d be sure I was unlovable.  Seokjin is the only one who has ever loved me, has ever cared…no matter what I did, it was never enough for my appa and never noticed by my eomma.”

“Oh, sunshine…” Jungkook breathed, leaning in and pressing a kiss to his forehead and pulling him closer.  “You’re hard to not notice and you’re definitely enough.  It was always their failings to not realize how incredibly lovable you are.”

It was almost too much to bear to hear and so he buried his face in the crook of Jungkook’s neck to let the dark honeysuckle soothe, his embrace comforting, the warmth flowing from their bond filling him.  Even then, his words hit so directly on a sore spot that he’d tried for so long to hide, even from himself, that it was hard to breathe.  Jungkook must have sensed it because he held him tighter and sent even more comfort through their bond.

After a long while, Taehyung kissed Jungkook’s neck and then took a deep breath before pulling back.  “I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to get so…”

Jungkook lifted his chin gently, his eyes sparkling and a soft smile on his lips.  “But I want the real you.  Not the carefully sculpted image you’ve crafted to present to the world.  I have enough of that in my life and I want…I want a space where it’s real, without pretense and without facades.  For both of us.”

Taehyung swallowed hard and nodded.  He wanted that more than he’d ever imagined, the sudden realization that it was what had been missing from his life hitting hard.  Maybe it was why investigative journalism had been appealing, maybe it was why he’d never learned to be a good liar.  He just didn’t want it in his life.

**

Talking with Taehyung, sharing himself, learning about his bonded made a hollowness in his chest recede, filled by being understood.  He’d had his parents, he’d had Yoongi and Hoseok and now Jimin and Namjoon, but there had always been expectations, a need to not worry them, to prove himself.  With Taehyung, he wanted his concern and his care, needed him to truly know him without the subterfuge and games.  To have a space he could be real.

With a smile, Taehyung asked as he traced patterns idly with his fingers across Jungkook’s bare chest, “So, when did you realize what kind of work your appa did?”

His smile grew and Jungkook chuckled.  “If he’d had his way, I’d never have known.  But I started to put pieces together at around 12 or so.”  His smile fell a bit at the memories, at how hard his appa had worked so he would have a different life.  “He said that he built all this so I could escape from the life he had been born into, he never wanted me in this life.  I was nearing graduation when he was killed…I think he’d be disappointed I didn’t finish and I came back.”

Surprised sparked in his eyes and Taehyung said, “I didn’t realize…what were you going to school for?”

Jungkook smirked.  “Social services.  A bit ironic, isn’t it.”

“No…” Taehyung said slowly, his hand trailing down Jungkook’s back.  “I think it’s very fitting, actually.  In a way, you’re providing services and improving the lives of those in need, just in a different capacity.”

Chuckling, Jungkook leaned in and kissed him softly.  “I have a feeling that my professors would disagree.”

“Maybe, but they’d be wrong,” Taehyung said.  “I talked to the people working at Vigor and the men that work at the compound.  I saw the poorest districts for how they really are because I saw them through your eyes.  It may be illegal but maybe that’s because the laws are wrong, not you.”

Jungkook’s smile faltered and then fell away, his eyes growing serious.  His heart pounded as pressure built in his chest.  It was how he saw it, that the laws were wrong, that there were too few have’s and far too many have not’s in the city and that nothing was being done about it.  He couldn’t just sit back with the wealth his appa had accumulated and allow it to fall apart, to allow so many people to be wronged for no reason other than the district they were born into.

“Yes,” Jungkook said softly, his throat tight with emotion.  “That’s why I hope my appa would forgive me for coming back.  But I couldn’t just let it all fall into Shin’s hands, he would use what my appa had built for his own gain and have no problem stepping on people in the process.”

Taehyung froze and then said quietly, “I didn’t realize Shin was connected to you and your appa.”

“My appa taught him everything, took him under his wing when Shin was barely more than a child.”  His chest burned at the betrayal and added, “My appa’s body was still warm when he tried to seize everything for his own.  But the men didn’t want to follow him, at least the majority of them.  Some left with Shin and the belief that my appa, and by extension me, were too soft and not making more money because of our principles.”

Jungkook took a deep breath, not ready to tell Taehyung everything and yet, desperately needing to.  “The business…there are drugs and arms deals, that’s typically what I’m dealing with when I’m gone at night although Yoongi has taken over running most of it.  But we only deal in narcotics and stimulants because that’s what the wealthy seem to prefer.  We keep the drugs out of the poorest districts since drugs may destroy lives, but wealth can certainly help pull them out.  Shin wanted to deal in other drugs and bring them into the poor districts, so we’ve been dealing with more drug use and violence the last few years.”

As he spoke, Taehyung’s eyes grew wide and Jungkook braced for him to pull away, to decide that it was too much.  It took nearly a minute before Taehyung responded by simply saying, “I think your appa would understand.  There’s no way he’d want someone like Shin to undo everything he’d done.”

A tension he’d been carrying inside relaxed a little that Taehyung hadn’t run away.  “Perhaps.  But it sure wouldn’t have taken my appa this long to locate Shin.”  There it was, the constant circling belief that he’d never live up to his appa spoken aloud.  That he was constantly failing.

“I…I wish I could help more,” Taehyung said softly, words that were so unexpected that Jungkook was momentarily stunned.  “If only I could remember more of when I was there, of when he…”

“Hey, there’s no need to think about it,” Jungkook began as Taehyung’s eyes grew bright with tears.

“But if it could help you…I remember cold metal under my face when I fell.  It was rough and scraped across my cheek,” Taehyung said, his voice a bit distant as if he were back there.  “And the stairs were steep, I couldn’t keep up and they dragged me…”

The anger, the frustration, the agony bloomed in his chest and Jungkook opened his mouth to tell Taehyung there was no need to think of it, he could forget…but what if it were like his own secrets, his own truths that he wanted to bring into the light to show Taehyung, to let him see it all, to make sure he could handle it.  To not deceive himself into believing that what was between them was more than just their bond.

His gaze drifted off and then Taehyung gasped softly, his eyes returning to his.  “I think…I think there was water.  I remember being afraid they were going to throw me in with my hands tied behind my back because it was so near.  Could it be by the docks?”

Jungkook caressed along his back and kissed his forehead tenderly.  “I think we’ve been in every warehouse down there at least twice and haven’t found anything.”

There was a long pause and Taehyung huddled closer, his anxiety palpable through their bond.  He blinked a few times as if he were trying to keep the tears in and as much as he wanted to urge Taehyung to talk about something else, as much as he didn’t want him hurting, Jungkook remained silent.  He wanted Taehyung to trust him, and he needed to trust Taehyung to know what he needed to share.

“I don’t want…” Taehyung finally said, his voice shaky.  He took a slow breath and began again, “I don’t want to spend my life never leaving the compound, never leaving the main house.  Just being here, someplace new feels so nice.  Like being at Verve and Vigor, talking with new people used to be something I loved.  But I’m afraid I’ll never feel safe enough, I can barely leave our bedroom as it is.  Unless I’m with you, I’m constantly afraid of turning around and finding Shin there.”

As much as he loved that he made Taehyung feel safe and that bringing him here was a good idea, it pained him that he hadn’t kept him safe enough to prevent being taken in the first place.  It weighed on his shoulders, on his heart, that he had fucking failed his bonded so miserably.

“I’ll find him,” Jungkook said, anger bubbling in his chest that he still couldn’t tell Taehyung that he had handled Shin, that he had nothing to fear anymore.  The bond thrummed, the need to protect his bonded beating in time with his heart.

Taehyung smiled and ran his fingers gently across his cheek.  “I know you will,” Taehyung whispered, so confident in his ability when he was doubting himself.  It was fucking maddening it was taking this long.

A soft fingertip ran across his lower lip, Taehyung’s gaze on his mouth before lifting his eyes, much of the despair replaced by desire.  Like a siren’s song, Jungkook was drawn in and slotted their lips together in a slow, gentle kiss as he gathered Taehyung in his arms to pull him closer.  Every time he held Taehyung, every time they kissed, waves of euphoria rolled through his body, the bliss filling every crevice inside.  But this time, this time was far more free, far more intense as there was no longer anything between them, nothing he was keeping hidden for fear of Taehyung’s reaction.

And he recognized it for what it was now.  All the time he spent away from Taehyung, only arriving at night to help him sleep was to protect himself from the fate he’d been so sure was his destiny.  That his life was a shackle that no one would ever be able to tolerate, that no one would see beyond.  That having a bonded would be a hinderance instead of the joy it actually turned out to be.

Taehyung moaned softly as Jungkook licked into his mouth, needing to be closer.  His hand caressed down his back to slip under the waistband of his underwear to knead his ass.  With a gasp, Taehyung kissed him harder, his hips rocking into Jungkook once, twice, his cock already half hard.  Closer, he needed to be closer, the bond thrumming warmly, intensely, pleasure swirling in his core.

Sliding Taehyung’s underwear down his ass slowly, Taehyung reached down to shove them off.  Panting, Taehyung gripped his shoulders, hungrily kissing him as he whispered, “I need you, sweetheart.  Please, I need…”

It all at once appeased and aroused him that Taehyung was right there with him, the bond tightening between them, driving them.  But he needed Taehyung to know, needed…

“Sunshine,” Jungkook said softly, easing his head back to meet his heated eyes.  “For me…for me it’s not just the bond.”

The hitch of his breath and the soft smile that spread soothed the trepidation of sharing this last secret, giving Taehyung a weapon he could use against him.  “Oh, sweetheart, it’s not just the bond for me, either.”

The warmth that filled his chest, the desire that pumped in his veins all converged and Jungkook pulled Taehyung tight to him and rolled onto his back.  He didn’t want to scare Taehyung by laying on top of him, didn’t want him to feel trapped, but he needed the press of his body, the weight of his bonded making his head tip back as he moaned, his hips rocking up.

Hands gripping his ass, Jungkook pulled Taehyung into him as their kiss deepened, Taehyung’s fingers threaded in his hair and tugging gently.  His body was on fire, his mind swirling with everything he wanted to do to Taehyung, all the ways he wanted to touch him.  His finger slipped between his cheeks to brush against his entrance and Taehyung gasped as his hips arched back.

“Can I…” Taehyung breathed before kissing him again, his hips rolling down against him before arching back against his finger.  “I wanna…”

Jungkook met his rocking hips with his own, his hard cock rubbing against his still trapped in his underwear.  “Fuck…anything you want.”

Hovering over him, his golden glow shimmered in the firelight so beautifully, it made his chest tight.  He bit his lower lip, his eyes sparkling before Taehyung said softly, “I wanna suck your cock, sweetheart.”

With a moan that rumbled low in his chest, Jungkook breathed, “Fuck…” just before Taehyung kissed him hard and rolled his hips down into him.  Shifting to kiss down his neck, Taehyung continued to rock his hips against him as his hand groped his chest and thumbed across his hard nipple.  It was so much sensation at once that Jungkook arched up with a groan, heat surging in his core and hips rocking up to meet Taehyung’s.

He'd been with his fair share of people when he was in college, when he thought his life would be different and he’d be free.  But even then, he’d always been the one in control, always the one who called the shots, always the one who topped.  It’d always felt too vulnerable to bottom with a complete stranger in a back room of a college party, but as Taehyung kissed down his chest to lick across his nipple, settling firmly between his spread thighs, for the first time, he needed.

Swirling his tongue as he sucked, Taehyung bit down on his nipple gently and sent sparks of fire to settle low in his belly.  Jungkook spread his thighs further, his hips bucking up into the firm planes of Taehyung’s navel, moans dripping from his lips unbidden.  Taehyung continued to thumb and pinch his nipples as he sucked kisses down his navel before sitting back on his knees.

Sliding his fingers under the waistband of his underwear, Taehyung eased them over his hard cock as Jungkook lifted his hips.  It was only after Taehyung had slipped them down his legs to toss aside that a spike of nerves came through their bond, his eyes glued to his cock.

Taehyung swallowed hard and then licked his lips, his eyes lifting when Jungkook said in a low, rough voice, “Sunshine, there’s nothing to be worried about.”

“I…” Taehyung began and then took a slow breath.  “I haven’t done this…and you’re so big…”

The praise went to his head far more than it should have and his cock twitched as precum beaded at the slit.  “Just having your mouth on my cock will feel so good, you don’t need to try to take it fully,” Jungkook said, his breath growing shallow in anticipation.  His core clenched at the mere thought of his bonded’s mouth on him.

Nodding softly, Taehyung leaned down to kiss from the base of his cock to the tip, one hand fondling his balls gently.  Jungkook moaned, his arms above his head and clutching the pillows so he’d refrain from gripping Taehyung’s head.  The intensity of the pleasure made everything disappear beyond him and his bonded, their bond thrumming hotly as the pleasure intensified.

Taehyung wrapped his lips around the head of his cock, licking and sucking until Jungkook was going nearly mad with the desperate need to thrust his hips up into the warm heat of his mouth.  The room filled with Jungkook’s moans, his soft words of praise, the gentle sucking as Taehyung took his cock further into his mouth and began bobbing.  With one hand cupping his balls and the other at the base of his cock working in time with his mouth, Jungkook was close to losing control.

His thighs trembled as they spread further, his head arching back with the effort to keep his hips still.  “Oh, fuck, oh fuck…” Jungkook chanted, the swirling heat low in his body growing brighter.  “Sunshine, I’m so close…”

But instead of popping off, his words seemed to spur Taehyung on as he bobbed faster, spit leaking from the corners of his mouth.  Then Taehyung flicked his gaze up to meet his eyes and there was a split second where the heat of their bond and the fire burning hot in his core converged and then the pleasure hit him all at once.  His hips strained up as every muscle flexed, the pillow tearing above him from his grip as his eyes rolled back.  Jungkook moaned his bonded’s name before he could make no sound due to the force of the pleasure that crashed through him.  Time was suspended as his body froze and the waves rolled through him over and over and over until Jungkook collapsed against the bed, gasping.

Taehyung pulled off his cock before licking him clean and then settling back on his heels, wiping his mouth with the back of his hand.  A soft smile spread and Taehyung said simply, “I liked that.”

“Fucking hell, get over here,” Jungkook growled, sitting up and dragging Taehyung against him to kiss him hard.

Wrapping his arms around Jungkook’s neck, Taehyung returned his kiss with enthusiasm, the taste of him on his bonded’s tongue making the simmer in his core start anew.  Jungkook pulled away to fall back onto the bed, his hands urging Taehyung forward until his hard cock was so close, he could almost taste the precum that dripped from the slit.

“I don’t want to hurt you,” Taehyung whispered when Jungkook gripped his ass and pulled him closer.

Tearing his eyes away from the thick, hard cock in front of him, Jungkook met Taehyung’s stare.  “You won’t, I promise,” Jungkook said with a rough voice.  “I want you to fuck my mouth until you cum down my throat and then I want you to sit on my face so I can fuck your pretty little hole with my tongue.  And all through that, I want to hear how good it feels.”

His hips rocking forward, Taehyung licked his lips before he nodded.  “And then…then will you fuck me?” Taehyung asked in a soft voice.

Fuck, what Taehyung did to him, his thighs spreading on their own.  “Then you’re gonna ride my cock,” Jungkook said, his hands traveling over Taehyung’s body.  Taking a breath, he added, “And then I want you to fuck me.”

Taehyung’s gasp shifted to a moan and his hand flew to the base of his cock to squeeze.  “Yes, oh, gods, please…I’m so close right now, I wanna cum down your throat…I want all of it…”

“I’ll give you everything you want,” Jungkook said, his eyes dropping back to his cock, his hands kneading his ass and urging Taehyung closer.  “Fuck my mouth however you want, as rough as you want.  You won’t hurt me.”

Jungkook parted his lips, tongue out, the waiting making him restless.  With his hand gripping the base of his cock, Taehyung bounced the tip against his tongue, the taste of his precum making Jungkook moan.  Fighting against pulling Taehyung in hard by the ass, Jungkook waited patiently until finally, finally, he could wrap his lips around the head of his cock.

It was clear how close Taehyung was because the contact and his sucking made his hips jerk forward.  Jungkook moaned in delight, wanting Taehyung to take control, for once wanting to give over the control and let himself be used.  As with bottoming, having his mouth fucked had been buried away as something he desperately wanted but could never have because the vulnerability of it left him without control.  Only with Taehyung, his bonded, could he give it away.

Taehyung braced his weight with one arm as the other hand threaded through his hair to grip as his cock hit the back of his throat.  Jungkook relaxed the muscles in the back of his mouth and his cock slipped further down his throat until his navel pressed against his nose.  His grip tightened in his hair as Taehyung moaned loudly before pulling out halfway and then easing back in.  It was almost what he wanted, nearly what he needed, but he needed Taehyung to lose control so he could completely release his own.

With a note of frustration, Jungkook moaned, his hands on his ass pulling him in harder.  Taehyung took the hint and the next time he pulled out, his hips thrust back in harder and Jungkook’s groan rumbled in his chest.

Picking up speed, Taehyung’s thrust became harder, as his moans intensified.  Breathlessly, Taehyung said in a rough voice, “Is that how you want it, sweetheart?  Want me to fuck your pretty mouth the way I’m gonna fuck your pretty little hole?”

Fuck, well, now that he said it that way, that was exactly what he wanted.  It was difficult to moan from the lack of oxygen, so Jungkook squeezed his ass and let a finger slip between his cheeks to rub across his entrance.  Taehyung’s hips faltered at his touch and then began a relentless pace that left Jungkook breathless.

“Oh, gods…oh, yes, oh, yes…Jungkook…” Taehyung moaned, his grip in his hair tight and hips snapping hard into his mouth.  His cock filled his mouth, sliding down his throat rapidly as Taehyung used him.  His own cock hardened, the desire, the fire, building in his own body as Taehyung thrust hard once, twice, and then stilled.  His cock pulsed on his tongue as he came down his throat, his hips rocking into him in little thrusts before his body relaxed.

Jungkook sucked in air when Taehyung pulled out of his mouth, his body sagging before sliding down to collapse on top of him.  Holding him close, Jungkook pressed kisses to his cheek, to his shoulder, to his neck as he caressed along his back until Taehyung lifted himself onto an elbow.  Hovering over him, his golden glow bright and his eyes satiated, Taehyung smiled lazily down at him and made his heart skip a beat.

“That was…” Taehyung said, his voice as gentle as his fingertips across his cheek where he traced across his face.  “I wanna learn how to do that.”

Chuckling, Jungkook let his hands roam over his warm skin.  “Whenever you want to practice, just let me know.”

Taehyung’s smile grew and then he bit his lower lip before he said, “Did you still want…”

Jungkook arched a brow and said, “For you to sit on my face?  Definitely.”  Stretching an arm out to the low side table, he yanked open the drawer and pulled out a bottle of lube.  “Whenever you’re ready, sunshine.”

Laughing, Taehyung sat more upright.  “You just happen to have lube here?”

Helping Taehyung to straddle his shoulders, Jungkook groaned as his perfect ass was only inches away.  “Like I said, I like to come here to get away and think.”

Eyes meeting when Taehyung looked over his shoulder.  “Think, is it?  I’m not sure I’ve heard it—” his words were cut off with a groan as Jungkook dragged his ass down by his hips and licked across his entrance.  “Oh, gods…”

Burying his face in his lush ass, Jungkook licked and sucked until Taehyung’s hips began to rock back rhythmically.  He speared his tongue and the next time his hips rocked back, his tongue pressed inside.  Taehyung groaned, his hips pulsing back until he sat more fully on his face, his back arched beautifully.  Bouncing on his tongue, Taehyung braced his hands on Jungkook’s chest as his head fell back.

“Oh, gods…” Taehyung moaned, his bicep flexing as he stroked his own cock.  Then he let his own cock go as he leaned over to lick across Jungkook’s hard length.  Licking and swirling his tongue over his entrance, Jungkook spread his legs and pulled his knees back.  Taehyung took the hint and hooked his arms around his legs before licking across his entrance.

The sensation burst through him, new and foreign, and Jungkook forced himself to let go.  Taehyung matched him for every lick, every suck, every swirl of his tongue, mouths pressed around the other’s rim and kissing his entrance.  Carefully pressing his tongue inside his hole, Taehyung let his tongue sink inside.  Jungkook’s moan was muffled as he began thrusting his tongue into Taehyung, his bonded following suit.  Spit dripped down his chin, his legs spreading until Taehyung arched back with a moan.

“More…I need more…” Taehyung begged, his hips rocking, his words echoing the growing need inside his own body.

Stretching his arm out for the bottle of lube, Jungkook coated his fingers before snapping the lid shut.  Taehyung reached behind as he glanced over his shoulder, his eyes smoldering and Jungkook handed over the bottle.  A little spark of anticipation, of nerves, of need churned low in his belly and almost immediately came a wave of warmth and comfort through their bond.

A bit breathless, Taehyung said softly over his shoulder, “You’re nervous.”

It wasn’t a question, but Jungkook still answered.  “I’ve never bottomed before…I’ve wanted to but there was never anyone who I felt safe enough with.”

His breath hitched and then Taehyung whispered, “I’ll take care of you, sweetheart.”

Jungkook smiled and said, “I know you will.”

Taehyung returned his smile and then turned away to rub a lubed finger across his entrance.  Jungkook did the same, circling his rim, adding a bit of pressure with each pass.  His core clenched as Taehyung rubbed around and around, his hips rocking back until the desperation to be filled was nearly all consuming and he pressed a finger inside Taehyung. 

His finger was slow as Jungkook pushed inside, giving Taehyung a chance to acclimate.  As soon as he was knuckles deep, Jungkook stilled and then gasped as Taehyung’s finger entered him.  Fuck, this was what he’d needed for so long.

When Taehyung’s finger was fully in, Jungkook took a few slow breaths and then pulled his finger out and then pressed inside.  The next time he did it, Taehyung followed him, a low groan escaping when his finger pushed back in and grazed a spot inside.  Following each other’s movements, they fucked each other in time until it was no longer enough.

“I need…” Jungkook breathed.  “Fuck, I need another…”

“Oh, gods, yes…” Taehyung moaned, his hips pressing back.

Slowly, they repeated the same slow press with a second finger and then a third, the stretch adding to the pleasure, until they were fucking each other with ease.  The room filled with their moans, the heat coiling tight between his thighs.  Jungkook stilled his fingers and then curled them, looking for the spot—

“There…” Taehyung moaned deeply, his head thrown back.  “Oh, gods…”

He fucking loved the sound of his bonded, his voice, his words, his moans adding to the fire in his core.  Lost in the beauty of it, Jungkook was caught off guard when Taehyung rubbed across a spot inside that sent waves of deep pleasure rolling through his body, a low groan torn from him.

“Gods, yes…tell me how much you like when I touch you, sweetheart,” Taehyung said in a low, sultry voice.

Doing his best to focus on where he rubbed inside of Taehyung, it became increasingly difficult as the waves of pleasure in his own body continued.  His moans joined Taehyung’s, their bodies rocking, shifting, restless, until Taehyung began to beg, “Please…I need you to fuck me…I need…”

Pulling his fingers from Taehyung, Jungkook licked across his entrance as he tried to tamp down his own need.  Once Taehyung eased his fingers out, he whirled around as Jungkook relaxed his legs against the bed.  Scrambling for the bottle of lube, Taehyung poured too much into his hand before coating Jungkook’s thick, aching cock with it and then gripped his own hard length to stroke on the lube.

Taehyung straddled his hips and then took a deep breath as he reached behind himself for Jungkook’s cock.  His bonded’s desperation to be filled by him only added gasoline to the flames in his body but Jungkook caressed Taehyung’s thighs and said, “Go slow, I don’t want you to hurt yourself.”

Eyes burning bright, his golden glow shimmering, color high in his cheeks, Taehyung said as he gripped his cock and rubbed across his entrance, “I want the imprint of you to stay with me for the next week,” before sinking down on his cock.

“Fuck…” Jungkook groaned, his hands sliding up to Taehyung’s waist to grip hard.  He was still so tight, his heated walls gripping him as Taehyung took his cock inside fully.  Hands braced on his chest, Taehyung hung his head for a moment, a seed of concern planting in his chest before his bonded lifted his head.

With a lopsided grin, Taehyung whispered, “I’m so good, sweetheart, you don’t need to worry.”

Panting with the effort to remain still, Jungkook said with a strained voice, “Fuck…you’re so fucking tight…”  The walls around his cock clenched and Jungkook groaned, his hips bucking up of their own accord.

Taehyung bit his lower lip, his eyes fiery when Jungkook gripped his thighs.  Slowly, Taehyung circled his hips, his lips parting with a soft gasp before he gripped his cock and began to stroke.  His head tipped back as Taehyung sat more upright, bracing his weight behind him on Jungkook’s thigh, his hips circling faster, his hand quickening as he stroked his cock.  Despite all that he’d seen in his life, it was by far the most erotic scene he’d ever witnessed, and his core clenched as the blaze burned hotter, their bond heated.

“Just like that, sunshine…” Jungkook breathed, his eyes roaming over his golden body.  “Look so fucking good…”

With a soft moan at his words, Taehyung rose onto his knees, lifting off his cock until only the head remained inside before sitting back down slowly.  Their moans mingled, filling the room, as Taehyung pulled off again.  Speeding up, Taehyung sat back down harder, his hand on his own cock keeping pace until Jungkook couldn’t keep his hips still and met Taehyung the next time he took him fully.

Taehyung moaned, his eyes rolling back.  “Yes, oh, gods, please fuck me…”

Sliding his hands up his thighs to his waist, Jungkook tugged Taehyung down.  Arms wrapping around Taehyung, who buried his face against his neck and held him close, Jungkook planted his feet on the bed and pulled out before thrusting up.  Taehyung’s low moan in his ear accompanied his own and Jungkook kissed his shoulder.

Lifting his head, Taehyung kissed him hard before pulling back and whispering, “Give me everything…”

With a groan, Jungkook breathed, “Fuck, sunshine…” before speeding up, thrusting harder into his tight heat.  Letting go, Jungkook held Taehyung tight, his moans in his ear urging him on.  “Oh, fuck…fuck, fuck, fuck…” Jungkook moaned, his thrusts faltering as the tension low in his belly tightened and then pistoned into him hard, the tight heat clenching around his cock pushing him over the edge.

Thrusting once, twice, Jungkook dragged Taehyung down onto his cock as the tension snapped and he cried out.  His body froze as the pleasure radiated out from his core and rolled through him, his head tipping back as the heated walls around his cock clenched.  With a soft whimper, Jungkook collapsed back, his arms tight around his bonded, their bond warm.

With a hum, Taehyung nosed against his cheek and then purred, “Gods, you fuck me so good, sweetheart.”

With a breathless chuckle, Jungkook kissed his shoulder.  “I can’t control myself around you, fuck,” Jungkook said, his voice rough. 

Taehyung lifted his head, a smile on his lips as he said, “I like you out of control,” before he eased off his cock and then shifted down his body to kneel between his legs.  His heart skipped a beat, followed a moment later by comfort through their bond, Taehyung’s hands gently caressing his thighs.  “How do you…”

Swallowing hard, Jungkook took a deep breath and then rolled to his stomach and settled on his knees and forearms.  Taehyung groaned behind him as his hands squeezed his ass and then there was the pop of the cap of the lube bottle opening before two fingers pressed inside, thrusting a few times before curling and finding the spot that made the pleasure roll through him.  His body relaxed as if remembering what he so desperately wanted and Jungkook spread his thighs further, his back arching deeper.

“Sunshine,” Jungkook groaned, his fingers tightening around the blankets he held.  “I need you…fuck me…”

“Tell me…tell me if I go too fast,” Taehyung said, his voice strained and then his fingers were replaced with the blunt head of his cock rubbing across his rim.

His body tensed and Jungkook took a breath as the bond thrummed hotter, driving his need higher.  When the head of his cock caught on his rim, Jungkook forced himself to relax and then Taehyung pushed inside.  His moan was mixed with a broken sob as he stretched to accommodate his bonded, the pleasure so all consuming, he couldn’t think.  Ever so slowly, Taehyung eased in, his grip on his hips bruising until he bottomed out.

“Fuck…” Jungkook moaned, tightening around his cock and moaning again at how full he was, at how intense the pleasure was.

Taehyung rubbed his back and his hips soothingly, his voice soft and a bit strained as he whispered, “You feel so good, sweetheart.  So tight and warm…gods, do you feel the bond, it’s so…”

Turning his head to the side from where his forehead rested against the bed, Jungkook said, “The bond…it’s so tight, like its…fuck, I can’t think, I need you so much…”

“Like it’s trying to tie us together,” Taehyung said softly, the heated pleasure in his body rising with his words. 

“Yes…fuck, I need…” Jungkook moaned, his body restless.

Draping himself over his back, Taehyung breathed in his ear, “Tell me…”

Surrounded by creamy sandalwood, filled so completely by his bonded, the bond thrummed higher, hotter and Jungkook whispered, “Fuck me…”

In the next breath, Taehyung pulled out and then eased back in, his hips angled so his cock rubbed against that spot inside.  Jungkook relaxed into it, the pleasure circling deep inside as Taehyung’s hips picked up speed, his panting breath in his ear.  Within a few thrusts, his hips were snapping hard and the sound of slapping skin joined their moans as the tension built.

Over and over and over, Taehyung hit that spot inside and all Jungkook could do was moan louder to beg him to keep fucking him.  The swirling heat in his core built higher and higher as the bond tightened so taunt, he wasn’t sure where he ended and Taehyung began.  He wanted to wait for Taehyung but when he clenched around him, there was no holding back.

“Jungkook…” Taehyung moaned in his ear as his hips stuttered once and then pounded into him with such force, Taehyung’s hold around his waist was the only thing that kept him in place.  With his next thrust against the spot inside, the heat in his core blossomed through his body, a slow roll as the bond became taunt, heat and pleasure radiating through.  His eyes rolled back as Taehyung thrust once more and then stilled, his body becoming as tense as Jungkook’s.

The waves of pleasure rocked through him, flowed along the bond that wove its way through every crevice inside.  His body was filled with such exquisite pleasure that it grew nearly painful, and tears pressed against the back of his eyes.  With gasping breath, Jungkook collapsed against the bed, Taehyung’s body becoming limp on him in the next moment.  As they caught their breath, their arms held the other close, soft kisses pressed to overheated skin.

With the waning pleasure from his climax surged warring emotions, his chest becoming tight with each breath.  The bond between them was so taunt, warm and thrumming in time with his racing heart.  Pressure grew, the intensity of how he felt for his bonded growing swiftly until he could no longer keep the tears from falling.

His softening cock slipping out, Taehyung rolled to the side just enough that they could face each other, their legs tangled and arms gripping tight.  He wasn’t sure why he was surprised to find tears in Taehyung’s eyes, the golden shimmer of them beautiful against his skin as they rolled down his cheeks, but maybe it was because he’d never felt so deeply connected to someone, so utterly protective of anyone.

With a watery chuckle, Taehyung said, “I don’t know…I just feel…”

Leaning forward to kiss him gently, Jungkook said, “Exactly.”

Smiling, Taehyung closed his eyes with a contented and satiated sigh.  Then his brow furrowed and his eyes opened before he said softly, “The bond, it’s warm and vibrating…”

Focusing on their bond for a moment, Jungkook said, “It’s thrumming in time with my heart.  And it’s pulled so incredibly tight, it’s like its…”

“Woven its way around us,” Taehyung finished.  His fingers ran along his back as he added, “Is it supposed to do that?”

“I’m probably the last person you should ask,” Jungkook said with a smirk.  “But it feels right and…”

Taehyung’s eyes sparkled in the firelight, his cheeks damp and dark hair ruffled, so unbelievably beautiful that it was hard to breathe.  With a soft smile, Taehyung whispered, “But it feels right and complete.”

And there it was, the word he’d been searching for.  Their bond was warm and complete in a way he couldn’t quite describe other than he never wanted to let Taehyung go.

Chapter Text

The fear skyrocketed in his chest, screams strangled in his chest as he crawled backwards in the dark.  They were everywhere, hundreds of scorpions scurrying towards him, surrounding him.  In the distance was a light growing brighter as someone approached, the man’s face in deep shadows except for the glint of his gold front tooth.

“Oh, pretty boy, look what you made them do.”  Shin’s cold laugh echoed around him, and he scampered backwards, the floor cold and rough, the room swaying a bit.

He tried to cry out, to ward his approach off but his throat was tight and he could barely breathe.  The scorpions closed in, their hissing growing louder as he scrambled away until a cool breeze ruffled his hair and he turned.  The height was dizzying but as the footsteps grew nearer, he had no choice and leapt, falling, falling, falling towards the deep, dark water below.

With a strangled gasp, Taehyung sat bolt upright as the terror from his nightmare still pumped in his veins.  Gentle arms wrapped around him as his body sagged against Jungkook, his choked sob muffled against his neck.  Jungkook pulled him closer as he laid back down with Taehyung half sprawled atop him.

“You’re safe,” Jungkook crooned softly as he kissed his face and his hands caressed along his back after pulling the blankets back on them.

Over and over, Jungkook whispered the same thing and Taehyung relaxed into the comfort of his words, the solace of the warmth through their bond.  After several minutes, it registered that his cheeks were damp and Taehyung pulled away to wipe at them roughly.

“I’m sorry I woke you,” Taehyung said, not quite meeting Jungkook’s eyes.  The nightmares always left him filled with timidity, vulnerable and a bit lost and embarrassed.  No matter what he did, they never stopped and were only growing worse.

Jungkook said as he lifted Taehyung’s chin with his fingers gently, “I’m glad you did so I could hold you.”  It was a common exchange, even when he had several nightmares in the same night, Jungkook only ever gave him comfort, no matter how little sleep he got.  “Was he chasing you?”

His eyes fluttered close and Taehyung swallowed hard, shreds of the nightmare remaining in his mind.  Of the scorpions and Shin and trying to get away…opening his eyes, Taehyung gasped.

“I-I jumped,” Taehyung whispered, flashes of images jumbled together, some from his nightmare while others were…real?  “There was water, I jumped in water…and before that, the room swayed a bit.  I think I was on a boat of some kind, but high above the water.”

There was a pause and then Jungkook said, “Did you land in the water?”

Closing his eyes again, Taehyung shook his head and then stilled.  “Not in the nightmare…”  His eyes flew open and his fingers tightened on Jungkook’s shoulders.  “B-but there was water, I remember jumping into the water because they were coming, they were yelling at me…”

The images flashed so fast that his heart raced and his breath became shallow.  Of being drug out of a van and hearing the water nearby, of plunging into the freezing water and being disoriented, of finally surfacing in the dead of night as men yelled from a ship.  Of swimming as best he could to the estuary and staying in the dark as much as possible, of finally clinging to a log and crawling to the shore and the woods beyond, the terror crawling through him that Shin and his men were right behind him.

Taehyung recounted everything in a rush as memories flooded back, tripping over his words as tears fell.  Throughout, Jungkook remained silent although their bond was vibrating with comfort from his bonded, his hands gentle as they continued to caress.

“And then the bridge appeared and all I could think of was getting to you b-because I knew I’d be safe,” Taehyung said and then took a shaky breath. 

Even in the dim light of the room, the horror was evident in his eyes, the crease between his brows pronounced.  Jungkook closed his eyes and then took a slow breath before opening them.

“I will find him,” Jungkook said, his voice dark, “and I will kill him for what he’s done.”

Just the thought of his bonded near Shin made it hard to breathe, the pressure so heavy in his chest.  The memories were still fuzzy, still taking shape but the horror of being there, of being trapped on that ship was far worse than he’d imagined it would be.

“Please, Jungkook,” Taehyung whispered.  “Please let it go.  I’m safe here, a-and so are you and we’ll just stay right here.”

His thumb was gentle as Jungkook wiped away a tear from his cheek.  “Taehyung…you can’t ask that of me.  Now that I know we’ve been looking in the wrong place this entire time…”  Tipping his head back, Jungkook said, “Fuck, I’ve been so fucking stupid!”

Throwing off the covers, Jungkook got up and began to pace, his hands raking back his dark hair roughly.  Taehyung sat up in bed, clutching the blankets to his chest.  It was just before the break of dawn, the sky just beginning to lighten, the low fire in the fireplace doing nothing to warm the chill in the room.  When Jungkook reached for his underwear and yanked them on before grabbing his pants, Taehyung’s hands twisted in the sheets, terror rising that Jungkook was about to do exactly what he feared.

“Please come back to bed,” Taehyung pleaded, his voice raw.  “Please don’t leave me.”

Jungkook turned and met his eyes a moment before he dropped the shirt in his hands and strode over.  Falling to his knees beside the bed, Jungkook reached for Taehyung, who went easily into his arms.  Only once Jungkook’s arms wrapped around his waist and pulled him close could he finally draw a deep breath.

Tipping his head back, Jungkook said in a soft, earnest voice, “I will not leave you, sunshine.  I swear it.  But until Shin is eliminated, I can’t ensure your safety, I can’t protect you completely—”

His voice broke and Jungkook swallowed hard.  Taehyung traced a thumb over his cheekbone, his gaze wandering over his face for a moment.  “Oh, sweetheart, I’ve never been safer.  Shin won’t get me.”

“But don’t you see?  He will never stop,” Jungkook said.  “Even before you recorded his men, he was constantly a thorn in my side.  For whatever reason, he thinks what my appa built belongs to him and he’s never going to stop trying to take control.  And along the way, he will get nothing but pleasure from hurting you for no other reason than your connection to me.  I can’t just let that happen.”

His mind raced as the clawing need in his chest to keep Jungkook safe made it hard to breathe.  There had to be a way to neutralize the threat from Shin that didn’t involve Jungkook…

“I’ll go to my appa,” Taehyung said quickly.  “I’ll tell him my memory came back and what Shin did to me.  He’ll have to arrest him, he’ll—”

“Absolutely not,” Jungkook cut in and then rose to his feet and began to pace again.  “No fucking way.”

Taehyung shifted to the side of the bed and stood to grab his underwear and pants.  If Jungkook was planning on darting off, he wanted to be ready to intercede.  “But kidnapping and torture and assault has to get him a prison sentence…”

His words trailed off as Jungkook choked back a sob and then covered his face before stopping in front of the fireplace.  Slowly, Taehyung approached and then rounded Jungkook to stand in front of him and gently pried his hands away.  Searching his face, his thoughts jumbled and racing, Taehyung placed his hand on Jungkook’s chest.

“Right here,” Taehyung whispered, his fingers curling just a bit into Jungkook’s chest.  “Does it feel like the need to protect me is about to claw out from here?”

Breath hitching softly, Jungkook swallowed hard and then nodded.  “I will tear this city apart to make sure you’re safe.”

Tilting his head to the side, Taehyung said softly, “Why do you think it doesn’t feel like that for me?  That I would burn it all to the ground if it ensured you were protected?”

His eyes widened a fraction and then Jungkook said, “I don’t need protection, I can take care of myself while also ensuring you’re safe.”

Pausing for a moment as the bond vibrated between them, Taehyung finally said simply, “It doesn’t matter.  I still need to protect you.”

Their gazes locked and then Jungkook’s eyes fluttered closed as he took a slow breath and nodded.  He pulled Taehyung close until he was in his embrace, until Jungkook could press his nose against the side of his neck.  The bliss of being in his arms cascaded through him and Taehyung sighed softly before nuzzling closer.

In a whisper, Jungkook said, “We’ll figure it out.  Together.” 

Some of the tension inside relaxed and Taehyung nodded.  “Together.”

**

Checking the text message he received as they neared the main house, Jungkook said, “Hoseok is on his way.  He said he was able to get the recorder to work.”  He then lifted the hand he held and kissed the inside of his wrist, anticipating that the mention of it might cause Taehyung anxiety.

His eyes were big as Taehyung glanced over, nodding as he swallowed hard.  “That’s…that’s good.”

Jungkook hummed softly as he opened the back door to the house, nodding to one of his men nearby.  Once Taehyung was inside, he breathed a bit easier.  While the cottage was on the property, hearing about what Taehyung had remembered about his kidnapping only put him on edge, fire churning in his chest with the need to hunt Shin down.

All this time, they’d been looking for him on land, but he was on a fucking ship.  From Taehyung’s description, he might possibly be on a cargo ship but whatever it was meant Shin could easily escape whenever they got close.  Hell, it could mean that he wasn’t even in the country and letting one of his underbosses do the dirty work.  And it pissed him off to no end that Shin had gotten one over him, had evaded him for this long.

They stopped in the kitchen to grab a bite to eat before heading to their bedroom to shower and change.  He wasn’t sure when it became their bedroom vice his, but he certainly preferred it this way.  Having Taehyung near settled him in a way that was indescribable. 

“Why don’t we talk with Hoseok in the library?” Jungkook suggested, hoping the setting would calm Taehyung.  He’d been informed by Mingyu that Taehyung spent a lot of his time in the library when he wasn’t in the gym or shooting range, so it clearly was someplace he was comfortable.

Nodding, Taehyung slipped his hand into Jungkook’s grasp, and they headed down the stairs to the library.  His appa had built it for his eomma, but she was killed before the main house was complete.  It had been the room he’d often find his appa, one of the blankets she knitted clutched to his chest as he sat in front of the fire.  He was a bit lost in his memories so when they entered the room, it took Jungkook a moment to register that they weren’t alone.

On a couch near the fireplace, Namjoon sat with his arm across the back, Seokjin sitting so close he was nearly pressed to his side.  They both wore smiles as they talked, Namjoon’s falling away as he moved his arm and cleared his throat while Seokjin scooted across the couch so there were several inches between them.

There was a heavy pause and then Taehyung strode forward, his hand tugging Jungkook with him.  With a smile, Taehyung said, “I’m glad to see you out of bed, Seokjin.  Are you feeling better?”

Glancing at Namjoon quickly, Seokjin’s cheeks were a bit rosy when he said, “I am, just some bruised ribs making it hard to sleep.”

Sadness rolled through their bond and Jungkook squeezed Taehyung’s hand as they sat on the couch across from Namjoon and Seokjin.  “My apologies again,” Jungkook said.

“Ah, but it left a lasting impression that my brother is safe here,” Seokjin said, the corner of his mouth pulling up in a soft smile.

Taehyung turned to Jungkook and said, “I definitely am.”

They chatted for a bit and Jungkook did his best to focus on what was being discussed but the longer he waited for Hoseok’s arrival, the more anxious he became.  Now that he knew where to look, he wanted to move, get his men out to the docks, out talking with pier masters to track Shin down.  Hearing Taehyung recount the details of what had happened to him only made the rage flood inside and he wasn’t going to stop until he got revenge.  It was time Shin was dealt with once and for all.

“Oh, we can come back…” Yoongi said in the doorway, Jimin glued to his side and Hoseok and Jackson a step behind them.

Standing, Taehyung said, “No, please.  I’m anxious to hear the recording, I want to remember more…”

“You’ve had your memory return?” Namjoon asked and then leaned forward with his elbows on his knees.

Taehyung glanced around, his eyes wide at the audience.  Quietly, Jungkook said from where he still sat, “You don’t have to talk about it, sunshine.”

Their eyes met for a moment and then Taehyung swallowed hard before forcing a smile.  “It’s okay.  Maybe retelling it again will help with remembering more?”

“I can leave…” Seokjin said, his gaze darting between the others as he sat up carefully.

“No, please stay,” Taehyung said, striding to his brother and sitting beside him before taking his hand.  Turning towards Jungkook, his gaze was questioning, waiting for him to give his approval.

When Jungkook gave a nod, everyone moved at once.  Taehyung smiled at him from where he sat, their bond thrumming warmly, gratitude from his bonded filling his chest.  Yoongi sat beside Jungkook, Jimin right beside him as Hoseok sat in an oversized armchair with his laptop, Jackson squeezing in beside him with his arm over the back as Hoseok rested his leg across his. 

He’d always found it interesting that while Yoongi and Jimin were practically connected at the hip, Hoseok and Jackson were even more physically affectionate with each other, despite not being bonded.  Now that Jungkook understood what it meant to have a bonded, he found it all the more interesting that when faced with finding his bonded, Hoseok had rejected her for Jackson, the man he’d been with since his teens. 

“Okay, so it took a bit to dry out the recorder and get it to play and the sound isn’t all that clear,” Hoseok said as he typed, his eyes on the screen.  Then he lifted his gaze and met first Jungkook’s and then Taehyung’s before saying, “But there is this.”

Hoseok pressed a button and the room fell silent as static played through the speakers of the laptop for several seconds before voices could be made out.

“—didn’t find the…where Jeon is having the big…sent but Shin thinks it’ll be delayed a few months.”

“Fuck, I’m tired of…when will Shin give…accept the piece we have?”

Laughter crackled through the speakers and then, “Never.  He hates Jeon, thinks…his.  Something to do with his past.”

“Well, it’s…old.  Jeon never treated me bad, just wouldn’t…  Shin don’t give a shit about…”

“You gonna tell that to Shin’s face?”  The voices became garbled and then laughter.  “I gotta go…boss tonight.”

“Still L27?  Fucking hate…”

Then there was a loud crunch of glass or gravel before a voice hushed them.  There was a heavy pause before one of them said, “Did you hear that?”

The rustle on the recorder increased and Jungkook shifted his gaze to Taehyun as the nerves heightened through their bond.  As the rustling continued and then Taehyung’s voice came onto the recording, albeit faint, likely from the distance he tried to put between them, Jungkook’s fist tightened on the arm of the couch.  This was when they had found Taehyung, beat him, and dragged him to the hideout where Jungkook and his men later found him.  Where he’d found his bonded, glowing gold and tied to a chair.

A wave of comfort flowed through their bond and some of the tension that had built in his body dissipated.  Their eyes locked and Taehyung smiled softly.

I’m okay, you made sure I was okay.  Taehyung’s voice was soft through their bond and Jungkook took a slow breath.

It should never have happened, it should never have gone on this long.

But if it hadn’t…would we have had this time together or would we have stayed apart?

Jungkook was left reeling as the recording carried on with static until Hoseok turned it off.  Prior to Shin taking Taehyung, they’d spent those weeks apart and while it had been difficult, would he have ever gone to him?  Would Taehyung have ever come to him?  The mere thought of not having Taehyung with him, of not holding him each night left him with the grip of despair around his chest.

The room was silent and then Hoseok said, “I’m not sure if any of that was helpful…”

Taehyung turned his smile towards him.  “It was helpful for me, even though I don’t remember much else other than what was recorded.  I just remember one seemed to not be very supportive of Shin, despite working for him.”

“What’s L27?” Yoongi asked, his fingers tracing across Jimin’s shoulder.  “A building?”

“Maybe a parking spot?” Namjoon suggested.

Seokjin shook his head and said, “No, it’s a marina slip.  For a boat.  Pier L, spot 27.  It must be a large boat, that would be at the end of the pier.  All the slips for the large vessels end in a 7.”

Arching a brow, Jungkook asked, “How would you know?”

“I’m an environmental attorney,” Seokjin said.  “The city is on the water, a lot of my cases involve the marina and ships.”

The information snapped into place and Jungkook chuckled.  He should have guessed Seokjin was in law from the way he’d practically been questioned by Taehyung’s brother.  “Ah, that explains a lot.”

“Seokjin is a very talented attorney.” 

The words weren’t what surprised Jungkook, but that it came from Namjoon, a bit of defensiveness coloring his voice.  Namjoon had shifted just a little closer to Seokjin…as if preparing to defend him?  Interesting.

“I didn’t mean to apply otherwise,” Jungkook said.  “Only that I should have guessed based on the grilling he gave me.”

“What?” Taehyung asked as he sat up, his gaze darting between his brother and his bonded.

Seokjin smiled at his brother and patted his knee.  “It was mild, I assure you.  Only brotherly inquiry, nothing more.”  Turning back to the group, his right shoulder now angled more towards Namjoon, Seokjin added, “I could probably pull up the records of who has that spot and the times the boat has been parked there.”

Jungkook wasn’t so easily swayed that Seokjin would be so quick to break a law.  “And why would you do that?”

His stare turned hard and Seokjin said, “Because unlike my brother, I have no faith that law enforcement will do anything if this evidence is turned over to them.  I have seen far too much from my little corner of justice to know that the bad guys never get what they have coming, they always find a scapegoat, a way out.  And I would like to see those who hurt Taehyung be…eliminated.”

They held each other’s stare for a long moment, the determination in Seokjin’s eyes making Jungkook bow his head slightly.  “And what about planned times the boat will be docked?  Are there records of future movements?”

Some of the tension in Seokjin’s shoulders relaxed and he said, “Possible.  Depends on whether they report to the marina prior to arriving or if they use imminent arrival to park.”

“Imminent arrival?” Jimin asked, his hand on Yoongi’s thigh as he leaned against his bonded.

“That they arrive without reporting prior,” Seokjin explained.  “The marina and pier master hate it because it causes all kinds of disruptions and lends to having accidents, but with a large enough sum, it could be how they regularly move.”

Processing the information, Jungkook said, “I’m going to go down to the marina now.  No need to wait.”

“No…” Taehyung whispered at the same time Yoongi said, “Boss, we need a plan.”

Standing, Jungkook strode to the fireplace and braced himself with a hand on the mantle.  He didn’t want a fucking plan, he wanted to ride his bike down to the marina and end this now.  Hanging his head as all of the things he wanted to do circulated, Jungkook’s breath hitched as he grew warmer a moment before a hand gently caressed down his back and Jungkook turned.

Taehyung smiled sadly, his eyes bright.  “Please…”

His soft whisper did far more than a scream or cry would have, a knife to his chest.  Because it reminded him that the fear he currently had was how Taehyung felt for him and it was selfish to ignore that.  He didn’t want Taehyung hurt in any capacity and especially not by his own actions.

“I can’t just sit around and do nothing, sunshine,” Jungkook said softly.  “That’s not who I am.”

Nodding, Taehyung sucked in a breath.  “I know.  But you have so many people who work for you, maybe they…”

There was a long silence and then Jackson spoke up.  “What if I went down to the marina to look?  It wouldn’t be unusual for someone to stroll along the marina and it’s unlikely Shin’s men would connect me to you.”

Hoseok turned to Jackson, his brow knitted.  “It wouldn’t be safe to go alone,” Hoseok began.

“I’ll go with him,” Namjoon said, sitting more upright, the pained expression on Seokjin’s face mirroring Hoseok’s.  “Neither of us are known to be connected to the Jeon’s.”

“But you’re here right now,” Seokjin said.  “You’re just going straight from here down to a marina that may have the other gang’s boss?  That isn’t being tracked by anyone?”

“No, it’s not,” Yoongi said.  “We’re careful about switching cars and taking detours to make sure that Namjoon, Hoseok, and Jackson remain unconnected to the family.  But I agree, you shouldn’t go down there alone.”

Jungkook dropped his hand from the mantle to wrap around Taehyung’s waist and pull him against his side before pressing a soft kiss to his temple.  His mind churned as he spoke, his voice low.  “Namjoon and Jackson will go down to the marina to determine if there’s any sign of Shin—” Seokjin turned his horror-stricken face towards him as Jungkook added “—but we’ll send Seojoon and his men out to patrol nearby in case there are any issues.”

Seokjin turned towards Taehyung, who said softly, “Seojoon is the best, Seokjin.  They’ll be safe.”

Swallowing hard, Seokjin nodded and relaxed back against the couch, this time making no effort to keep distance from Namjoon.  “I’ll try to pull up the information on the activity of that marina slip.”

“I can help,” Hoseok said, turning towards Seokjin.  “I can hack into any database or surveillance system.”

“Can you get into the surveillance system the night Taehyung was taken?” Jimin asked.  “Now that we know where he was, maybe we can identify who of Shin’s men took him to begin with.”

The rage blossomed anew in his chest.  He wanted to fucking destroy those who had helped Shin.  Taehyung turned his wide eyes towards him as the others all began talking, creating plans.

“Please don’t do anything that’ll get yourself hurt,” Taehyung whispered, the fear pumping through their bond.

He knew that fear, the desperation of his bonded being harmed and being unable to do anything about it.  Pulling Taehyung into his arms, Jungkook whispered, “I will protect you, I swear it.  But if I am harmed, that means you are as well, and I will not allow that.”

His soft chuckle was watery as Taehyung pressed their foreheads together.  “Only you would forbid injury and death because it does me harm.”

“I mean it,” Jungkook said, his arms around Taehyung, the press of his body sending warmth through his body.  “Protecting myself means protecting you and I will ensure you are safe.”

**

Once Namjoon and Jackson left 10 minutes later, Yoongi and Jungkook retreated to make plans after informing Seojoon of his assignment.  Jungkook’s parting kiss was soft, a promise he’d remain safe, but it did little to quiet the fear pumping in his veins.  He knew Jungkook well enough that his version of danger was much different than his own.

Hoseok moved to sit beside Seokjin on the couch and after they introduced themselves, began working on getting marina data.  Taehyung paced slowly in front of the fire, chewing on the side of his thumb as the memories churned, images became clearer until a gentle hand pulled his hand away from his mouth.

Jimin’s eyes were soft as he said quietly, “I understand.  They think they’re being safe, but it sure doesn’t feel that way.”

With a sigh, Taehyung said, “Is it too much for them just to stay here and let others do the dirty work or something?”

With a squeeze of his hand, Jimin said, “I think in their minds, yes, that’s too much.”

“Oh, damn,” Seokjin said with a little laugh.  “You weren’t joking.”

Hoseok smiled as he said, “That I’m not.  Here, take a look.”

Jimin sat beside Hoseok while Taehyung stood behind the couch, the unease making it impossible to sit still.  On the screen was a black and white image of the pier and then a white van pulling up, men seeming to come out of the shadows as the van door opened.  Taehyung’s heart stopped and then began pounding as he realized that it was him that was pulled from the van, just barely making out the white button-down shirt he wore and the bag over his head.  The memory of not being able to breathe surfaced and Taehyung swallowed hard.

Turning his head towards Taehyung, Seokjin whispered, “Is that you?”

He could only nod and Jimin reached behind him to take his hand.  The video continued for less than a minute with him being dragged down the pier and out of frame, the men retreating back into the shadows.  Closing his eyes, the sensations of being dragged onboard assaulted him, the cold steel and the steep ladders and the harsh voices pummeled through his mind. 

“I’m going to go give Jungkook the information we found,” Hoseok said as he scooted to the edge of the couch.  “He’ll want to see this.”

It made his blood run cold at Jungkook reacting to the video, at how violent and vengeful and angry he’d become…but he also understood.  Because if that had been Jungkook on that video, he’d want to tear the city apart, too, would want to shoot everyone who tried to run, would—

Taehyung opened his eyes just as Hoseok stood and said, “Hoseok, since you’re here…do you have the video of the night Jungkook’s appa was killed?”

Seokjin sucked in a breath and Jimin’s eyes grew wide, but Taehyung kept his focus on Hoseok, who stared at him hard.  Finally, Hoseok said quietly, “I do.”

His gaze found his brother’s and then Taehyung gave a resolute nod.  “Can I please see it?”

Hoseok hesitated and he shared a look with Jimin before sitting back down on the couch.  It took a few minutes but then a video appeared, this time in grainy color of an intersection.  A black car pulled up to the curb and the rear passenger opened before a man in a suit emerged.  Even without being able to see his face clearly, Taehyung could tell this was Jungkook’s appa from the way he carried himself, from the slope of his shoulders, the way he walked along the sidewalk towards the camera.

It only took a moment to realize something was wrong.  The road was silent, still, as if preparing for something, the same footage that had been aired on the news, the same footage he’d seen a hundred times.  But looking closer, there were men stationed in various places…and then a man in a police uniform came into view, entering the video from the steps of the police station.  The men both stopped as they faced each other, and then Jungkook’s appa raised his empty hands and then his own appa pointed his finger.  Jungkook’s appa dropped his hands and then turned to stride towards his car…and then Taehyung gasped as his appa raised a gun and fired, first at Jungkook’s appa and then at the driver in his car.

Taehyung took a step back as his eyes darted around, not seeing anything as he covered his mouth in horror.  All these years, he’d defended his appa as honorable, as wanting to bring justice to the city, to right the wrongs.  Had built his career on the belief that if he could help his appa, he’d be worthy.  But now…now it was all built on a lie.

“I can’t believe…” Seokjin whispered, the shock apparent in his voice.  “I knew he was corrupt, but I didn’t know…”

Jimin’s voice was gentle as he stood and rounded the couch to approach Taehyung.  “The footage on the news, it was doctored, it wasn’t what happened.  I’m so sorry, Taehyung.”

Guiding Taehyung to a nearby chair, Jimin held his hand as he turned to Hoseok and gave a nod.  When the door shut softly after Hoseok left, Taehyung raised his eyes to meet his brother’s and said softly, “You were right.  I believed in a lie.”

Slowly, Seokjin rose and padded closer.  “It was never your fault, Taehyung.  He demanded from us, from you all the things he wasn’t.  It was never enough and I realized that long ago.  But you were always too kind to see how awful he is, that was never an issue with you.  It was always him.”

All he’d ever wanted was to be enough for his appa, to be worthy of his praise, of earning a smile…his gaze drifted to the table beside him, to the framed photograph of Jungkook as a child with his parents.  Too fast, the pieces fell into place, there was too much information to take in all at once.  He reached for the frame and stared down at it, at the happy family he’d always wanted for himself and never had been able to have.  Had always believed he wasn’t worthy to have it, just needed to prove himself…

“Shit, what’s she doing here?” Seokjin said, and Taehyung lifted his gaze from the photograph to his brother’s stunned face.

“Who?” Taehyung asked, his brow furrowing as he realized Seokjin was staring at the photograph.

“The woman in the photo,” Seokjin said slowly, his voice soft.  “Why is she here?”

Taehyung stared at her, the recognition tickling the back of his brain just as the photograph did when he’d first seen it.  It was right there but he couldn’t quite grasp it. 

“What do you mean?” Jimin asked, confused.  “That’s Jungkook’s eomma.”

Seokjin gasped, his eyes widening.  “Taehyung, seriously, look at her.  That’s the same woman as the one in the photograph with appa when he graduated the police academy.  The only photograph he’s ever smiled in, the one hanging in the middle of the hall.”

She was at least a decade older and her hair far shorter in this photograph…the dawning of recognition hit him like a thunderbolt and Taehyung would have dropped the photograph if Seokjin hadn’t taken it from him to examine closer.  Jimin and Seokjin’s voices faded into the background as his mind whirled.

Because how could Jungkook’s eomma be in a photograph with his appa.

**

Jungkook could not sit still, his mind churning so fast that he had to move.  What he wanted to do was go upstairs and grab his knives and station himself at the pier until Shin arrived, even if that meant he’d be there for weeks.  He could not continue to live with the constant worry that Taehyung would be taken from him—

Sucking in a harsh breath, Jungkook closed his eyes as he pushed the thought away.  After Hoseok had shown him the video, Yoongi’s hand had clamped down on his shoulder and stayed there for the next half an hour until he could promise he wasn’t leaving.  Instead, he doubled the men he sent out to the port district and vicinity, needing to take some kind of action. 

But it was just a matter of time because Seokjin had been able to figure out that the boat assigned to L27 was due to arrive sometime in the next few days.  And when it did, he’d be waiting.  Because while he had promised Taehyung he would stay safe, he couldn’t chance his men failing, no matter how well trained they were.

Hoseok had sent him the recording and after playing it a dozen times, he still had so many questions.  What about Shin’s past caused the hatred towards him?  Was it simply that he thought because of his time working for the Jeon’s that he should have been promoted instead of Yoongi?  And what shipment had they been referring to that was delayed?  The only one he and Yoongi could come up with was an arms deal he’d negotiated after several months with a gang in Kyoto in exchange for narcotics that gave both gangs what they needed.  They’d hoped it would be the first exchange of many to benefit both, so it was a strong possibility that Shin did not like the idea of the two families working together.

“Hey, we’ll get him, okay?” Yoongi said from where he sat behind his desk, the large room now empty, a rarity.

Rubbing his face harshly, Jungkook let his shoulders slump as his hands dropped.  “I wish I could be so positive.  We’ve been looking for him for fucking months.  How he’s been able to stay hidden all this time is really fucking pissing me off.”

“I know.  But with the information Taehyung and Seokjin provided, we’re light years ahead of where we were even this morning,” Yoongi said.  “And the men will round up all his men, we’ll be rid of him once and for all.”

Jungkook opened his mouth to respond when there was a knock at the door.  Everyone was gone except a skeletal staff and Taehyung had said he was going to lay down.  “Come in,” Jungkook called out and then turned to face the door squarely, something telling him he was not going to like this intrusion.

The door opened and Seokjin’s battered face peeked in.  “Uh, sorry to interrupt,” Seokjin said as he entered with a bit of a limp.  Jungkook’s eyes immediately narrowed on the picture frame in his hands, and confusion churned in his chest.  “But I wasn’t sure who else to go to.”

Yoongi stood and walked around the desk to stand a step behind Jungkook.  “I can help with whatever you need.”

Seokjin cleared his throat and then said quietly, “Taehyung is going to kill me for this…”

His heart stopped at his words.  “What happened?” Jungkook demanded, taking a step closer.

“I don’t know how, but there is a picture of your eomma in our house, standing next to our appa,” Seokjin said.  “I have memorized that picture, stared at it a million times as the only evidence that my appa even knew how to smile.  And when I pointed it out to Taehyung, he got quiet and then said he was going to lay down, so I did the same.  I went back to the library to get a book when I woke and found this.”

Turning the frame in his hands, his stomach sank.  The frame was empty, the photograph of him with his parents gone.  “I don’t understand…” Jungkook said, his eyes locked on the empty frame.

There was a beat of silence and then Yoongi said quietly, “Taehyung went to confront your appa, didn’t he?”

His eyes were wide as Seokjin nodded and said, “We saw the footage of the night he shot your appa, Jungkook.  And now this…I think he wants answers, and I think he believes he’s protecting you by going to him.  But as much as it pains me to say it, I don’t believe for one moment he wouldn’t hurt Taehyung if it meant hurting you.”

Closing his eyes, Jungkook tried to calm the panic that was threatening to overtake him.  Taehyung had promised him…how could he leave without saying anything.  But the answer was clear, Taehyung had to know that there would be no way he’d let Taehyung leave, let alone confront his appa.

Swallowing hard, Jungkook focused on their bond, still thrumming warm and strong.  Taehyung…

But try as he might, he continued to hit a wall until finally Jungkook opened his eyes and said, “Yoongi, I’m going into the city.”

Chapter Text

For the first time since he moved out when he went away to college, Taehyung didn’t knock on the front door of his appa’s home.

He’d had Doyun drop him off a block away after convincing him to drive him into the city on his way to the port district.  It hadn’t been nearly as hard as he’d expected it to be to get out of the compound since most of the men had been sent into the city on the hunt for Shin.  What had been nearly overwhelming was the rising fear of leaving the compound, of leaving the security and safety.  And it’d made his stomach twist to go against what Jungkook had said, to go against what he’d promised.  But he needed answers and there was only one person who could give them.

The house was dark as he entered, not bothering to remove his shoes.  He wasn’t going to be there long and he wanted to escape easily if needed.  Watching the footage of Jungkook’s appa be shot in the back had thrown his entire world, everything he’d ever believed about his own appa, upside down.  He’d always believed that when faced with a moral dilemma, his appa would also choose the higher ground, the correct choice.  Now he was faced with the harsh truth that everything he’d believed was wrong.

The floor creaked as Taehyung walked down the hall to the picture on the wall, the one front and center, the one he had spent so much time staring at and wondering if his appa would smile like that at him.  And now that he’d seen her face beside Jungkook as a child, he could clearly find his bonded in her big eyes and warm smile.  Taehyung pulled the photograph he’d taken from Jungkook’s library out of the pocket of the sweatshirt he wore that still smelled faintly of dark honeysuckle and held it up beside the photograph with his appa and the mystery woman.  It only confirmed what he’d already known.

“She really was quite lovely.”

Taehyung practically jumped when his appa’s voice came from the doorway of the dining room at the end of the hall.  He shoved the photograph back in his sweatshirt pocket as he whirled to face his appa, his heart hammering.

“Why is she in this picture with you?” Taehyung demanded, although his voice was a bit shaky.

As if he hadn’t spoken, his appa said quietly, his eyes on the photograph on the wall, “She is the only person I have ever loved.  She took my heart when she left.”

His mind raced, pieces falling into place as Taehyung said slowly, “You were in love with Jungkook’s eomma?”

Eyes snapping to Taehyung, his appa said coldly, “She was mine, she promised she’d stay even if she had a bonded and then he came and took her away.”

Blinking a few times, Taehyung said, “I don’t understand what you’re saying.  Jungkook’s parents were bonded, they were happy—”

“We were happy!” his appa bellowed, his finger jutting into his own chest.  “She was happy with me.”

His appa’s eyes were a bit wild, a bit volatile and Taehyung took a step back.  “Jungkook is her child.  If you loved her, why wouldn’t you protect him?”

Nostrils flaring, his appa breathed heavily.  “The Jeon’s are filth, they’re nothing.”

“Is that…”  Taehyung paused, swallowing hard.  He wanted answers, needed them, but his appa had never been quite this agitated before and he wasn’t sure if he should press.  But the need to understand won out and he finished, “Is that why you shot Jeon Youngho in the back?”

His eyes drifted back to the photograph of Jungkook’s eomma hanging on the wall and took a step closer.  Seemingly ignoring his question, his appa said quietly, almost to himself, “She wasn’t supposed to be there…”

It took several long seconds for Taehyung to follow what his father said and then he sucked in a harsh breath.  In a whisper, Taehyung said, “The gas leak, the explosion…that was you?”

“She shouldn’t have been there…it was all his fault,” his appa continued, eyes still on the framed photograph.  “I just needed to get rid of him and then she’d see that I was the one she should be with.  She was always meant to be with me.”

As understanding dawned, the horror spread through his chest.  “You…killed them both?” Taehyung whispered as he took another step back towards the front door.

Looming closer, his appa smelled faintly of soju and Taehyung was momentarily confused.  He should be at the station, not drinking alone in the middle of the day.

“It was his fault she died!” his appa yelled, his voice edged with hysteria.  “She should never have been there, she’d never been there before…”  He closed his eyes, his brow furrowed in pain as he took a shaky breath.

He’d come for answers but the truth was hard to grasp, hard to believe that everything he’d thought about his appa had been wrong.  All the years spent trying to rid the city of criminals had only been fueled by his own misguided need for revenge.  A revenge that seemed to continue towards Jungkook and his stomach sank.

Swallowing hard, Taehyung said as calmly as his racing heart would allow, “Appa, they’re gone now.  You need to let it go.  Let her son go—”

His eyes opened and his appa spat out, “Jungkook is exactly like him and I will not stop—”

“Appa, he’s my bonded.”

He’d blurted it out without thought, the words sitting on his tongue for too long that Taehyung was unable to silence them a moment longer.  The moment froze, icy and cold as his appa’s face shifted from rage to horror, his eyes boring into him.

“What did you say,” his appa said in a hushed voice, barely more than a whisper.

His mouth ran dry as his heart pounded painfully.  But Taehyung forced himself to maintain eye contact and say quietly, “Jeon Jungkook is my bonded.  Gold bonded and possibly a twin flame.”

As if he’d been struck, his appa jerked back, his eyes wide.  “No…that can’t be…”

With a stronger voice, Taehyung said, “It’s true.  I found out a few months ago…when I was in the hospital—”

“He did that?” his appa bellowed, some of the anger leaking back into his face.

Shaking his head vigorously, Taehyung said, “No, Jungkook saved me, appa.  It was Shin.”

“Shin…” his appa whispered almost to himself as if he couldn’t wrap his mind around what he was being told.

“Yes, appa,” Taehyung said, a desperation circling his chest, coloring his voice, trying to make his appa understand.  “Shin was who kidnapped me, would have killed me if it wasn’t for my bond with Jungkook.”

Eyes darting around as if in complete disbelief, his appa swallowed hard.  “I-I can’t believe…how could it be his son…”

Taehyung took a tentative step forward and said softly, “Jungkook is also her son, appa.  And you loved her.” 

He left unsaid the one thing that rattled around his mind, circling with his own shock.  Jungkook was her child, how could his appa go after the child of the only person he said he’d ever loved…was it even love, or was it more of an obsession.

A pained expression crossed his appa’s face, the agony clear before he shook his head.  “No, he’s just like his appa, just a filthy criminal.”

They were the words he’d heard for so long that he should have been numb to them.  Instead, his chest burned with anger and Taehyung took several steps backwards.  His appa wasn’t who he’d always believed him to be, just like Jungkook was so different from who he’d thought he was.

After taking a slow breath through his nose, Taehyung said the only thing he could.  “Goodbye, appa.”

It was easier to leave than it had been to enter, somehow the weight being left behind with his appa as Taehyung shut the front door quietly behind him.  He took a few slow breaths to calm the anger before stepping onto the sidewalk, relieved that Doyun was still there.

Getting into the backseat, Taehyung said, “Thank you for waiting, Doyun.”

“Of course,” Doyun said over his shoulder, his smile not quite reaching his eyes.  “I need to stop by the canning district before heading back to the compound.”

It made his heart skip a beat, but he nodded.  He had no desire to go anywhere, particularly the manufacturing section of the city.  Taehyung longed to be back at the compound where he always felt safe, to have Jungkook’s arms wrapped around him, to breathe in the dark honeysuckle scent of his bonded.  But mostly, he wanted this to end, to be free of Shin’s looming presence, to fully enjoy his time with Jungkook.

As if he knew Taehyung was thinking of him, the bond between them warmed before Jungkook’s voice came through.

Taehyung…where are you?

Please don’t be angry, but I went to my appa.  Jungkook, I have so much to tell you.

Where are you? Jungkook repeated his question and it made Taehyung pause before responding.

In the car, Doyun said he needs to stop by the port district but I’ll be back soon.

Within a few seconds, a phone buzzed from the front seat.  With his left hand on the driver’s wheel, Doyun picked up his phone and immediately silenced it before dropping back on the passenger seat and turned his attention to weaving through traffic.

Jungkook…did you try calling Doyun?

Why didn’t he answer?

I don’t know, he silenced his phone after it begun to ring.

His pulse raced as the phone buzzed again from the front seat.  But this time, Doyun lowered his window and without looking at his phone, tossed it out of the car into traffic.  His gaze met Doyun’s eyes in the rearview mirror and Doyun smiled.

“Whoops,” Doyun said. 

“Why did you throw your phone out the window?” Taehyung asked, his mind slowing with confusion.

“You know,” Doyun said, his voice colder than he’d ever heard it before.  “I just get really fucking tired of the constant nagging.  I don’t ever get to do a single fucking thing of my own.”

Taehyung wasn’t sure what to say to that so he only mumbled, “Oh, that must be hard,” before turning his mind back to their bond.

Jungkook, he threw his phone out the window, something about being tired of being nagged.

There was a beat and then Jungkook responded.  Get out of the car, Taehyung.  I’m coming but you need to get out.

Doyun whipped through traffic, accelerating as he neared the port district and traffic thinned.  I can’t, we’re going too fast.  He said he needed to stop in the canning district.

Fuck…the rage from Jungkook through their bond made his heartrate surge and Taehyung sat more upright.  I’m coming.

“Can we…can we slow down?” Taehyung asked, his knuckles turning white as he gripped the handle of the door.  “I’m getting a little car sick.”

In the rearview mirror, Doyun rolled his eyes but didn’t slow down.  The canning district bordered the port district, both bordered by the river, and Doyun sped through the newer section of manufacturing plants.  He continued to accelerate until he yanked the wheel hard and stopped so suddenly in an alley in the older section of the district that Taehyung hit the back of the seat in front of him.  When he sat back, Taehyung gulped as a cold chill ran through his veins at the hatred in Doyun’s eyes, his gun pointed inches from his face.

“You know, I liked you better when you weren’t such a fucking coward,” Doyun said coldly.  “Now, you’re going to stay right there until I come get you.”

Forcing his eyes away from the barrel of the gun, Taehyung met Doyun’s gaze.  “Why are you doing this?” Taehyung whispered.

Doyun laughed, cold and forced.  “Shin has always been the better boss, understands how to make money unlike Jeon.  All he bitches about is improving the lives of the poor but what about improving my life!  Now fucking stay there like I told you!”

Taehyung jerked back at the volume of his voice and how the gun wavered in front of him.  The tension in his body had surged so swiftly that it took a moment for it to register that Doyun had said Shin’s name.

Jungkook, Doyun is working with Shin.  Please don’t come, it’s a trap.

**

The rage that pumped in his veins barely concealed the terror in his blood.  And underneath, the disappointment in himself curled in the pit of his stomach.  This entire time, there’d been a rat in his inner circle, one of his fucking captains.  Someone he’d entrusted his bonded with—

Jungkook gritted his teeth as he pushed his bike to a higher speed, not slowing as he hit the edge of the city limits.  He tried to not focus on the terror coming from Taehyung through their bond besides trying to send comfort and warmth because otherwise, he was going to be sick.

Somehow, Yoongi had kept pace with him even as he zoomed through the traffic as they entered the business district and then cut over to the textile portion of the city in the hope that the traffic would be lighter.  But instead they hit gridlock, an accident blocking traffic in both lanes once they were a few blocks in.

In less than a minute, Jungkook pulled down an alley, the brick buildings on either side looming high overhead.  Quickly realizing it was a dead end, he stopped and dropped his bike as he pulled his helmet off and tossed it aside.

Yoongi lifted his own helmet off and Jungkook said, panic loud in his voice, “I’m going there on foot.”

Dropping his own bike and helmet, Yoongi took a step forward and put his hands on his shoulders.  “Jungkook, take a breath.”

But he couldn’t breathe, he couldn’t think, everything besides getting to Taehyung was background noise in that moment.  “Yoongi…” Jungkook whispered and he had to snap his mouth shut as his throat tightened painfully.

Searching his face for a moment, Yoongi said, “Taehyung is smart and from what Seojoon and Mingyu have said, a fast learner.  He’s not completely helpless, okay?  But he needs you right now and if you panic, you can’t think clearly.”

But he didn’t want to think at all.  He wanted to act, wanted to gut those that dared to touch Taehyung, wanted to ensure that Shin’s days were over.  And not being there, standing in a fucking alley on the other side of the city was killing him.

Jungkook took a slow breath and then said, “It’s a trap.  Shin wants me, not Taehyung.  And I’m going to let him take me.”

Yoongi recoiled back, his brows dropping.  “Jungkook, you can’t be serious.”

“I have years of training and can endure far more than Taehyung can.”  Jungkook paused and swallowed hard at the thought of his bonded being harmed. 

“Shin will not blink twice about killing you and taking over,” Yoongi said as they began walking towards the main road.  “And your death will just mean Taehyung’s death.”

He couldn’t think of that, had to believe he’d make it through whatever bullshit Shin had planned.  As they neared the entrance to the alley, Jungkook said, “That’s why I need you to stay out of sight.”

And then he began running as if his life depended on it, which Jungkook realized as he ran down the sidewalk towards the canning district, it assuredly did.

**

The section of the canning district they were in was surprisingly desolate, even if it were the older section.  He’d never been to this part of the city, deemed too dangerous by his appa when he was young and he’d never had a story that brought him to the oversized buildings with manufacturing equipment.  Still, he would have expected someone to be around, someone he might possibly be able to signal to for help.  But then the despair began to seep in because who would they call anyway.  His appa had made it clear that Shin was never the one he was after and this certainly wasn’t a district he had ever seemed to care much about.

The sun was only just beginning to sink in the horizon, the wind harsh as Taehyung walked down the alley further, Doyun a step behind him with the barrel of the gun pressed to his back.  As they rounded the building, his stomach sank further as he realized they were close to the river, the street ending with a dilapidated fence and a sign that had long been graffitied and was unreadable.

They stopped and Doyun suddenly seemed uncertain, his head whipping around in every direction out of the corner of Taehyung’s eye.  Maybe he could take advantage of his distraction…

Stepping quickly to the side so the gun was no longer pressed to the center of his back, Taehyung elbowed Doyun as hard as he could while sweeping his leg back to try to knock him off balance.  But instead of falling backwards, Doyun grabbed Taehyung as he fell and pivoted so they landed in a pile on the concrete.  His hand and knee scraped painfully but Taehyung was able to break his fall before his face smashed into the ground.

“You fucking—” Doyun said between clenched teeth a moment before his fist collided with Taehyung’s cheek.  The force of the blow snapped his head to the side just as the terror in his body shifted to the icy grip of pure panic when he realized he was pinned beneath Doyun.

But as the terror rose inside, his body responded instinctually with what first Jungkook and then Mingyu and Seojoon had taught him.  Hooking his leg around Doyun’s, Taehyung shifted his hips as his arm swept inside of the grasp Doyun had on him.  It was enough to knock him off kilter and Taehyung sprang away on his hands and knees before rising to his feet to face Doyun.  As much as he wanted to run, he had no doubt that Doyun wouldn’t think twice about firing.

Taking several steps back, Taehyung scanned for something to use as a weapon, but the light was quickly fading and made it difficult to see anything beyond the dim circle of light a lone streetlight cast.  Doyun smiled coldly and then raised his gun.

“Boss said he wanted you alive, but what does it fucking matter,” Doyun said, his voice cold.

Without a thought, Taehyung dipped to the side as he sprang forward and charged Doyun.  A shot rang out and a searing, burning sensation spread through his shoulder just before Taehyung collided with Doyun hard, both falling to the concrete.  Ignoring the pain that radiated through his body, Taehyung focused on gaining control of the gun, the rushing in his ears loud.

Ignoring Doyun’s curses, Taehyung gritted his teeth as he twisted the gun away from himself.  His head jerked back as Doyun jabbed his elbow into the side of his face, but Taehyung continued to keep his focus on gaining control.  Taehyung braced himself to prevent Doyun from flipping their positions while bringing his knee up to gain more leverage.  With a burst of adrenaline, Taehyung tried to wrangle the gun from Doyun when a sudden loud bang and then a deafening silence fell. 

Momentarily confused, Taehyung’s chest heaved with his heavy breathing as Doyun went limp beneath him.  Scrambling away with the gun raised with trembling hands, Taehyung stared down in horror.  His eyes were open and vacant, staring off at nothing as the blood gushed from a bullet wound under his jaw.  The scene was gruesome and his stomach churned as Taehyung stumbled back, his body shaking.

Taehyung, what happened…tell me where you are…

The voice through their bond was a balm to the shock pumping in his veins.  Tears sprang to his eyes and Taehyung took a slow breath before responding.  Doyun is dead…I…I killed him.  Jungkook, Shin is coming…stay away…please…

But Jungkook ignored his words and sent warm comfort through their bond.  Hide, Taehyung, I’m coming…

Sniffling, Taehyung lifted his head and scanned the deserted street before his eyes landed back on Doyun.  He should probably search his body for other possible weapons, but the idea was too repulsive to him so instead he darted down the nearest alley.

Despite the putrid stench of rotting garbage, Taehyung took a slow breath as he pressed himself against the side of the building.  Despite the weight in his chest, he needed to set aside his grief and pain for now.  He wasn’t sure where he should hide but even if the alley seemed like it was a good spot, it was too close to where he assumed Doyun had told Shin they’d be.

Screeching tires a few blocks away made Taehyung lurch forward, stumbling over a pile of trash near an overflowing dumpster.  After shoving one of the guns in the waistband of his pants, Taehyung kept his left hand on the side of the building, the peeling paint rough under his fingertips as he hurried away.  As he neared the end of the alley, Taehyung looked behind him towards where he’d left Doyun lying on the pavement before turning around quickly to race to the street ahead as quietly as he could. 

The hair on the nape of his neck stood on end as he slowed his pace when the end of the alley was just ahead.  To his left would likely be a dead end before the river but perhaps getting down to the river would be the best cover.  An image of the compound, many miles up the river, appeared in his mind and he wanted to weep with the desperation to be there in that moment.  Instead, Taehyung took a slow breath through his nose and after a quick glance to his right and down the empty street, Taehyung pressed his back against the building to remain out of the illumination from the streetlight.

Similar to the previous street, the wire fence at the end of the street was torn with a hole towards the bottom where a bit of the dirt had been dug away.  Assessing as he approached, it was clear the fence wasn’t strong enough to hold his weight, so Taehyung fell to his knees and shoved his head and shoulders through the narrow opening.  The sharp edge ripped his shirt and scraped across his back, but Taehyung hurried through as a car backfired nearby. 

His heart raced as his pants were snagged on the wire, a large hole torn below the knee of the right leg before he could free himself.  The strip of dirt, covered in jagged rocks and broken glass, was narrow before dropping several feet into the river.  Taehyung nearly staggered over the edge after pulling himself free from the fence, his heart pounding.  As quietly as he could, Taehyung crawled towards the furthest building just as car tires screeched nearby.

Taehyung pressed his back against the building, the river dark ahead.  The rushing in his ears drowned everything else out and Taehyung took several slow breaths before standing upright.  To his right was a row of windows and then the end of the building before an alley.  If he could get to the alley, maybe there’d be someplace to hide…

With his back to the building, Taehyung slid across the rough surface, pausing just a moment before stepping in front of the windows.  There was a faint squeak from where his clothing skimmed across the windowpane and Taehyung stilled.  The ground was uneven and there was barely enough room for him to stand but with a slow breath, Taehyung leaned away from the window just as a fist broke through the windowpane.  Shards of glass rained down as a hand clamped down around his throat and Taehyung gasped hoarsely, his fingers desperately clawing at the hand.

In the next moment, Taehyung was yanked back through the window hard, his calves scraping across the side of the building before he was thrown onto the concrete floor.  Tiny shards of glass embedded into his skin, his body aching from landing hard.  His heartrate skyrocketed so fast that he couldn’t breathe, terror washing through him as Taehyung lifted his eyes to a sneering Shin.

Jungkook…Shin’s here.

**

Slowing at the end of the street, Jungkook raised his hand in a silent command for Yoongi to stay out of sight.  Without a sound, Jungkook approached what appeared to be a body in the middle of the street near the fenceline.  His heart skipped a beat and Jungkook took a moment to feel Taehyung through their bond, his nerves, the dull ache, the warmth, before nearing the body.

He approached slowly, the anger beginning as a tight knot in the pit of his stomach and then expanding out to fill his chest by the time he stopped beside Doyun.  That one of his own captains had likely caused their search to stray from Shin, that he had housed a traitor made his blood boil.  If Doyun didn’t lie lifeless at his feet, he would have been able to extract the vengeance his body craved but instead Jungkook was forced to step back until he was once again in the shadows.

His eyes scanned the street, trying to figure out where Taehyung would have gone to hide.  He considered the fence for a moment but then turned and strode down the nearest alley.  The warmth of their bond increased and Jungkook began to jog until Taehyung’s terror bombarded him so swiftly, that he skidded to a halt to focus on drawing a breath.

Jungkook…Shin’s here.

Pain exploded through his body rapidly, his stomach, his head, his arm.  They were all excruciating and Jungkook gasped.

Taehyung, describe where you are, I’m coming.

Through the bond was rising horror and then far fainter, Taehyung responded.  He’s sent men to find you…please, sweetheart, run…

Never…tell me where you are…

But there was nothing but pain and fear through their bond in response.  This was a fucking nightmare, he was reliving a fucking nightmare again.  Taking a slow breath through his nose, Jungkook focused on the warmth to guide him and began walking, far slower than he wanted.  But he had to focus on whether the bond was growing warmer as he exited the alley and headed down the deserted street.

At the corner were two men, clearly Shin’s from their disheveled clothing and guns at their hip.  Jungkook crept up to them on silent feet, carefully unsheathing his knife.  The men were unfocused, chatting idly as Jungkook drew his blade across the throat of the shortest man.  His body hadn’t hit the pavement before Jungkook jabbed his knife into the other man’s throat, his eyes flying wide for a split second before his body went limp and he collapsed onto the sidewalk.  He couldn’t chance them sounding the alarm and only paused long enough to yank his blade free and wipe it clean on the shirt of one of the men before sheathing it and pressing his back against the crumbling bricks of the tall building.

Peeking around the corner, Jungkook counted five more men loitering about before three entered the building.  Shin must be inside, which meant Taehyung was near.  Jungkook only took a moment to be relieved that he’d chosen correctly before his gaze darted around the street in search of Yoongi.  When he caught sight of him crouching behind a worn wooden fence with peeling paint, Jungkook gave a short jerk of his head in the direction of the building behind him, which Yoongi returned with a nod.

Turning back to the two men who remained lounging against the dilapidated building near the main door, Jungkook unsheathed two knives and then crept closer.  The one smoking a cigarette never had a chance to exhale, the smoke he’d just inhaled leaking from the slit Jungkook drew with his blade across his throat.  In the same moment, the other man cried out an alarm as Jungkook kicked him hard in the stomach before spinning to ram the knife in his left hand deep into his chest.  The man clutched at the gushing wound in his chest as he fell to his knees, drawing a few gurgling breaths before collapsing onto the cracked sidewalk littered with broken glass and trash.

Wiping his blades on their clothing, Jungkook sheathed one to reach for the handle of the door and crept inside.  Warmth filled him as the pain intensified through the bond, murmurs and shouts from somewhere inside echoing in the enormous space.  It was an old manufacturing plant, the dust thick on the large conveyor belts that snaked through the room, machines partially rusted and sitting as silent sentry.  The high ceiling did little to lessen the smell of cleaning solvent and decay, but it was the coppery scent of blood that gripped his heart.

There were numerous aisles in front of him, zigzagging in various directions.  A piercing cry tore through the building and straight into his soul as pain soared in his body, and Jungkook chose a path at random.  When he met a dead end after choosing right at a fork in the path, Jungkook crept back to take the other path.  Frustration wove through the fear in his chest that he was so close and still unable to find his bonded.  The pain in his body was skyrocketing by the second, but suddenly he could no longer hear Taehyung’s cries echoing in the space.  Dread slowly crept alongside the fear and Jungkook struggled to breathe.

Jungkook tugged on the bond and found it far looser than it’d been just an hour before and he wanted to sob.  Taehyung…please…

It took a few moments before Taehyung’s voice came through the bond, softer than it’d ever been.  As if it were from a great distance and he could only catch the echo of his voice.  Jungkook, stay away.  He won’t kill me as long as he’s looking for you.

But the pain, sharp and stabbing and dull and achy, through every part of his body made it clear that while that may be true, Shin would have no issue with torturing Taehyung.  I’m coming, Yoongi is just outside, he’ll get you to safety.

No, sweetheart…please, I’m begging you…

As Jungkook crouched near a piece of machinery, he caught sight of feet pacing just ahead.  With a deep breath, Jungkook stood upright and threw the knife in his hand aside, the clatter on the concrete floor causing three heads to turn towards him.  Between them, Taehyung lay unmoving on the concrete floor, his clothes torn and bloody.

Oh, fuck, Taehyung…I’m here.

Jungkook…

It calmed him just a bit that Taehyung was still conscious and Jungkook said to Shin, his teeth clenched and voice cold, “I will fucking kill you.”

Shin smiled coldly and then ambled closer, his hands casually in the pockets of his black pants.  As if Jungkook was no threat to him, as if he had nothing to fear and it enraged him.  “Well, it seems that you have been failing at that for months and yet again, I have what you hold most dear.  And they said you were the better boss.”

The other two men with Shin laughed coldly but Jungkook kept his eyes squarely on Shin.  He fucking hated that Shin was right, that he’d failed, over and over and over.  That he’d never ensured Taehyung’s safety, had never ensured his appa’s legacy was secure.  Had never eliminated this traitor.

“None of it is yours,” Jungkook snarled.  His head whipped to the side as Shin backhanded him hard.  When he lifted his head, Jungkook stood up even straighter.  “I don’t know what my appa ever saw in you, you’re nothing.”

That seemed to infuriate Shin and his nostrils flared.  “Your fucking appa never saw the potential like I did.”

“He was a good man who took care of his own, Shin,” Jungkook said coldly.  As he spoke, he took a step to the side towards the men surrounding Taehyung.  Shin followed as Jungkook shifted again, keeping his bonded in his line of vision at all times.  “You worked for him for fucking years and you still never learned a damn thing.  Instead, you became this.”  Sweeping his arm in the air to indicate the deserted factory, Jungkook took several more steps towards Taehyung.  If he could only get close enough…

Shin laughed, cold and bitter.  “But he was still a fucking fool and now it all will be mine, as it always should have been.”

The bond was growing colder by the minute, looser with each passing moment and the panic began to rise.  He needed to get Taehyung out of there and to Yoongi.  “I have a hundred men outside, just waiting for my command, Shin,” Jungkook lied.  Yoongi may have called for reinforcements, but it would still take them time to get through the traffic to get there.  But he didn’t have anymore time and so Jungkook said, “Release him and I will go with you willingly, I will call off my men.”

Brow rising, Shin sneered.  “And what makes you think I would believe anything that you say?”

The desperation was nearly choking him and Jungkook took a slow breath.  This was why having a bonded would always mean his end, it left him too vulnerable.  Because in that moment, he would give everything he owned, all that he possessed, his own life if it meant that Taehyung was safe.  But their bond complicated things even further and he needed to find a way for Taehyung to escape and then survive whatever Shin had in store for him.

“Because he is my bonded and the bond requires that I do everything in my power to ensure his safety,” Jungkook said quietly.  He raised his hands to show he held no weapons and added, “I cannot jeopardize that with a trick that may fail.”

“Your men will not come so willingly,” Shin said, his brow creased as if trying to find fault in Jungkook’s proposal.

“They will if I order them to,” Jungkook said and took a step to the side to be just a bit closer to Taehyung.  If he could touch him, he could lessen the pain for Taehyung, if only for a few moments.  But he had to believe it would be enough for Taehyung to find the strength to run.

Jungkook…there has to be another way.

Taehyung’s voice through the bond almost made him weep with relief.  Yoongi is across the street, my men are on their way.  Please, I need you to go to him, he’ll keep you safe.  I swear I will stay alive.

The distress and fear through the bond in response made his heart heavy.  With another step, Jungkook was able to press his ankle against the side of Taehyung’s calf.  He lamented for a heartbeat that he couldn’t hold his hand and offer more relief but the lessening of the pain in his own body at least made it clear it had helped.

Shin stared at him hard and then his eyes flicked toward one of his men.  “He’s free,” Shin said.  “Jeon is mine now.”

A man stepped out of the shadows and said, “No.  Now Jeon is mine.”

**

It took a heartbeat for the voice to register, another for the words to settle.  Lifting his head from the cold concrete, Taehyung whispered, “Appa…”

Beside Shin stood the imposing figure of his appa, his scowl deeply etched and focused on Jungkook.  With a garbled cry, Taehyung was hoisted to his feet by his hair and rage exploded through their bond from Jungkook.  It was enough for Taehyung to steady himself on his feet, their eyes locking before he tore away from Shin’s men and rushed into Jungkook’s arms.

“Don’t do this,” Taehyung sobbed against his neck, his arms wrapping around his back tight.

“Get away from him, Taehyung,” his appa said and Taehyung turned his head, not letting Jungkook go. 

At first, he’d assumed his appa hadn’t seen him, but now…”No,” Taehyung said, shifting to stand in front of Jungkook, his hand finding his bonded’s grasp.  “Appa, don’t do this…”

Finally, his eyes shifted from Jungkook to meet his gaze.  There was nothing there – no love, no care, no empathy.  His eyes were void of anything besides hatred and anger and his heart sank.  All this time, all these years, his entire purpose in life had been for nothing.  There would be nothing he could ever say or do that would garner what he had most wanted from his appa all along and the tiny flame of hope died away.  His appa’s love and care was never meant for him.

His nostrils flared as his eyes narrowed.  It was a face he’d seen often and had spent his life trying to appease, trying to shift into one filled with pride.  “Taehyung, I am giving you a direct order to step away from this criminal.”

His heart pounded as Taehyung said with a voice that trembled, “It seems like the only criminal here is you and these men.  How could you sink so far after all that you preach about following the law?  All I ever heard from you my entire life was about the rule of law and yet, you’ve been the criminal all this time.”

“Taehyung…” Jungkook breathed so softly only he could hear him.

But when Jungkook tried to step away, Taehyung reached behind to hold him close and tightened his grip on his hand.  As he did, his hand slipped inside his jacket and found the pistol harnessed at the small of Jungkook’s back. 

“You know nothing,” his appa bellowed and Taehyung took advantage of the noise to unholster Jungkook’s gun. 

Breath hitching, Jungkook reached him through their bond.  No, Taehyung…

But Taehyung ignored him and focused on Shin, who scowled with his arms crossed over his chest, and then on his appa.  As he was assessing his next step, Shin snarled, “You don’t run this show, I do.”

With a cold chuckle, his appa said, “Oh, really?  Who exactly funds your little endeavors and makes sure law enforcement looks the other way?  And tell me, who was the one who approached you with the offer and set this all up?”  His appa waved his hand to indicate the building and Shin’s men, who were standing back, clearly confused at what was happening.  Leaning towards Shin, his appa said in a low, seething voice, “It was me.  I made you what you are and ensured your fuck ups didn’t cost the entire plan.”

Trying to keep up, Taehyung kept his hand clutching the gun behind him as he said, “What plan?”  Maybe if he could keep his appa talking, they could ease over to the nearest pathway…

His appa’s eyes narrowed onto Jungkook, and Taehyung tightened his grip on his hand.  “To take down every lowlife Jeon.”

The rage from Jungkook through their bond made his heart skip a beat and Taehyung tried to soothe his bonded.  But then Jungkook stepped to the side of him and raised his free arm to point his finger.  “That’s the only way you could get us, isn’t it?  Tricks and paying off traitors and shooting unarmed people.  You’re a spineless coward and my appa was ten times the man you are.  My eomma was happy with him and you couldn’t handle that she chose him.  Pathetic.”

Surprised, Taehyung reached Jungkook through the bond.  How do you know?

Seokjin and a lucky guess…Jungkook replied.

One of Shin’s men snickered and his appa’s eyes widened with outrage before narrowing.  In the next moment, his appa unholstered his pistol and raised it, his jaw clenched.  Before he could think, Taehyung whipped the gun in his hand in front of him to point at his appa and then fired.  The shot rang out and the recoil reverberated through his arm before Taehyung dropped his hand to his side.

The shock in his appa’s eyes lasted only a second before his body crumpled to the ground, blood pouring from his chest.  The vibrating of the bond grew warmer, the need to protect Jungkook overshadowing the horror of the moment.  Even still, as his appa remained motionless on the concrete and the red blood pooling beneath him expanded, tears pressed at the back of his eyes and then spilled down his cheeks.

A wave of warmth flowed through their bond and eased the grip on his chest so that Taehyung could take a deep breath.  He took a shaky step towards his appa but then Shin made a quick hand motion and one of his men sprinted forward.  The gun was torn from his grasp, and it was only then that he realized his stupor had cost them their means of escape.

Taehyung was yanked away by rough hands and shoved to land on his hands and knees near his lifeless appa.  It struck him that the grief wasn’t so much laced with love as it was with regret.  Regret of what his appa’s life had become, regret that he’d seen no other way to protect his bonded.  It wasn’t love as much as it wanted to be, more the wish that there had been love between them and the acceptance that it never was.

**

Jungkook tried to calm the burning anger in his chest at Taehyung’s poor treatment, not wanting his bonded to be harmed further.  Everything had unraveled in a matter of minutes and the shock was still prominent that Taehyung had shot his appa.  Had killed his appa to protect him.  And the same force that must have been in Taehyung’s body in that moment thrummed in his blood as Jungkook met Shin’s eyes.

“Well, now we can focus on business, shall we?” Shin said, his hand reaching behind himself catching Jungkook’s attention. 

Instinctively, Jungkook jumped back when Shin lunged forward with the knife he pulled from a sheath on his back.  The blade scraped across his chest but otherwise he was unharmed, the relief short-lived as Shin’s two men grabbed him by each arm and held him in place.  With one swift movement, Shin buried the blade in his hand deep into Jungkook’s belly, the burning pain making him gasp.

The two men let him fall to his knees and Jungkook’s eyes slowly drifted down to the hilt of the knife that extruded from his body.  He had minutes at most, the blade stopping some of the flow of blood, and the horrific realization that he’d failed to protect Taehyung made Jungkook slump further.  Distantly, there were screeching tires and revving engines, but the fog was seeping through his mind and it was difficult to determine if they were real, if they were his men, if this were a horrible nightmare.

With a terrified scream, Taehyung was dragged back, a knife to his throat and back held tightly against Shin’s chest.  Blood trickled from a knife wound across Shin’s cheek, his hand bloody as he tore at Taehyung’s clothing.  “Ah, but you should have run while you still had the chance,” Shin said, his mouth near Taehyung’s ear.  “Why don’t we put on a little show so the last thing Jeon sees is how I have taken everything from him, hmm?”

Blood trickled from where the blade pressed against his throat, Taehyung’s eyes squeezed shut.  When Shin’s hand found the waistband of his pants, Taehyung’s revulsion and fear burst through the bond and gave Jungkook enough strength to steady himself.

Move to your left, sunshine…

His eyes opened to find his gaze and then Taehyung shifted as far over as he could.  Horror spread across Taehyung’s face as Jungkook yanked the blade from his belly, blood flowing freely now.  He only had moments and forcing himself to tear his eyes away from his bonded, Jungkook gathered every ounce of strength he still had and threw the knife.

Jungkook remained upright long enough for the blade to bury in Shin’s throat, his hands leaving Taehyung to scramble over the hilt of the knife before collapsing to the concrete floor.  His breath was labored, his vision dim…but then Taehyung was there in the next heartbeat, his beautiful face within inches of his own as his gentle hands eased him to the floor.

“Taehyung…” Jungkook gasped.  Distantly, there were shouts and glass breaking but all he could focus on was his bonded in front of him.  “I’m sorry…I failed…”

With a sob, Taehyung said, “D-don’t say that.  You haven’t failed, I’m here…” 

The pain was numbed by Taehyung’s hands on his skin, but even as Jungkook drew a gurgling breath, the truth was evident.  His wound was beyond the bond’s magic, he was losing too much blood too fast and Jungkook smiled softly up at Taehyung who cradled his head and shoulders so gently in his lap.

His hand was weak, trembling as Jungkook raised it to cup Taehyung’s cheek and brushed his tears away with his thumb.  “You have brought me more joy than I knew was possible, my sunshine,” Jungkook whispered, his words slow.  “I’m only sorry we didn’t have more time…that I never told you how much I love you.”

Choking back a sob, Taehyung held Jungkook’s hand to his cheek and then kissed his palm.  “I love you beyond words, my heart.  Please, hold on…”

But soaking in his bonded’s beautiful face one last time, Jungkook fell into the darkness.

**

Weightless, unbounded, pulled towards a light among all the stars that surrounded him, a void the deepest blue that he’d been floating in for what seemed to be for all of eternity.  The light continued to call to him, the familiarness of this moment, this place soothing him as he crept closer.  Time had no meaning and who he was slipped away as the light grew brighter.

Taehyung…

He halted, confused.  Brighter than the stars was a golden gossamer strand that wrapped around him, kept him tethered away from the glow of the light that shimmered in the deep blue abyss.  He knew this place…as he turned towards the warmth of the voice, the heaviness of grief weighed him down.

Before him was Jungkook, his eyes cast down on the gossamer strand in his hand.  His clothing was whole, no scrapes across his face, no wound in his chest and when Jungkook lifted his head and their eyes met, Taehyung remembered.

Remembered Jungkook’s eyes closing, his hand growing limp and falling to the concrete.  Remembered the shouts growing closer as his tears fell, remembered their bond growing looser, colder, remembered everything dimming as he grew lightheaded and finally succumbed to the darkness.

It’s warm…Jungkook said through their bond, his voice distant despite being right in front of him, his eyes on the light.

Taehyung turned towards the light, beckoning silently, promising unknown splendor.  But there was something…glancing down at the golden strand, it left an ache in his chest as it slowly unraveled around them and fell to the abyss below.

There was something at the tip of his tongue, at the edge of his mind that Taehyung tried to grasp at as the gossamer strand fell away.  Jungkook moved closer towards the light and then paused before turning towards him.

I don’t want to leave you even if I’ve failed you…and I don’t know why that is.  The memory has floated away and left only regret and sorrow.

An ache bloomed in his chest and Taehyung remembered.  We didn’t have more time…I love you…

Without fully knowing why, Taehyung reached for the strand to stop it from unraveling completely and then slipped his hand in Jungkook’s.  Lifting his arm, Taehyung wrapped the golden gossamer strand around Jungkook’s shoulders and then his own, pulling them closer together.  Warmth and comfort spread through him and when their eyes met, it was clear Jungkook had felt the same thing.

Jungkook reached for the gossamer strand and repeated wrapping it around their shoulders.  He paused and then Jungkook stared down at their joined hands before wrapping the golden string around and around and around.  Weightless in space, Taehyung twirled so the golden strand tangled around them and their chest pressed together.

His eyes lost some of the regret, some of the sorrow as Jungkook lifted his free hand to cradle the side of Taehyung’s face.  His touch was warm and soft and Taehyung closed his eyes for a moment and smiled.

When he opened his eyes, Taehyung gasped at how lovely Jungkook’s smile was.  I think…I think you are mine and I am yours...

Taehyung leaned forward and rested his forehead against Jungkook’s, their noses brushing and lips grazing in the barest whisper of a kiss.  Written in the stars at the beginning of time…

**

The pain was intense and dull all at once, voices soft and yet jarring.  He couldn’t move, didn’t know where he was or even who he was, his eyes unwilling to open.

“I wish I knew…” a voice he vaguely recognized said from a distance that made it difficult to understand.  “It’s been weeks…”

“But it has to be better than what it was,” another voice said, a bit deeper, a bit quieter.  “They have to be improving, that wound…”

Jungkook latched onto “they” and searched his mind for the answer as the voices continued to speak, too many to determine how many people were there.  Concentrating, Jungkook found his fingers and then curled them only to find he held something…or more like, someone…

And then it all came streaming back.  Shin, the factory, Taehyung injured and his own knife wound.  Of trying to free Taehyung with the only weapon he had within reach and knowing it would only speed along his own demise…but then how was he?

The dark abyss and the million stars, he’d been there with Taehyung, the bright light beckoning until his bonded had wrapped their bond around them.  And without knowing why, the urgency to wrap them in the golden gossamer strand and then hold him close…

From beside him was a soft groan and the room became silent before voices grew nearer.  Taehyung, it had to be Taehyung beside him and all these people…

Panic grew that they were under Shin’s men’s control and Jungkook forced his eyes open to find Taehyung groggy beside him.  He needed to protect him…with a strength that wasn’t solely his own, Jungkook pulled Taehyung closer in the hopes that whatever attack occurred, he’d be able to take the brunt of it.

A gentle hand on his shoulder and a soft whisper soothed him.  “Jungkook, you’re safe.  You and Taehyung are at the compound.”  Namjoon…it was Namjoon’s voice and his body sagged in relief.  A scurry of activity around them as Jungkook tried to focus on Namjoon’s hovering face, tears welling in his friend’s eyes as he smiled.  “Welcome back.”

A straw was placed at his lips and Jungkook drank cool water slowly, not realizing until then just how parched he was.  Turning his head away when he was done, hands helped him sit up more as Taehyung shifted beside him.  Pillows were rearranged and blankets smoothed as his head cleared and Jungkook could finally focus on where he was.

He lay in his bed, now propped up by pillows, Taehyung’s arms around him and their bare sides pressed against each other.  The blankets had fallen to their waists and Jungkook realized his entire chest and navel were wrapped in a white bandage.

Lifting his eyes slowly, he found Seokjin sitting in a chair next to Taehyung’s side of the bed, holding his brother’s hand to his chest as he openly cried.  Namjoon sat on the bed, his brow furrowed as he checked Taehyung with a stethoscope.  Hoseok and Jackson hugged at the end of the bed, whispering to each other as Hoseok rested his forehead against his husband’s.  With effort, Jungkook turned to Yoongi who sat on his side of the bed, his hands covering his face while he took slow breaths, Jimin bent over him as he wrapped his arms around his shoulders from behind.

Swallowing hard, Jungkook said hoarsely, “What…what happened?”

Yoongi lifted his head and let his hands drop.  “I needed 5 more minutes to get the men in position to take the building over…5 minutes,” Yoongi said hoarsely, his eyes red rimmed.  “I almost didn’t—”

His words broke and Jimin said softly, “Hey, but you did.  You made it there in time and got them out.”

Arm heavy, Jungkook reached for his underboss and Yoongi took his hand.  “Thank you,” Jungkook said softly.  “And Shin?”

Brow arching, Yoongi smirked.  “I assumed it was you that threw the knife, he was dead when we got there.  The other two men on the floor came easily enough and the upper floors were crawling with Shin’s men that were quickly handled.”

Jungkook closed his eyes and nodded.  From beside him, Taehyung said softly, “Seokjin, I’m so sorry…but appa was going to kill Jungkook and I had to shoot him and—”

Gently, Seokjin hushed his brother.  “Hey, hey, it’s okay,” Seokjin said before embracing Taehyung.

Between Yoongi and Hoseok, he and Taehyung learned that Shin used a ship as his main hideout.  He’d sail out into the bay before sailing up the river to the old factory in the canning district or down to the marina slip in the port district.  And they’d always been one step behind because Doyun was feeding them false information while also relaying their plans to Shin.

The anger that bubbled in his chest was soothed almost immediately by comfort through the bond and Jungkook tilted his head back to find Taehyung’s smiling face.  With a gentle hand beneath his chin, Taehyung leaned over and pressed a sweet kiss to his lips.

“Okay, I think that’s our cue,” Hoseok said with a smile.  After hugs from everyone and promising Namjoon a dozen times they’d call for him if anything felt off, the door finally closed behind them and they were alone.

Taehyung scooted down a bit and helped Jungkook lay partially on his side, a pillow behind his back for support, before settling beside him.  The entire time, their bare legs were tangled together, the continued contact keeping the pain at bay.  Sharing a pillow, Taehyung shifted closer to wrap his arm around Jungkook’s shoulder.  As Taehyung played with the hair at the back of his head, Jungkook’s arm found his waist.

Eyes searching his face for a moment, Taehyung whispered, “What you did scared me so badly but I’m so thankful for your quick thinking.  I was panicking.”

Jungkook hummed before leaning in and kissing him softly.  “I could say the same thing about you.  Why didn’t you leave?”

Leaning back, Taehyung’s brows creased.  After a pause, he asked softly, “Why didn’t you?”

“Because I needed to protect you, I needed to make sure you were safe…”  At Taehyung’s arched brow, Jungkook sighed.  “Fine, I get it.  But don’t ever scare me like that, sunshine, fuck—”  He closed his eyes with a shuddering breath.

Soft lips slotted with his and then Taehyung said, “Well, with Shin gone I certainly am not planning to.  But you get yourself in trouble like that again, I’m coming.”

Chuckling, Jungkook pressed a kiss to his lips and then settled back on the pillow.  “Then you’ll just have to let me teach you how to throw knives.”

“Gladly,” Taehyung said with a smile.  “Although, I don’t promise to pay attention at all, you’re very distracting.”

Running his hand up Taehyung’s back, Jungkook said, “Now that we get a lifetime, we have all the time in the world, sunshine.”

Taehyung’s smile grew and then something passed across his face, anguish and sorrow that filtered in through their bond.  “Jungkook…I need to tell you about what my appa told me…it’s about your eomma.”

The story that Taehyung told him, of his eomma’s first love and how it had devolved into hatred and obsession, shocked him at first.  He couldn’t imagine his eomma with anyone besides his appa, not having experienced the love between them firsthand.  But maybe some of the sadness she’d carried, that she’d poured into her drawings, hadn’t just been worry for her husband.  Maybe it had been more complicated than he could have ever imagined.

When Taehyung was done, Jungkook kissed him gently, his hands caressing his back and holding him close.  Leaning back, Jungkook said in a voice barely more than a whisper, “It sounds like the stars were crossed for them, and it drove your appa mad in the end.”

With a gentle sigh, Taehyung nodded.  His thumb caressed his cheek, his eyes downcast for a moment before he lifted his gaze and smiled.  “But the stars got it right this time for you and me.  I love you, sweetheart.”

Jungkook smiled and said, “I think I’ve loved you since the beginning of time, sunshine.  You were always meant to be mine.”

Chapter Text

If there was one thing Jackson could do better than anyone else, it was throw a party.  He’d gone beyond what Taehyung had envisioned when they’d first started planning Jungkook’s 26^th birthday party.  Surprise party, of course, Jungkook was such a bah humbug when it came to his birthday, something that Taehyung was not about to accept.

It had taken months to feel like himself again, much of that time spent lying in bed with Jungkook.  Even if he’d been exhausted and it hurt to see Jungkook in pain as his knife wound healed, they were secretly some of his favorite days with his bonded.  Forced to let Yoongi control the business with daily conversations, Jungkook let go of control while Taehyung was able to learn more of how things operated.  The first time he’d offered a solution to a problem, he’d almost wanted to take it back by the shock on Yoongi and Jungkook’s faces, as if they’d forgotten he was there.

“You know…” Yoongi said as he sat back and a slow smile spread.  “That might just work.”

After then, even once they’d healed fully and Jungkook was back to going into the city a few times a week, Taehyung was always invited to their discussions.  Even when he had nothing to contribute, he liked being included, and when their conversations grew boring, he’d sit with the men and learn more about them.  By the time summer had come, the compound had grown more of a home than he’d ever had, Jungkook and his men more of a family than he’d ever known.

That was in no small part because Seokjin never left.  Seokjin and Namjoon had thought they were sneaky, but it was quite apparent that their love was blooming and Seokjin soon moved into the apartment that Namjoon lived in over the garage.  Having his brother close, finding happiness instead of melancholy in his eyes, only made Taehyung more certain that he’d made the right choice to leave his previous life, job and all, to share a life with Jungkook.

“He’s going to hate this!” Jimin said gleefully, practically bouncing beside him as everyone took their spots when Hoseok had announced that Jungkook and Yoongi had arrived.  “It’s going to be great!”

Taehyung laughed, hoping Jungkook didn’t hate it too much.  But he’d quickly learned that if it made him happy then Jungkook was willing to go along with anything, so Taehyung was sure once the party was well underway, Jungkook would enjoy himself.

The lights were off and everyone was quiet, something he’d never seen happen at Verve.  The door opened and Jungkook stepped inside, alarm flowing through their bond for a split second before lights came on and everyone yelled, “Surprise!”

Despite Jungkook’s scowl, Taehyung didn’t miss the surge of embarrassment that flowed through the bond.  The music started and dancers took the stage as well wishers surrounded Jungkook.  Drinks on trays were carried by barely clothed waitstaff, everyone taking a shot for the boss’s birthday.  Weaving his way through the crowd, Taehyung linked his arm through Jungkook’s, his bonded finally smiling.

“I suppose I have you to blame for this?” Jungkook asked in his ear as Taehyung escorted him to their regular table.

“Well, after how we celebrated your last birthday, I thought maybe I should make up for it,” Taehyung said before turning to the waiter who approached with their regular drinks to thank him.

Sliding into the booth beside Taehyung, Jungkook whispered into his ear, “I know a much better way we could be celebrating, sunshine.”

Taehyung smiled to himself as his brother huddled close to Namjoon, whose arm was around Seokjin.  As they whispered into each other's ear, Taehyung returned Jimin’s wink as he tugged Yoongi to the dancefloor.  Hoseok bit his lower lip as he wrapped his arm around Jackson and they sat across from them.  All the people they loved were there together, healthy and happy.

“Oh, don’t worry, sweetheart,” Taehyung whispered into Jungkook’s ear, his hand sliding up Jungkook’s thigh.  “The night’s still young, and we have our entire lives for me to show you just how much I love you.”

Setting his glass of ice cold soju onto the table, Jungkook slid his hand up his shoulder to the nape of his neck and leaned into kiss him hungrily.  “You’re so mean to make me wait,” Jungkook said, his voice a bit rough.  “I knew from the moment I met you that you’d be trouble.”

Taehyung chuckled and kissed him as he shifted closer.  “I’ve grown quite fond of your kind of trouble, sweetheart.”